WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 8 Post Colonial India

Post Colonial India Introduction

  • Finally, the British rule ended in India, and independence was achieved. The post-colonial era, or the Nehru Era, began on 15th August 1947, the day India became independent.
  • Jawaharlal Nehru was the first Prime Minister of India from 1947 to 1964. Independence came through riots, partition of the country, and the formation of Pakistan.
  • Many a fault and defect of colonial days kept haunting the country even after independence. Pandit Nehru was at the center of Indian politics and its Constitution till he died on 27th May 1964.

The Endeavour And Disputes Regarding The Inclusion Of The Native States In The Indian Union

  • The British Government, while transferring power to India, wanted to give freedom to the. Native States. Before independence, there were 552 Native States in India. They constituted 48% of the total territory of the country and their population was 20% of the entire population of India.
  • Out of these Native States, some, like Kashmir, Mysore, and Hyderabad were so big that they could be compared to some European countries. There were small states also, with meager revenue, comparable to the income of a hotel.
  • In 1947, more than 50% of Indian population was poor, 22% of rural people did not own. any land and 25% of people had less than one acre of land, while, two-thirds of the arable land in the country was owned by 13% of large landlords.
  • After independence, it was a daunting task to regroup the 552 Native States, which were spread all over the country. To solve this problem, the State Department was formed on 27th June 1947, under the leadership of Sardar Vallavbhai Patel (1875-1950) and his personal assistant V. Sankar and the secretary of States Reorganisation Commission V. P. Menon.
  • With great foresight and diplomacy, he sorted out the problem. On 5th July 1947, the kings of the Native States were asked to hand over all responsibilities regarding their foreign policy transport and defense to the Government of India. Separate agreements could be made as regards the other activities.
  • Patel went on a hurricane tour in order to convince the Native States to concede to his request. It was informed that within 5th August 1947, the Native” States have to be merged with the Indian Union.

WBBSE Class 10 History Chapter 8 Notes

  • These states gained independence as per Indian Independence Act of 14th July 1947. But it was left to the discretion of the ‘states involved to decide whether they would be part of India or Pakistan. The controversy started at this point.
  • The British Prime Minister Clement Atlee made an announcement on 20th February 1947 that the Native States could maintain their sovereign status if they so wanted.
  • Government of India was not agreeable to that, because, it might jeopardise the unity and national integration of the country and become dangerous for India. Hence, Government aimed at putting an end to all controversy and integrate the Native States in Indian Union.
  • Under the leadership Sardar Vallavbhai Patel within 3 weeks most of the native states signed the deed of ‘Instrument of Agreement’ and included into the territory of India 216 native states were annexed with the adjoining provinces, 275 native states together transformed into 5 separate provinces and 61 native states were annexed with 7 central Government ruled areas.
  • Though these states were included in the territory of India, Hyderabad, Junagarh, and Kashmir were not included till then. After inclusion of native states, Indian Republic was newly rearranged with four groups, such as ‘A’, ‘B’, ‘C’, and ‘D’.
  1. Group ‘A’ was formed with 9 British Indian Provinces combining 216 native states; like West Bengal, Assam, Bihar, Orissa, UP, MP, Punjab, Bombay, and Madras.
  2. Group ‘B’ was formed with 8 big native states ruled by kings or like that, such as Hyderabad, Central India, Patiala and East Punjab States Union (PEPSU), Jammu-Kashmir, Saurashtra, Rajasthan, Mysore, and Trivancore-Cochin.
  3. Group ‘C’ was formed with 10 states run by a commissioner including Delhi, such as Himachal Pradesh, Delhi, Kachcha, Curg, Vindhya Province, Tripura, and Manipur. and
  4. Group ‘D’ was formed with the states ruled by Central like Andaman and Nicobar Island.
  • Sardar Vallavbhai Patel used political pressure and-diplomatic tactics and tried to merge. the Native States with India. Some of the States went to the Constituent Assembly and agreed for inclusion within India. But Native States like Travancore, Bhupal, and Hyderabad wanted to remain independent.
  • But Patel requested them to join the Indian Union. The other Native States, out of fear of resistance from their subjects and considering Patel’s rigid and strict’ policy, conceded to remain within India. But the larger States like Hyderabad, Junagarh, and Jammu relented because they had sufficient army, artillery, and air force at their disposal.

1. Junagar assexation:

  • When the disputes and protests about the inclusion of Junagarh within India started, Patel and Nehru sided with the protesters. On the other hand, when the Babai dynasty’s last Muslim ruler Mohammad Mahabat Khanji 3 and his adviser Nabi Baksh of Junagarh showed his interest about joining Pakistan, Jinnah congratulated them.
  • However, among the citizens of Junagarh, majority were Hindus. They started terrible protests demanding inclusion within India and, as a result, the Nawab of Junagarh Mohammad Mahabat Khanji 3 fled the country and took shelter in Sind of Pakistan.
  • Under these circumstances, Shahnawaz Bhutto, the Prime minister or Dewan of Junagarh, requested help and intervention from the Government of India. The Government deployed the army to conduct a referendum and Junagarh was annexed to the Indian territory in December 1947.
  • In February 1948, the inclusion of Junagarh within India was supported by a large majority.
  • In the same, way, Muslim ruled Hyderabad and Hindu ruled Kashmir was included within India. In 1961 it was Goa and in 1975, Sikkim that was included in India.
  • Historians felt that Vallavbhai Patel was a successful statesman of highest degree, even greater than Otto Von Bismark of Germany, and named. him ‘The Iron Man of India’.

Kashmir Issue: After the independence of India, problems continued to bug the country regarding the inclusion of Kashmir within India. Kashmir was bordered by Pakistan on one side and India on the other; also 75% of the subjects were Muslims. Sk. Abdullah started a movement demanding the inclusion of Kashmir within India.

WBBSE Class 10 History Chapter 8 Notes

  • Lord Mountbatten, the Viceroy of India, visited Kashmir in June 1947. King Harisingh of Kashmir was asked to take a quick decision about Kashmir being joined to the Union of India, provided his subjects were agreeable to do so.
  • Even Mahatma Gandhi himself had gone to meet King Harisingh. Finally, King Harisingh of Kashmir sent his Prime Minister, Meherchand Mahajan, with a letter agreeing to join the territory of India.
  • At this time Pakistan, with the help of Pathan Tribal Raiders, attacked Kashmir on October 21-22, 1947, and proceeded up to Srinagar. By that time the agreement for the inclusion of Kashmir in the Indian Union was already signed.
  • So, on 26th October, at the request of Harisingh, V. P. Menon, Secretary to Patel, deployed Indian Army to drive out Pakistani raiders and free Kashmir of enemies. Now, since Kashmir was already included in India, Pandit Nehru had complained. to the Security Council of United Nations against Pakistani raiders.
  • The Council asked both the parties to move away from that place. In spite of that, Pakistan has forcibly occupied one-third of the territory, which is called ‘Azad Kashmir’ (or, Pakistan Occupied Kashmir or P. O. K) As per Article 370 of the Constitution of India, the independence, sovereignty, and special status of Kashmir has been recognised.
  • Sk. Abdullah, the then Chief Minister (1948-50) of Kashmir had good rapport with Nehru. But even today, Kashmir has not been freed from the clutches of Pakistani raiders. So, the Government of India has to deploy army along the ‘Line of Control’ and spend sleepless nights.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 8 Post Colonial India Sk Abdullah

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 8 Post Colonial India Lord Mountbatten

2. Annexation of Hyderabad within India:

  • Hyderabad was the largest Native State. There were more Hindus than Muslims among the subjects. Even then, the Nizam, with the support of Britain and Pakistan, tried to remain independent instead of becoming a part of India.
  • They formed a communal organization named ‘Majlis-Ittehad-Ul-Muslimin’ and an armed force called ‘Rajakar’ by illegally procuring arms from Pakistan. The Congress leaders started a mass movement as a protest. The Communists also started the Peasants’ revolt in Telangana. Many people were scared at the situation and left Hyderabad for the main territory of India.
  • In September 1948, Nehru and Patel jointly gave an ultimatum to the Nizam to dismantle the ‘Rajakar’ force. On 13th September 1948 under General J. N. Choudhury when the Indian Army entered Hyderabad, the Nizam surrendered and on 18th September the inclusion of Hyderabad in India was completed.

WBBSE Class 10 Environment Chapter 8 Solutions

  • This operation against Nizam was known as ‘Operation Polo’. For this operation near about 40,000 people died. As a result within two months, Nizam Osman Ali Khan signed the deed of inclusion of India. On 26th January 1950, Hyderabad was officially included in India, and in 1956 Hyderabad was divided into three parts and added it to Andhra Pradesh, Bombay, and Mysore respectively.
  • On 28th September, a proud Patel wrote to Surawardy, ‘This has surely created a healthy mindset in India’. Historian Sumit Sarkar said, ‘It was a great achievement of Sardar Vallavbhai Patel to unify India in such a fast manner’.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 8 Post Colonial India Refugee Problem

Initiative To Solve The Refugee Problem Post 1947 And Controversy

  • After the independence and partition of India in 1947, a huge humanity of homeless and destitute people had to leave East and West Pakistan in search of livelihood, food-clothing- shelter, and safety.
  • Those people, who were compelled to leave their homeland and came to India like an avalanche, were called ‘Refugees’. Every country in the world has some kind of ‘Refugee’ problem or other. But post-independence.
  • India was witness to the heart-rending situation of an unprecedented number of more than 1 crore uprooted people, the like of which the world has not yet seen. In the history of India, the ‘Refugee’ problem became a national issue. Historian Sarvapalli Gopal remarked it “Sad morning”. Immigration of people is not a problem.
  • But, after partition, the exchange of citizens created a peculiar and worrisome situation in India. This has been the largest immigration of humanity in the history of the world. The number of people who were displaced after the partition of India is more than double the population of Australia and almost equal to that of Canada.
  • 49,00,000 refugees came to India from West Pakistan and 25,00,000 from East Pakistan (Bangladesh). After partition, such a huge number of people were compelled to move to India.
  • Prafulla Chakraborty in his book ‘Prantik Manab’ or the Marginal Man, wrote, from 15th October 1952, when Pakistan started the system of passports and visas, India also followed ‘suit.
  • As per the 1951 census, till that time, 35 lakh refugees came to West Bengal alone. Subsequently, the exodus continued, and lakhs of refugees still kept coming. It was the ‘Largest Migration’ in world history.
  • Because more than one crore forty lakhs people came to India as refugees at that time one lake woman was kidnapped along with their 50,000 illegal. babies. Six lakhs died on the road and many lakhs became homeless.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 8 Post Colonial India Refugee Problem

Problems: At that time, because of the exodus of refugees, some immediate problems cropped up. For example:

  1. There was a huge pressure on the population of Bengal in particular and India in general;
  2. It was difficult to open so many relief camps;
  3. There were problems in rehabilitating the refugees;
  4. It was a daunting task to find proper livelihood and safety of so many refugees;
  5. Massive food shortage took place, which culminated in ‘Food Movement’ (1959);
  6. The influx of refugees across the border from East Bengal to flooded West Bengal;
  7. There were problems of squatting and illegal, occupation of land to form colonies 59 thousand acres of land was illegally occupied by the refugees.

WBBSE Class 10 Environment Chapter 8 Solutions

  • The Government addressed the refugee problem on war footing. For example, houses were constructed, shops were set up, and employment arrangements were made for them.
  • The initiative was taken by the Government to get back any property that they had to leave behind in East Bengal. It should be mentioned that even after the ‘Nehru-Liakat Agreement’ (Delhi Agreement) of 1950, the influx of refugees to India continued.
  • After this agreement, the Hindu refugees came in smaller numbers, but it did not stop altogether. As per this agreement, the Muslims, who had left West Bengal and Assam, came back in droves.
  • Along with them, Muslims from East Bengal also came to India. Nehru himself took the initiative to return their movable. and immovable properties back in East Bengal. Nehru did not have much confidence in Dr. Bidhan Chandra Roy, the then Chief Minister of West Bengal.
  • The controversy started when Nehru did not take much interest in returning the properties of the Hindu refugees that they had abandoned in East Bengal. Perhaps, Nehru was interested in keeping the Muslims in good humour because of the ongoing Kashmir issue.
  • The government had built a huge refugee colony in Cupars P. L. Home, Rupasreepally P. L. Home (Ranaghat), Chandmari P. L. Home, Dhubulia P. L. Home, Dandakaranya, (Madhya Pradesh), just like the refugee colonies of Jadavpur, Baghajatin, Ganguly Bagan, and Bijoygarh in Calcutta.
  • There used to be long queues for everything in the refugee colonies, starting from getting an eligibility certificate, to distribution of aid and getting vaccinated against cholera and other diseases.
  • The 946 colonies, which were set up, were not enough to accommodate all the refugees. Some of the people were sent to Government camps, but in those camps too, there was scarcity of space.
  • When Dr. Bidhan Chandra Roy became the Minister in Charge of Relief and Refugee Rehabilitation, he solicited the help of Hironmoy Banerjee to address the problem immediately.
  • From the end of 1949 till the middle of 1950, nearly 2 lakh refugees came from East Bengal to West Bengal. Dr. Bidhan Chandra Roy was the Chief Minister of West Bengal at that time.

1. Disputes Regarding Refugee Problem:

  • Nehru had told Dr. Bidhan Chandra Roy that it was wrong on part of the Hindus to leave East Bengal. According to him rehabilitation would not solve the problem. Many people, for the sake of argument, said that Nehru did not have the guts to solve the refugee problem properly.
  • He could have told that, unless the minority community was allowed to live in East Bengal, there would be war. Moreover, he did not address the problem of East Pakistan in the same way as he did for West Pakistan.
  • Dr. Roy, in a letter to Nehru, expressed his resentment at Nehru’s indifference to the refugee problem of East Bengal and the meager help that was meted out. The reply which came from Nehru clearly showed his apathy towards the refugees in West Bengal.
  • Before Partition, Congress leaders like Nehru and Gandhi had promised asylum to the refugees if they could not be ensured safety in their own country. However, later on, they completely denied having promised that. Nehru himself said, ‘Do not come to this country.
  • There will be disaster if you come and I will not be able to do anything’. If people imposed themselves, they would be identified as ‘foreign guests’ or ‘illegal infiltrators’.
  • So, it would be better to stay back in East Bengal with other Hindu people living. there. Sir Jadunath Sarkar, the President of a conference of East Bengal refugees at University Institute Hall, said in his speech-‘Add this new and dynamic branch to the old and dying tree of the refugees.
  • You will be able to stand up with renewed vigour and prosperity this will be good for you merge the populace. Otherwise you will be doomed and the future of your children will also be bleak.’ Sir Jadunath had foreseen something, which Nehru did not see or perhaps did not want to see.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 8 Post Colonial India Jadunath Sarkar

WBBSE Solutions for Class 10 History Chapter 8

2. Role of Shyamaprasad in the Dispute:

  • Central Minister Dr. Shyamaprasad Mukhopadhyay, who was a known sympathizer of the refugees, discussed the problem of East Bengal refugees at length with engineer Sri Surendra Kumar De (15th March 1950).
  • They were joined by Dr. Bidhan Chandra Roy, Chief Minister of Bengal. They went on a tour of inspection of the refugee camps of Dhubulia, Banshberia, Ranaghat, Bongaon, and Barasat and saw the plight of the refugees there.
  • There was a great deal of debate in the Central Government, whether there will be ‘exchange of people and property’ before Nehru came to see the problems of the refugees in West Bengal.
  • Central Ministers Dr. Shyamaprasad Mukhopadhyay and Sri Kshitish Chandra Neogi were in favour of the move, while Prime Minister Nehru did not agree with them. There was turmoil in the Lok Sabha over this issue (22nd February 1950).
  • There was Shyamaprasad on one side of the debate and Prime Minister on the other. When Dr. Mukhopadhyay demanded the implementation of the policy of ‘exchange of people and property’, Nehru vehemently opposed citing high political morality.
  • Dr. Mukhopadhyay reminded him that no such high political morality was seen in case of the Punjab. On the basis of an understanding between Nehru and Liakat Ali, Prime Minister of Pakistan, initiative was taken and a Central policy was adopted to help the refugees to return to their respective countries.
  • Shyamaprasad and Kshitish Chandra both resigned from the post of Ministers after seeing Nehru’s attitude towards solution of East Bengal refugees’ problems.
  • Shyamaprasad formed a new political party called ‘Janasangha’ and launched strong criticism of Nehru. Later on, Nehru endeavored to solve the refugee problem of both the countries through maintenance of peace, instead of adopting the policy of exchange of people.
  • As per Nehru’s new policy, Government promised to take the responsibility of rehabilitating those people who came to India to take refugee from ‘riots. Sri Meherchand Khanna, Central Minister of Refugee and Rehabilitation, adopted a number of humanitarian policies in this regard.
  • The government arranged for land and jobs for the refugees.” Many refugee colonies came up with Government assistance. Dr. Bidhan Chandra Roy, who was also the Minister of Refugee Relief and Rehabilitation, and Governor Kailash Nath Katju worked together to solve the refugee problem as soon as possible.
  • Dramatist Manmotho Roy wrote the play ‘Bhanga Gora’, or Demolition and Rebuilding, to increase their confidence.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 8 Post Colonial India Dr Shyamaprasad Mukhopadhyay

3. Partition in Autobiography and Memoirs:

  • We know the pathetic story of partition. India from the autobiographical books like ‘Swaralipi’ of Sabitri Roy, ‘Epar Ganga Apar Ganga’ of Jyotirmoyi Devi, ‘Marginal Man’ of Prafulla Chakraborty, ‘Pitamahi’ of Shanta Sen ‘Chhere Asha Gram’ of Dakshina Ranjan Basu, etc.
  • Ritu Menon’s ‘Borders and Boundaries How Women Experienced the Partition of India’, Choudhury Khalikuzzaman’s ‘Pathway to Pakistan’, Manik Bandyopadhyay’s ‘Swadhinatar Swad’, Selina Hossain’s Japita Jiban’, Abu Issac’s ‘Suryadighal Bari’, Kaliprasad Mukherjee’s ‘Sikarer Sandhane’, and the novels ‘Nilkantha Pakhir Khonje’ of Atin Bandyopadhyay, ‘Bipasha’ of Tarasankar Bandyopadhyay, ‘Ardhek Jiban’ of Sunil Gangopadhyay, ‘Agun Pakhi’ of Azizul Haque and ‘Forgotten Atrocities’ of B. K. Gupta.
  • Some autobiographical books and memoirs like ‘Supuriboner Sari’ of Sanksha Ghosh, ‘Keyapatar Nouka’ of Prafulla Roy, and essays of Santa Sen know the picture of post-partition of India. Annadashankar Roy, in his book ‘Jukto Banger Smriti or Memories of Undivided Bengal said, ‘Provincial Government was like the beginning of another Muslim rule’.
  • Sandip Bandyopadhyay wrote in his book ‘Deshbhag Deshtyag’ or Partition and Leaving the Country that after partition 90 Sikh women, led by a single Sikh lady, committed suicide by jumping into a well, to save themselves from being murdered or raped.
  • Raja Singh killed 25 young. girls, along with his own daughter, in order to save their honor. Punjab and Rawalpindi resembled living hell after partition.

Class 10 History Chapter 8 Important Questions

  • We come to know about post-partition riots, murders, torture of women and sorry tales of the refugees from the memoirs of Kalidas Nag and ‘My Reminiscences’ of Renuka Roy. Books such as, ‘Dhakar Chithi’ or Letters from Dhaka by Saralananda Sen, ‘Udbastu’ or Refugees by Hiranmoy Bandyopadhyay, ‘The Uprooted the book written by Kanti Pakrashi, etc. bring out the emotional history of that time in front of the present generation.
  • The vivid picture of partition of India have been described in the books like ‘Tamosh’ of Viswa Shahni, ‘A Train to Pakistan’ of Kushwant Singh, ‘Godan’ of Munshi Premchand, ‘Midnight Children’ of Salman Rushdie, ‘Andhar Manik’ of Mahasweta Devi and ‘Ekattarer Dairy’ (Diary of ’71) written by Begum Sufia Kamal, etc.

Initiative And Controversies Regarding Reorganising The States On Linguistic Basis

  • The linguistic policies of the Nehru Government (1947-64) raised a lot of controversies. After the transfer of power, there was a demand for demarcating the state boundaries on the basis of language spoken by the people of that area.
  • Nehru was not agreeable to this’ demand. He wanted Hindi to be the universal language. The reason for this could be the pressure mounted on Nehru, who was a secular person, by the exponents of ‘Hindu-Hindi- Sanghati’ or the connection of Hindus with Hindi.
  • The Constituent Assembly decided to declare Hindi as not the National language, winning the voting by one vote only. Nehru implemented the decision, but controversy kept haunting him.
  • Many people felt that it was a bourgeois attitude to impose something on the multi-cultural weave of India. Big industrialists belonging to Hindu, Parsi, and Jain communities felt that by declaring Hindi as the National language, the Government was aiming at’ developing a centralized power structure in India.
  • The Constituent Assembly formed the ‘Linguistic Provincial Committee in 1948 under justice. S. K. Dhar. It was known as ‘Dhar Committee’. It failed to solve the linguistic problem.
  • In 1948, the J. V. P Committee, comprising of Jawaharlal Nehru, Vallavbhai Patel, and Pattabhi Sitaramaiah, was set up. It was the duty of the committee to re-organize the Indian states on a linguistic basis and without any controversy. On 1st April 1949, the committee submitted its report saying that, ‘No state will be formed right now on the basis of language’.
  • In the report of the Linguistic, Provinces Commission it was informed that, ‘The narrow demand for linguistic provinces should be subdued till India becomes a Nation’.
  • The Telugu-speaking Gandhian leader. Patti Sriramalu (1901-1952), without paying any heed to these recommendations, started 58 days of fasting with a demand to form a separate state of Andhra Pradesh with the 11 Telugu-speaking districts of Madras.
  • He ultimately died due to fasting. Nehru was not much perturbed, instead he was quite displeased. When Sriramalu died while fasting, on 15th December 1952, his followers started 3 days riot in the Telugu-speaking districts. So, the Govt. of India was compelled to form a separate state of Andhra Pradesh on 18th December 1952 and was recognised as the first linguistic state of India in 1953.
  • States Reorganisation Commission was formed to reorganize the states. The important members of this Commission were Justice Fazal Ali, Hridaynath Kunjur, and K. M. Panikkar. In 1956 Indian Parliament ended all controversies and passed the States Reorganisation Act.

Class 10 History Chapter 8 Important Questions

  • As per this Act, 14 states and 6 centrally administered areas were formed on linguistic basis. Telangana area from Hyderabad was joined with Andhra Pradesh in 1956.
  • Andhra Pradesh emerged as Independent India’s first state formed on linguistic basis. Similarly, Gujarat was separated from Maharashtra in 1956 for the same reasons. Malabar, Travancore, and Cochin were joined together to form the state of Kerala.
  • The area of the state of Bombay was increased by adding the Marathi-speaking areas of Kutch, Saurashtra, and Hyderabad to it.
  • States Reorganisation Commission rejected the demand to separate the Gujarati and Marathi-speaking areas of the state of Bombay. This again resulted in great turmoil. Finally, Bombay was joined with the state of Maharashtra and Maharashtra was recognized for Marathi-speaking people, and Gujarat was formed for the Gujarati-speaking people.
  • During the linguistic reorganization of states, Sardar Vallavbhai Patel joined the smaller native states with their neighboring states, in order to maintain the solidarity of the country.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 8 Post Colonial India Internal Area Of Revised India 1948

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 8 Post Colonial India Internal Boundary Of Revised India 1964

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 8 Post Colonial India Mother Language Day

1. States Reorganisation Commission and Act (1953-56):

  • Central Government of India had formed the States Reorganisation Commission in 1953. The main purpose of the Commission was to make recommendations for reorganisation of state boundaries. After two years, in 1955, the Commission suggested that new state boundaries should be re-demarcated for the formation of 16 dominions and 3 union territories.
  • States Reorganisation Commission was formed with Fazal Ali, K. M. Panikkar and H. N. Kunjur. Some recommendations of States Reorganisation Commission were adopted in the States Reorganisation Act of 1956.
  • The States Reorganisation Commission (1953) was formed to identify the state boundaries in the post-independence (1947) period. All the Indian states were divided into four categories. There were 9 states in part A, 8 in part B, 10 in part C and Andaman and Nicobar Islands were kept in part D.
  • States Reorganisation Commission was needed to determine the boundaries of these states. Different opinions started being expressed on whether the states should be reorganized on linguistic basis or on the basis of race and religion. Fazal Ali, the retired judge of Supreme Court was appointed as the Chairman of States Reorganisation Commission (SRC).

WBBSE Class 10 History and Environment Notes

  • This Commission made four observations in its report on 30th September 1955. Firstly, the three-tier system of states (Parts A, B, and C) will be removed. Secondly, the institution of ‘Rajpramukh’ and special agreement with former Princely states should be abolished. Thirdly, the general control vested in the Government of India by Article 371, will have to be removed.
  • Fourthly, Andaman and Nicobar, Delhi, and Manipur only will remain. Union Territories and other parts C and D territories will have to be merged with the adjoining states. The second part of the report was titled ‘Factors Bearing on Reorganisation’.
  • It was said in the report, ‘it is not possible to reorganise states on the basis of a single factor of either language or culture’. It was also recommended to convert Lakshadwip, Amindivi and Minicoy Islands, Himachal Pradesh, and Tripura into Union Territories in State Reorganisation Act.

2. Languages Recognised in the Constitution (until 1964):

Until 1964 there were 14 recognised languages in the Constitution mentioned in Articles 344 and 351 of the 8th Scheduled of the Constitution. The Home Minister Lal Bahadur Shastri planned to do it. Those are:

  1. Assamese (Assam),
  2. Bengali (West Bengal, Tripura, Andaman and Nicobar),
  3. Gujarati (Gujarat, Dadra, and Nagar Haveli, Daman and Diu,
  4. Hindi (Bihar, Delhi, Haryana, Himachal Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan, Uttar Pradesh,
  5. Kannada (Karnataka),
  6. Kashmiri (Jammu and Kashmir),
  7. Malayalam (Kerala, Lakshadwip, and Pondicherry),
  8. Marathi (Maharashtra, Goa, Dadra and Nagar Haveli, Daman, and Diu),
  9. Oriya (Orissa),
  10. Punjabi (Haryana, Delhi, and Punjab),
  11. Sanskrit (Uttar Pradesh),
  12. Tamil (Tamil Nadu, Andaman and Nicobar, Pondicherry),
  13. Telugu (Andhra Pradesh, Pondicherry),
  14. Urdu (Jammu and Kashmir, Uttar Pradesh, Bihar).
  • At present, in the Constitution of Independent India, there are 22 recognised languages. These languages have been recognized in the eighth schedule of the Constitution of India.
  • In 1950, while adopting the Constitution of India, these 14 languages were officially recognised. Hindi and English are recognised as official languages, but nowhere in the Constitution, the term ‘National Language’ has been used.
  • In 1964 there was a demand to have only Hindi as the official language instead of English, but it was not accepted.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 8 Post Colonial India Time Table

WBBSE Class 10 History and Environment Notes

Post Colonial India Very Short Answers

Question 1. Which Department was formed to regroup the Native States?
Answer:

The State Department.

Question 2. Who was called ‘The Iron Man of India’?
Answer:

Sardar Vallavbhai Patel.

Question 3. Who was the Viceroy of India when India got independence?
Answer:

Lord Mountbatten.

Question 4. Name a few books which tell us about the plight of refugees who came to India after partition.
Answer:

‘Gandhiji in Noakhali’ by Monoranjan Choudhury, ‘Jukto Bonger Smriti’ by Annadashankar Roy, ‘Deshbhag Deshtyag’ by Sandip Bandyopadhyay etc.

Question 5. Who were the members of the J.V.P. Committee?
Answer:

Jawaharlal Nehru, Vallavbhai Patel and Pattabhi Sitaramajah.

Question 6. Why was the state Reorganisation Commission formed?
Answer:

It was formed to identify the state boundaries in the post-independence period.

Question 7. Which areas were joined together to form the state of Kerala?
Answer:

Malabar, Travancore and Cochin.

WBBSE Class 10 Chapter 8 Question Answers

Question 8. Which states formed the PEPSU?
Answer:

Patiala and East Punjab States union.

Question 9. How many recognised languages were there in the Constitution till 1964?
Answer:

14 recognised languages.

Post Colonial India True Or False

Question 1. UNO has declared 21st February as International, Mother Language Day.
Answer: True

Question 2. The States Reorganisation Commission was formed with Fazal. Ali, K,M.Panikkar and Vallavbhai Patel.
Answer: False

Question 3. Travancore was the largest of the native states.
Answer: False

Post Colonial India Fill In The Blanks

Question 1. The army of the Nizam was called ________
Answer: Rajakar

Question 2. King ________ of Kashmir wanted to join the Union of India.
Answer: Harisingh

Question 3. After the partition of India, the huge number of people who had to leave East and West Pakistan were called ________
Answer: Refugees

WBBSE Class 10 Chapter 8 Question Answers

Question 4. _______ was the Chief Minister of Bengal after Independence.
Answer: Bidhan Chandra Roy

Question 5. ‘Dhakar Chithi’ was written by __________
Answer: Saralananda Sen

Post Colonial India Short Answers

Question 1. What were the observations of the States Reorganisation Commission?
Answer:

The SRC had made four observations. The three-tier system of states (parts A, B, and C) would be removed, the institution of ‘Rajpramukh’ and special agreement with the former princely states should be abolished, the general control vested in Government of India by Article 371 will have to be removed and only Andaman and Nicobar, Delhi and Manipur will remain Union Territories and other parts C and D territories will have to be merged with the adjoining states.

Question 2. What were the immediate problems of the influx of refugees from East Pakistan?
Answer:

There was a huge pressure on the population of West Bengal, it was difficult to open so many relief camps and rehabilitate so many people, it was a daunting task to find proper livelihood and provide safety for so many refugees, there was massive food shortage which resulted in ‘Food Movement’ and there were also the problem of squatting and illegal occupation of land.

Question 3. Why did Shyamaprasad Mukhopadhyay form the party called ‘Janasangha’?
Answer:

Shyamaprasad, who was a central minister, wanted to implement the policy of ‘Exchange of people and property’ to solve the refugee problem, while Nehru vehemently. opposed him. There was a great debate in the Lok Sabha. Shyamaprasad resigned from the post of minister after seeing Nehru’s attitude and formed a new party named ‘Janasangha’.

 

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 6 Peasants Working Class And Left Movements In Twentieth Century India

Peasants Working Class And Left Movements In Twentieth Century India Characteristics And Observations Introduction:

  • If we analyse the genre of peasant and working-class movements, it will be observed that the labour movement was much more organised than the peasant movement.
  • The peasant organisations were lagging in the way the workers’ organisations were growing since the nationalist movements. The peasant movements were primarily against the landlords.
  • Sometimes they took the form of anti-government revolts. At times, peasant rebellion assumed communal colours because of the prevalence of the caste system. In that respect, the labour movements had far-reaching implications.
  • The main purpose of the labour movement was to protest against the oppression and deprivation of the workers in the hands of the factory. owners. While the target of the farmers was the landlords, money lenders and government, the target of the workers was the entrepreneurs.

Read and Learn More WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 6 Peasants Working Class And Left Movements In Twentieth Century India

The Relationship Of Congress And Leftist Politics In Twentieth Century India

Before the emergence of Mahatma Gandhi in Indian politics, several revolts took place viz.,

  1. The revolt of the Chenchu Tribes of Andhra (1916),
  2. Farmers revolt in the Bastar district (1910) against the ban on Jhum cultivation in Jabalpur,
  3. Revolt of the Khond people in Orissa (1914) and
  4. Tana Bhagat Movement of the Mundas, which, in the. interests of the mass movement eventually merged with the Gandhian Movement.
WBBSE Notes For Class 10 Geography And EnvironmentWBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment
WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 Life ScienceWBBSE Class 10 Life Science Multiple Choice Questions
WBBSE Solutions for Class 10 MathsWBBSE Class 10 Maths Multiple Choice Questions
WBBSE Notes For Class 10 Physical Science And Environment

 

  • When the farmers of Rajasthan were united against feudal oppression, Congress connected itself with the farmers in the larger interests of a mass movement (1913).

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 6 Peasants Working Class And Left Movements In Twentieth Century India Tana Bhagat Movement

  • In the history of farmers’ rebellion, Champaran in Bihar and Kheda in Gujarat are of great importance. During this time, because of the Congress’ connection with the farmers, many Gandhian leaders like Rajkumar Shukla, Rajendraprasad and Jamunalal Bajaj, joined the farmers’ movement.

WBBSE Class 10 History Notes

  • As a result, the Government was forced to withdraw the Teen Kathiya system and promulgated the Champaran Cultivation Law in 1918. According to the Teen Kathiya system, it was mandatory for the farmers to cultivate indigo in 3 kottas of land for every bigha (20 kottas) owned by them.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 6 Peasants Working Class And Left Movements In Twentieth Century India Champaran Rebellion

  • However, during 1919-20, the Congress leaders refused to support the farmers actively, in spite of a request from Swami Vidyananda, leader of the Indigo farmers’ rebellion in Darbhanga and Bhagalpur in Bihar.
  • The 1920’s decade was of great historical importance as far as the farmers’ movement is concerned because it was known as the golden era of leftist organisation. A greater connection of Congress and Leftist politics with the farmers can be noted during this time.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 6 Peasants Working Class And Left Movements In Twentieth Century India Kheda Satyagraha

  • Gandhiji considered it to be a reasonable idea to connect with the farmers’ movement in the larger interests of a national movement. During the non-cooperation movement, a certain spice trader from Udaipur called himself a representative of Mahatma Gandhi and joined the farmers’ movement.
  • The Moplah Revolt (1873-1921) of Malabar was a militant farmers’ rebellion. Moplahs were the Muslim peasants of the Malabar coast of Kerala who were originally descendants of Arab merchants. Gandhiji was shell-shocked at the death of 10,000 Muslim farmers in this rebellion in 1921. In the 1920s, the leftist powers played an important role in strengthening the organisation of the farmers’ movement.
  • In 1922, Leftist leader Manabendranath Roy, in his book India in Transition and What Do We Want, called the Gandhian Philosophy as ‘a pathetic and frustrating expression of reactionary forces’. Sripad Amrit Dange, Muzaffar Ahmed and Singafavellu Chettiyer, followers of Mr Roy, put more emphasis on Dual Organisation.
  • The leftist parties covertly supported the farmers’ movement while maintaining contacts with Indian National Congress, thereby strengthening the left organisations in the country.
  • Dange had mentioned it in his journal Socialist (1922). The two journals, Birendranath Chattopadhyay’s ‘Atmoshakti’ and Abani Mukherjee’s ‘Dhumketu’, were published with the same aim in view.
  • The leftist leader Singaravellu strongly criticised the Gaya Congress Session (December 1922) and the decision to withdraw the Non-Cooperation Movement.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 6 Peasants Working Class And Left Movements In Twentieth Century India Mahatma Gandhi

  • Under these circumstances, the leftists took up a new political strategy and initiated the formation of a political party with people from both inside and outside Congress. The purpose was
    • To keep the Congress on its toes and
    • To keep the reactionary forces in Congress at bay so that in future the Communist Party can assume leadership at the national level.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 6 Peasants Working Class And Left Movements In Twentieth Century India Moplah Revolt

  • Hence, the leftists tried to strengthen the peasant movement while maintaining cordial relationship with the Congress. In 1923, Singaravellu formed the ‘Hindustan Labourer-Peasant Party’ and having accepted the leadership of the Congress, expressed his willingness to work as a workers-farmers wing of the National Congress.
  • He was the first person to observe May Day in India on 1st May 1923. Muzaffar Ahmed established the Labour Swaraj Party in 1925 and Congress Labour Party was established in 1926 for the same purpose.

WBBSE Class 10 History Notes

  • Later, these local organisations were united together and the Workers and Peasants Party was formed in the interests of the farmers’ movement at the national level. This organisation was very strong in Punjab, Uttar Pradesh, Bengal and Bombay. During 1926-27, the left Leader Dharani Goswami started a farmers’ movement against the landlords and moneylenders of Rajshahi and Mymensingh. He formed ‘Young Comrades League’ for this movement.
  • The principle characteristic of the peasant movement in 1929-30 was that it was a revolt against the landlords, sub-lease holders and tenants’ rights.prevalent at that time.
  • Many Muslims and lower caste Hindus like namashudra formed tenants groups without depending on Congress. Later, this got transformed into the ‘Krishak Proja Party’ of Fazlul Haque. Strong farmers’ movements against the landlords started taking shape from this time onwards.
  • In the middle of the third decade, The Communist Party of India (1925), the Congress Socialist Party (1934) and some Congressmen with leftist tendencies wanted to form an all-India farmers’ association. As a result of this endeavour, All India Kishan Sabha was formed in April 1936.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 6 Peasants Working Class And Left Movements In Twentieth Century India Fazlul Haque

  • When the Communist Party of India was banned in July 1934, many communist leaders became members of this organisation This was a fantastic time of unity between the Congress and the Leftists. In 1934 Jayprakash Nararyan and Acharya Narendra Deb formed the Congress Socialist Party with leaders of both, the Congress and left parties.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 6 Peasants Working Class And Left Movements In Twentieth Century India Jayprakash Narayan

  • Anyway, the All India Kishan Sabha was formed jointly by the Communist Socialist Party and the Congress in 1936 and the Andhra Congress farmer leader N. G..Ranga was elected as the first General Secretary and Swami Sahajananda Saraswati was elected the first President.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 6 Peasants Working Class And Left Movements In Twentieth Century India Swami Sahajananda Saraswati

  • Sahajananda was the leader of Kishan Sabha from 1935-38. In 1936, at the behest of the Kishan Sabha, the Congress adopted an agriculture-based programme. After 1938, Subhash Chandra Bose became known as a leftist leader of Congress.
  • In 1939, under the leadership of Congress Socialist leader Nabakrishna Chowdhury, farmers’ Swami Sahajananda Saraswati movement became quite violent in some places.

1. Peasant’s Role during Anti-Partition Movement Introduction: A novel genre of farmers’ rebellion developed during the Anti-Partition Movement. Rabindranath Tagore, in his lecture named ‘Swadeshi Samaj’ said, people would become more powerful and independent if ‘co-operative farming and jointly owned farms develop in all the villages’.

  • Aswini Kumar Dutta formed the ‘Swadesh Bandhab Samity’ (1906) to solve problems in the villages and to safeguard the interests of the peasants, which solved 523 local issues. Till 1907, this organisation had 1000 branches.
  • During the Anti-Partition Movement, the farmers’ rebellion had a communal character, because, whenever the farmers demanded justice and protested against the landlords, the Government labelled the farmers’ rebellion as communal unrest.
  • It was easy for the Government to investigate the rebelling farmers, who were mostly Muslims, against the landlords and moneylenders who were mostly Hindus. During 1906-07, farmers’ unrest took the form of communal riots in Komilla and Mymensingh.
  • The Muslim farmers tore off the loan agreement papers of the Hindu moneylenders. At that time the Muslims brought out a booklet called ‘Nabab Saheber Subichar’ and wanted help from Nawab Salimullah.
  • Rabindranath Tagore, in his novel ‘Ghare Baire’, had described how the British took advantage of the helplessness of the poor Muslim peasants. During 1906-07 the farmers of Pratapgarh in Uttar Pradesh also suffered similar predicaments. 936 farmers were ousted from their lands.
  • During Anti-partition Movement, the scheduled caste Hindus, like the Namahshudra, had not given much importance to the Nationalist Movement like the poor Muslim farmers.

WBBSE Class 10 Environment Chapter 6 Solutions

  • The Hindu farmers were oppressed by the higher caste people to such an extent that the Nationalist Movement led by people of higher caste did not have much appeal to them. Dr Sumit Sarkar in his book ‘The Swadeshi Movement in Bengal’ iterated that since there was no agriculture-based programme during Anti-partition Movement, the peasants did not participate in a movement led by the middle class.
  • Aurobindo Ghosh in his essay ‘Passive Resistance’ (attack without arms) wrote, the landlords are patriots, hence any movement by those who pay them taxes, cannot be accepted. If the landlords are not happy, the Anti-Partition Movement would suffer. But Sumit Sarkar said that the role of the landlords in the movement has been unduly highlighted.
  • After the Partition of Bengal, the five Muslim-dominated districts of East Bengal viz.,. Dhaka, Faridpur, Tripura, Barishal and Mymensingh was witnessed strong revolts.
  • In 1907, the Muslim farmers of Jamalpur and Dewangunj areas of Mymensingh started savage rioting. But, it can be said that, the farmers were successful in keeping the British Government under tremendous pressure. Thus, on 12th December 1911, the British Government decided to announce their decision to partition Bengal.

Conclusion: While analysing the Anti-Partition Movement, the first thing that comes to mind is that the leaders of the movement did not adopt any programme for the exclusive benefit of the farmers.

  • In the journal ‘Bengali’, Surendranath Banerjee expressed his concern about the distress of the farmers and wrote that the leaders were least bothered about the difficulties of the farmers due to the high rates of taxes imposed upon them or the oppression by the moneylenders. Nobody thought about forming an organisation of the farmers to deal with their demands.
  • Moreover, the farmers never adopted the tactful fight through passive resistance or boycott. While a large section of the country’s population belonged to the peasant class, their absence surely reduced the steam of the movement.

2. Peasant during the Peaceful Non-Cooperation Movement:

The injustice to Turkey by British through the treaty of Sevres (14 May 1920), the Jalianwallabag massacre (13th April 1919), high prices of essential goods, high revenue, govt. oppression etc. were the background of Non-Cooperation Movement. Apart from these

  • Support of Congress leaders Madan Mohan Malavya, Vallavbhai Patel, Jawaharlal Nehru and
  • Support of the Home Rule League members to the Congress strengthened the peasant movement during Non-Cooperation Movement. Besides ‘UP Kishan Sabha’ (1918) of Indranarayan Dwivedi and Gouri Sankar Mishra added a new spirit to the movement.

Rajasthan: During the Non-Cooperation Movement of Gandhiji, farmers’ movements from different corners of India added a new force to the Nationalist Movement.

  • Fight against feudalism was an important aspect of farmers’ rebellion at that time. All over Rajasthan, the farmers demanded that the farmers should be recognized as rightful owners of the land and neither the state, nor the landlords. This particular movement by the farmers was stronger and more organised. Bijoy Singh Pathik and Maniklal Verma were leaders of the peasants.
  • On the other hand Motilal Tejwat organised the Bhil tribes of Udayapur and Jaynarayan Byash in Marwar united the peasants for no tax movement. The farmers of Bijolia managed to wrestle out some benefits even from big landlords.
  • This movement was called ‘Bijalia Satyagraha’. When the Bhil Tribes joined forces with the farmers and started a joint movement, the Maha Rana repressed them in a violent way. Towards the end of the Non-Cooperation Movement, even the police indulged in arson and burned down two Bhil-dominated villages and gunned down 156 protesting farmers of Alwar in Rajasthan (1925).

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 6 Peasants Working Class And Left Movements In Twentieth Century India Non Cooperation Movement

Role of Nehru in U.P.: During the Non-Co-operation movement, the farmers’ rebellion was indeed a mass movement. Jawaharlal Nehru’s autobiography, ‘The Discovery of India’, tell us that the political ideals of the Congress had influenced the farmers’ movement in India.

  • So, the Congress endeavoured to establish cordial relationships between the landlords and the farmers, request the Government to formulate laws in the interests of the farmers, to form village Panchayats (local self-government) and to promote cooperation between the rulers and the ruled. Nehru founded ‘Ayadhya Kishan Sabha’ in 1920.

Role of Baba Ramchandra in UP: Baba Ramchandra was the main leader of UP Kishan Sabha (1928), which was founded by Gourishankar Mishra and Indra Narayan Dwivedi. Due to his leadership, Members of UP Kishan Sabha started aggressive movement which was not supported by Gandhiji.

  • But many Congressmen joined the members of this Kishan Sabha and strengthened the peasant movement in Sultanpur, Raiberili and Pratapgarh regions in U.P. Baba Ramchandra was the Icon of this peasant movement for this reason, Ramchandra was arrested by police which made reaction among his followers. To protest against the arrest of Ramchandra, his followers founded “Eka” movement (1921) and Bardouli Satyagraha (1928).

United Province: The peasant leader Baba Ramchandra of Faizabad was in the forefront of this movement. The farmers were mortified, when Ramchandra was arrested in Ayodhya Taluk on false charges of theft. In Sultanpur, Faizabad, Pratapgarh and Raiberili of Uttar Pradesh, the peasants burned down the houses of the landlords and courted arrests in the hands of the police.

  • Jawaharlal Nehru formed the ‘Ayodhya Kishan Sabha’ in 1920 in order to control the militant behaviour of the farmers. This Sabha had 350 branches all over Uttar Pradesh. Baba Ramchandra and Gourishankar Mishra became members of this organisation. Fierce revolt broke out under the banners of this Sabha but it failed because of tortures meted out by the police.

Gujarat: The farmers’ movement of Bardauli in Gujarat was known for other characteristic features. There, at the request of the head men of 60 villages, Vallavbhai Patel started the ‘Boycott paying taxes’ movement as a protest against the atrocities of the landlords.

  • Both common and higher classes of farmers, as well as many women like Patel’s daughter Maniben Patel Bhaktiba, Mithuben Petit, Sardaben Shah and Sarda Mehta, joined in a united movement against the oppression of the landlords.
  • As a result, the Government reduced the rate of taxes there by 6-03%. The Bardauli Farmers’ Movement was comparatively stronger and better organised. Similarly, Vidyananda and Rajendraprasad were instrumental in giving an anti-landlord colour to the farmers’ movement in Gaya; Darbhanga and Munger in Bihar. The ‘Unionist Party’ of Fazli Hossain had taken the lead in the Farmers’ Movement in the Punjab.

WBBSE Class 10 Environment Chapter 6 Solutions

Bengal: The Farmers’ Movement in Bengal was in the hands of the worthy leader ‘Deshapran’ Birendranath Sashmal. In 1920 he started revolts in Medinipur to stop “Chowkidari Taxes’ and to boycott ‘Union Board’.

  • In 1921, the leaders of the Non-Cooperation Movement gave a call to the jute farmers to stop the cultivation of jute in the bordering areas of Rajshahi, Nadia and Pabna-Rashidabad in Bengal.
  • Jitendralal Banerjee in Birbhum and Someswar Prasad Chowdhury, a devoted follower of Deshbandhu, led this militant farmers’ movement in Rajshahi. Apropos it may be mentioned that sharecroppers and sub-lease holders of Dhaka, Pabna, Khulna, and Nadia fought in order to gain rights over the land they tilled.
  • Andhra In 1921-22, during Non-Cooperation Movement, the farmers of Andhra stopped paying taxes to the Government under the leadership of Congress leaders Konda Venkatappaiyya and O. T. Prakasham. However, Alluri Sitharam Raju, farmer leader in the ‘Rumpa’ areas of Andhra, transformed the farmers’ movement into guerrilla warfare. In 1924, with the help of Assam Rifles, the Madras Government had subdued the Rumpa revolt and killed Sitharam Raju.
  • Bihar Swami Vidyananda took the leadership of peasant movement first in Madhubani and then in Darbhanga, Muzaffarpur, Bhagalpur, Purnia districts of Bihar against high taxation and additional revenue imposed by Landlords. Police and peasants conflicted at that time. Finally, Zamindars surrendered themselves to the peasants.
  • Deccan Yaquab Hassan took the leadership of the peasants’ revolt of Malabar and Sitharam Raju became the leader of the Rumpa revolt (1922-24), the peasants of Godabari Valley. This movement was spread in Guntur, Kudappa etc. districts of Andhra Pradesh. Prof N. G. Ranga founded ‘Ryot Sabha’ in 1923 in the Guntur district.

Role of Lefts: The leftists had strengthened the peasant movement during Non- Cooperation Movement. The Peasant Movement had its own agenda and characteristics but it added a new perspective to the anti-British national movement.

  • The most important was the role of the farmers in the mass movement in India. During this time of the twentieth century, some peasants’ associations and local organisations had inspired the peasant movement.
  • Peasant Movement was a grand success against feudal oppression at the time of the Non-Cooperation Movement. However, the farmers could not adhere to the non-violent policy of Gandhiji at all times.
  • So, he never supported the farmers who adopted the method of violent protests. He just recognised the participation of the farmers in the interests of the mass movement.

3. Eka Movement:

Eka Movement Introduction: From the Hindi word ‘Ekta’ (unity) the word ‘Eka’ has come. The Eka Movement started in Hardoi, Bahraich, Sitapur and Barabanki districts of North West Ayodhya in UP in 1921-22. Though the movement was started by local Congress leaders, later radical leader Madari Pasi, Gabibdas and Sahreb took the reins of the movement in their own hands. Leaders of many backward communities had joined in the Eka Movement.

Eka Movement Objectives: The principle objectives or causes of this movement were

  1. The farmers would pay their taxes in cash or money
  2. They were not forced pay tax with their cultivated crops,
  3. They did not tolerate the “Bet Begari system” or forced labour.
  4. Oppression of the tax collectors of Zamindar-Feudal lord’s on peasants,
  5. Collection of additional and illigal taxes by the thikadars,
  6. The poor peasants were whimsically evicted from land and property,
  7. Without any document or receipt tax was collected,
  8. Pay only recorded tax and solve problems through village Parichyat and make unity among peasants.

Eka Movement Evaluation: The farmers would get a chance to make some profits as the price of agricultural produce had increased substantially by that time. Anyway, the Government adopted a policy of ruthless oppression and the police restrained the movement by arresting Madari Pasi in June 1922. According to Jawaharlal Nehru “All rural areas were electrified with marvellous fanaticism”.

4. Bardauli Satyagraha (12th February, 1928):

Bardauli Satyagraha Introduction: The peasant movement by the Gandhian protesters, which was started in Bardauli Taluk of Surat District in Gujarat, is known as the ‘Bardauli Movement’. After the Ryotwari land revenue settlement in place of zamindars government had become the owner of land and revenue to protest against it on request of peasants of 60 villages, Vallavbhai Patel join the movement.

Bardauli Satyagraha Causes: Main causes of the movement were

  • The wealthy Patidars or Zamindars of Bardauli belonged to the Sunabi-Patidar community of farmers. They got their land cultivated by the ‘Rinadas’, who belonged to lower class or weaker clan and were also called ‘Kaliparaj’ or ‘the dark-skinned folks’, who were 60% of the total population.
  • The higher caste people of Bardauli were known as ‘Ujaliparaj’ or ‘the fair-skinned folks’, who indulged in oppression, exploitation, forced labour and raping the women of the dark-skinned people called ‘Kaliparaj’. Oppression by the moneylenders was a matter of regular occurrence.
  • Moreover, the rate of taxes was increased to 22% (1927) although the price of cotton had decreased. Under these circumstances, the Gandhian idealists ‘Mehta Brothers’ Kunwarji Mehta, Kalyanji Mehta and Dayalji Desai, requested Vallavbhai Patel (4th Feb. 1928) to organise a Tax boycott movement.
  • Vallavbhai Patel was welcomed by women as “Sardar” and Gandhiji said Bardauli made easier to ger “Swaraj”. Bardauli Satyagraha Patrika played vital role to unite peasants. Slowly, Bardauli came to the forefront of national politics.
  • For terrible flood and famine in Bardauli in 1925 agricultural crops were destroyed, but yet government imposed first 30% revenue which was reduced later in 21.97%. It was the another cause, of this movement,
  • As per “Hali System” lower caste “Kaliparaj” people worked hard in the land of the upper caste “Ujaliparaj” and were ruthlessly tortured, exploited and evicted form land,
  • Peasants were united and conscious against hali system, dowry system and drinking wine and they were widely supported by Hindu Muslims, women and students.
  • Gandhiji called the lower caste people of this area as ‘Raniparaj’ or ‘forest dwellers’. They. joined this movement. The workers of the cotton mills of Ahmedabad handed over a subscription of Rs.1300/- to the participants of the movement.
  • The leaders of the ‘Girni Kamgar Union’ (1928) of Bombay also extended their help. Even the communists gave mental support to the movement. The leaders of the movement were Narahari Parek, Rabi Sankar Byash, Mohanlal Pande, Mithuben Patel, Maniben Patel, Sarada Mehta, Bhakti Bai, Lalji Narunji, K.M. Munshi, etc.
  • As a result, instead of adopting a policy of suppression, the Government set up an enquiry committee to investigate the matter and subsequently reduced the rate of taxes from 22% to 6.25%.

WBBSE Class 10 Environment Chapter 6 Solutions

Bardauli Satyagraha Importance: In spite of the success of the non-violent, Satyagraha Movement of Bardauli, R. S. Nimbakar, leader of the ‘Worker and Peasant Party’ of Bombay, felt that the Congress had led the movement with narrow and limited views.

  • As a result in August 1928 governor general Willingdon appointed “Broomfield Maxwell Investigation Committee” in 1928 on the basis which rate of tax reduced in 6.03% the movement stopped.
  • Historian D. N. Dhanagare said that this movement was directed in the interests of the higher caste Patidars instead of being a fight against the oppression by the landlords.

5. Peasants Revolt during Civil Disobedience Movement:

  • The factors like
    • Anti-Simon Commission Movement (1927-28),
    • Nehru Report (1928) of Motilal Nehru,
    • Demand for complete independence or ‘Purna Swaraj’ in the Lahore Congress Sesson (1929) by Jawaharlal Nehru,
    • Failure of Gandhiji’s ‘Eleven Point demands’ including salt and abgari tax (1930) and
    • The Great Economic Depression (1929- 31) and economic crisis etc. together affected the peasants and common men of India.
  • In this regard
    • ‘Patidar Yubak Mandal’ in Bardouli (1928),
    • Andhra Provincial Ryots Association (1928) of M. B. Naidu and N. G. Ranga,
    • Bihar Provincial Kishan Sabha (BPKS) of Swami Sahajananda Saraswati (1929),
    • Bankim Mukherjee and Muzaffar Ahmed’s ‘Bengal Provincial Kishan Sabha’ played a vital role.
    • ‘All India Workers and Peasants Party’ (1928) of R. S. Nimbakar and ‘Young Comrades League’ (1930) of Dharani Goswami in Kishorgunj and Mymensingh encouraged. peasant for movement.
  • During Civil Disobedience Movement (1930-33), the peasants’ revolt had assumed a much organised form. As a result of the Great Depression all over the world, the condition of the farmers deteriorated even further. So, Swami Sahajananda Saraswati, Swami Kariananda Sharma, Jadunanadan Sharma, Panchanan Sharma and Pandit Rahul Sansgkrityayan led the farmers in a revolt.
    • In the Punjab, with the initiative of Akali Dal organisations like ‘Riyasati Prajamandal Party’, ‘Krishak Akali’ and ‘Keerti Kishan’ strengthened the farmers’ movement.
  • In 1933-34, N. G. Ranga, B. M. Naidu and T. Prakasham formed the ‘Royti. Sabha’ for the protection of the farmers. Soon afterwards, South Indian Federation of Peasants and Agricultural Labourer was formed.
    • In this way, a number of steps were taken to build a strong organisational base for Peasant Movement during the Civil Disobedience Movement. ‘Andhra Provincial Ryots’ Association (1928) of N. G. Ranga and M. B. Naidu.
  • In the 1930’s decade the peasant movement was reorganised because of the effect of the Great Depression. The price of agricultural products went down considerably during the Depression, but the rates of revenue payable to the Government or taxes of landlords remained the same.
    • The price of factory-produced goods also did not go down. As a result there was no end to the woes of the farmers, burdened with heavy rents and taxes. Accordingly, Civil Disobedience Movement quickly turned into a protest to stop taxes and rents.
    • This was the main characteristic feature of the movement during this time. But Gandhiji did not support non-payment of taxes or protests against the landlords. He was more interested in ‘Ryot Swaraj’.
  • In 1929 the All India Index for agricultural products was 203, which went down to 171 in 1930 and 127 in 1931. The lands, which were taken away from the farmers by the landlords due to non-payment of taxes during the Great Depression, are called ‘Bokasto Land’. The rebellion to get back this land was known as ‘Bokasto Movement’.
    • In 1931, leftist leaders like Jadunandan Sharma, Panchanan Sharma and Rahul Sankrityayan of Bihar gave a violent turn to the Bokasto Movement. Dr. Binita Damodaran in her book ‘Broken Promises’ admired the leaders in the peasant movement of Bihar.
    • Besides in Patiala of Punjab the peasants were called ‘Mujara’ who started a movement for the abolition of feudal rule, Congress did not show much interest in this matter. But still, Civil Disobedience Movement was dependent on the Farmers’ Movement to a great extent.
  • The Congress Committee in UP under Jawaharlal Nehru supported the no-rent and no-revenue campaign of peasants. All India Congress Working Committee (AICWC) approved it.
    • For this agitation and campaign nearly 10,000 congress volunteers were accused. The Workers and Peasant’s Party (1927) founded by S. A. Dange, P. C. Joshi, Muzaffar Ahmed and others empowered the peasant movement in both the provincial and national levels.
    • The Congress Socialist Party (1934) also played vital role in it. According to Dr Bipan Chandra said ‘No- revenue was a movement of zaminder not to pay revenue to the government and no-rent was a movement of the tenants not to pay rent to the zaminders.

WBBSE Solutions for Class 10 History Chapter 6

6. Peasant Movement during Quit India Movement:

Peasant Movement during Quit India Movement Origin: During Quit India Movement, the main characteristic feature of peasant movement was to mobilise mass movement against the repressive policies of the Government.

  • When Quit India Movement spread throughout the length and breadth of the country, the peasants could come in contact with this movement. The wholehearted and spontaneous participation of the farmers in Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Madhya Pradesh and Bengal. gave a full-fledged form to Quit India Movement.
  • The Peasants Movement took a deadly turn in Bihar and Medinipur in Bengal. Especially, in Medinipur and Birbhum there was a remarkable mass awakening. Ratan Mani was the leader of ‘Riang Rebellion’ of Tripura in 1942. Quit India Movement turned into people’s war because of the participation of the peasant class.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 6 Peasants Working Class And Left Movements In Twentieth Century India Magangini Hazra

Medinipur The farmers set fires to many police stations, while laid siege on others. On 29th September, a group of 20,000 people tried to occupy the police station and court in the town of Tamluk, without caring for the police and ignoring inclement weather and flood. The people of Medinipur would never forget the bravery of Matangini Hazra (Gandhiburi), the 73-year-old woman from a peasant family in the village of Alinan.

  • Lakshmi Narayan Das, Purimadhab Pramanik and Jeeban Krishna Bera also died in the encounter. In six police station areas, in Tamluk sub-division of Medinipur District, namely, Tamluk, Moyna, Pashkura, Mahishadal, Sutahata and Nandigram, Peasant Movement turned into a mass movement because of the participation of the peasant class.
  • A large number of armed farmers of ‘Bidyut Bahini’, founded by Ajoy Mukherjee, Satish Samanta and Sushil Dhara, ignored police firing and occupied Sutahata and Nandigram police stations.
  • On 20th November 1942, Shyama Prasad Mukhopadhyay, the then Finance Minister of Bengal, resigned from the council of ministers as a protest against Government oppression and police atrocities in Contai and Tamluk Sub-divisions, demanding independent enquiry. He had formed ‘The Bengal Relief Committee’ and saved people during the famine of 1943.

Bengal The Peasant Movement of Tamluk and Contai inspired farmers and lower-class people of Birbhum, Bardhamaan, Howrah, Hooghly, Dinajpur, Dhaka, Faridpur and Barishal gave a mass appeal to Quit India Movement.

  • In the revolts of Dhaka, students, youth, middle class and the working class joined the farmers. In Bolpur, Birbhum, thousands of Santhal adivasis and Muslim farmers attacked railway station and other government institutions.
  • In Balurghat, North Bengal, people of Santhal and Rajbangshi community snatched away firearms from the police and engaged in combat with them. In syhlet and Naogaon also, the movement became people oriented. Tribal farmers of Talcher in Orissa also played similar roles Peasant Movement during Quit India Movement

WBBSE Solutions for Class 10 History Chapter 6

Other States: In the states such as the Punjab, Bengal, Uttar Pradesh and Tamil Nadu, where the progress of agriculture was comparatively higher, the rich and influential farmers, in the interests of their own class, remained aloof from the Quit India Movement.

  • However, large tracts of agricultural land in Eastern India being undeveloped, the lower classes of farmers and common man spontaneously participated in the movement. So, excitement at the national level and deplorable financial crisis were the primary feature of this time.
  • Small farmers and agricultural workers were badly affected by the famine of 1943, post war inflation, price escalation of basic goods etc. For these reasons it was quite justified for the farmers of this class to join the movement,
  • All India Kishan Sabha (AIKS) founded in 1936 had a great influence in the peasant movement during Quit India Movement. Apart from this new congress ministers formed in 1937 and the Bihar Provincial Kishan Sabha (BPKS) joined the peasant movement.
  • They started movement with the demands like moratorium on debts and abolition of zamindari system. The communist leader P. C. Joshi wrote an essay in the paper National Front’ on the transformation of the peasant’s Struggle into the people’s struggle.

Peasant Movement during Quit India Movement Impacts: Active participation of the farmers at various places

  • Transformed Quit India Movement into mass uprising. The heat of the movement could be felt in every state, district, sub-division and village.
  • In Orissa a new independent government called ‘Chashi- Muliya Raj’ was formed under the leadership of Pabitra Mohan.
  • In Medinipur ‘Tamralipta Jatiya Sarkar’ was formed by Ajoy Mukherjee.
  • In Madhya Pradesh, ‘Swadhin Jatiya Sarkar’ (independent national government) was formed.
  • The ‘Patri Sarkar’ formed in Maharashtra also looked after the interests of the farmers.
  • Quit India Movement was withdrawn after Gandhiji was released from the prison on 8th August 1944. But Farmers’ Movement had not lost its steam.
  • The next outbursts of farmers’ discontent were the Tebhaga Rebellion (1946-49), Telengana Movement (1946-51) and Punnapra-Vialar Movement of Trivancore (1946-51), which further strengthened the movement in general.

The Connection Of The Labour Movement In Twentieth Century India With The National Congress And Leftist Politics

The Connection Of The Labour Movement In Twentieth Century India With The National Congress And Leftist Politics Introduction:

  • The Nationalist Congress leader G. Subrahmanya Ayre wrote an essay ‘Problem of our Labour’ (1901) and criticise both the Congress and British Govt. for ignoring the interests of the labours.
  • A humanist Brahmo leader Sashipada Banerjee was the first supporter of the labour movement. He found the ‘Sramajibi Samiti’ in 1870 at Baranagar. However, he published a monthly magazine ‘Bharater Sramajibi’ in 1874 to create public openion about the miserable conditions of the workers. Thereafter, the first organised labour strike of India was held in the ‘Empress Mills’ of Nagpur in 1877.
  • Narayan Meghaji Lokhande founded ‘Bombay Mills Association in 1890. The first labour movement in Bengal was started with the strike in the Budge Budge Jute Mill’ in 1895. But the first largest organised and united labour movement started with the strike by the ‘G. I. P. Railway’s Signalmen’ in 1899. The preparation for this strike was taken for two years.
  • If we analyse the development of the Farmers’ Movement in the Twentieth Century India, it can be observed that it had close link with the National Congress and leftist politics. Since the Non-Cooperation Movement, the leftists worked with the Congress through legal methods on one hand, while covertly strengthening their organisation with support of the labourers. But it was Gandhiji who started the first labour movement by forming ‘Mazdoor Mahajan Sabha’ in 1917.
  • The Congress had strong organisational base for quite some time, but the leftist political organisation started after World War I, with the influence of the Russian Revolution (1917).
  • During 1928-29 the labourers’ organisations, at the initiative of the leftists, called a number of strikes which had great political importance. Gandhiji, in the interest of mass movement, had extended his support to these strikes. In this way, a connection developed between the Congress and the leftists through labour movement. Communistic ideals developed among the workers because of their connection with the leftists.
  • The ‘Workers and Peasants Party’ (1927) had an important role to play in bringing together Congress and the leftists during labour. movement. Because of this party, leftist influence on Congress increased considerably.
  • So, ‘Bam Sanghati’ or solidarity with the left was declared within the Congress. ‘Girni Kamgarh Union’ (1928) of Bombay led a successful labour movement with the influence of the party.
  • In December 1929, a contingent of thousands of workers, led by leftists, went to the Calcutta conference of Congress with a demand for ‘Purna Swaraj’ or complete independence. The demand of the workers was included in the programme of Congress.
  • Jawaharlal Nehru and Motilal Nehru formed the ‘Meerut Defence Committee to support the leftists who accused in the Meerut conspiracy case. But, during Non-Cooperation Movement, the leftists were detached from the Congress in spite of workers’ strikes.
  • The leftists formed the ‘Anti-Gandhi League’ in 1934 and strengthened the labour movement. But, in the 1937 elections as per the law for the governance of India, 1935, the leftists had supported the Congress.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 6 Peasants Working Class And Left Movements In Twentieth Century India Motilal Nehru

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 6 Peasants Working Class And Left Movements In Twentieth Century India Jawaharlal Nehru

The Connection Of The Labour Movement In Twentieth Century India With The National Congress And Leftist Politics Evaluation: As a result, the Congress formed the council of ministers in a number of provinces and thwarted the rights of the workers.

  • However, later, the Congress and the leftists were found jointly supporting the labour movement. Yet, on 22nd February 1946, when there was a mutiny on the ship called ‘Talwar’ in Bombay, the Congress took action against the striking workers.

1. Labour Movement during the Anti-Partition of Bengal Movement:

  • Monopoly dominent of British capital in the industries of Bengal was the main grievance of the workers. Shyamsundar Chakraborty, Brahmabandhab Upadhyay etc, supported to the workers. In September 1905 the first labour strike during swadeshi period was held in the ‘Burn Iron workers’ of Howrah.
  • Then the workers of ‘Govt of India’s Press’, ‘East India Railway’, ‘Jute Mill’ and the strikers of the Railway founded ‘Railway Men’s Union’ in September 1906.

Class 10 History Chapter 6 Question Answers

Labour Movement during the Anti-Partition of Bengal Movement Causes:

During the Anti-Partition of Bengal Movement, the workers had become very important. In a government survey report named, ‘Administration of Bengal under Andrew Froser’, it was stated that, ‘The main characteristic feature of labour movement at this time was workers’ ‘industrial unrest’ and ‘the role of professional rebels’. Labourer strikes. in the manufacturing organisations run by the whites started increasing by leaps and bounds. The main reasons were

  • Escalation of price,
  • National deprivation and insult,
  • Active support of the nationalist leaders and

The campaign and development of public opinion by the nationalist journals in the interests of the labourers.

Role of Nationalists: During Anti-Partition of Bengal Movement many nationalist leaders formed trade unions, gave legal counsel and collected contributions for ‘strike funds’.

  • A part from this, many leaders gave lectures, at various places, in support of the striking workers and helped to maintain the pace of labour movement. A few important leaders among them were Bipin Chandra Pal, Chittaranjan Das and Liaquat Hossain.
  • The leaders in the Benaras Congress Session (1906) opposed the Partition of Bengal but did not have open support in the peasant movement.

Role of Nationalists Leaders: Four important people who came forward to organise the labour movement were Probhat Kusum Roychowdhury, Premtosh Basu, Aswini Kumar Bandopadhyay and Apurbo Kumar Ghosh.

  • Out of these four men, Premtosh Basu was owner of a printing press in North Calcutta and the rest were barristers by profession. These leaders united the workers of government press, railway workshop, jute mill and truck labourers and led a successful labour movement.

A main reason for the success of the movement was the fact that foreign funds and control of the colonial government reigned supreme in all these cases.

Role of Nationalists Strikes: In September 1905, 247 clerks of Martin-burn Company of Howrah and, for the first time, workers of the ‘Calcutta Tram Company’ stopped work and called a strike. Inspired by Aswini Kumar Bandopadhyay and Apurbo Ghosh, 950 guards of ‘East India Railway struck work’, demanding higher salary.

  • The labourers of ‘Clive Jute Mill’ in Budge Budge and the labourers and scavenging crew of ‘Calcutta Corporation’ actively participated in labour movement through a strike. In July 1906, the clerks of the ‘East India Rail’ formed a ‘Railway Workers Union’ for the first time. At the initiative of Bipin Chandra Pal, Liaquat Hossain and Shyamsundar Chakraborty, many coolies and labourers of Asansol, Ranigunj and Jamalpur came under its purview.

Role of Nationalists Press strike: On 16th October 1905, the day on which the partition of Bengal was finally put into effect, the labourers, along with people from all walks of life, protested on the streets.

  • The labourers in the Jute mills and railway workshops struck work without any prior notice. On 21st October, the workers of the ‘Bengal Secretariat Press’ formed, a Press Union (1905) in support of the strike by the workers of the ‘India Government Press’.

Role of Nationalists Spread: On August 1906, Aswini Kumar Bandopadhyay formed the ‘Indian Mill Workers Union’ in Budge Budge and merged the Labour Movement with the National Anti-Partition of Bengal Movement. This was a remarkable feature of the labour movement at that time.

  • Monoranjan Guha Thakurta, in his journal ‘Nabashakti’ (1907) requested the workers of Bengal to take lesson from the workers of Russia. In this connection it can be mentioned that the labourers of the tea gardens ånd mines were somewhat neglected by the labour leaders. They were indifferent to boycott or other nationalist activities.

Outside Bengal: In connection with Partition of Bengal, the workers of a cloth mill owned by a foreigner, in Tuticorin, Tamil Nadu launched extensive work strike and confrontations under the leadership of Chidambaram Pillai and Subramanyam Shiv in 1907.

  • Around this time, the workers of Rawalpindi arms factory and railway workshop, under the leadership of Ajit Singh and Lala Lajpat Rai, struck work as an Anti-British Movement in the Punjab. In 1908 Bal Gangadhar Tilak was imprisoned in Mandalay Prison of Burma for writing in the journals, ‘Marathi’ and ‘Kesahri’, against atrocities of the state.
  • On protest, the garment traders of Bombay kept the market. closed for 10 days and the workers of Bombay’s garment factory and railway workshop ignored police brutalities and struck work for 6 days.
  • During this time 16 workers were killed and 50 were injured in police bullets. Lenin had sent a congratulatory message to the Indian workers at that time. After World War I, the labour movement took a new turn.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 6 Peasants Working Class And Left Movements In Twentieth Century India Bala Gangadhar Tilak

2. Labour Movement At The Time Of Non-Violent, Non-Cooperation Movement

Labour Movement At The Time Of Non-Violent, Non-Cooperation Movement Origin: The main feature of labour movement during non-Cooperation was the beginning of an organised and militant labour movement.

  • The Government resorted to two kinds of approaches to control the labourers’ movement-to destroy the movement through oppression on one hand and sympathise with the workers by forming various enquiry commissions on the other.
  • But before the non-cooperation movement first trade-union organisation like the ‘Madras Labour Union’ was founded by B. P. Wadia in 1918 and was supported by Singaravelu Chettier and G. Ramanajulu Naidu.

Labour Movement At The Time Of Non-Violent, Non-Cooperation Movement Formations of AITUC: The All India Trade Union Congress (AITUC) was formed on 31st October 1920, in which Joseph Baptista, N. M. Joshi and Bal Gangadhar Tilak had an important role to play.

The first elected president of AITUC was Lala Lajpat Rai and the first Vice-President was Joseph Baptista. Dewan Chamanlal was the first General Secretary of AITUC. The left leader Sripad Amrita Dange said, although Gandhiji was not much enthusiastic about the formation of AITUC, people like Lajpat Rai, Tilak, Motilal Nehru, Vitthalbhai Patel and Mohammad Ali Jinnah had important contributions in it.

  • It may be mentioned that ‘Ahmedabad Mazdoor Mahajan Sabha’ of Gandhiji never joined the AITUC. Main objectives of AITUC were
  • To help and co-ordinate the activities of all the organisations of the workers in all provinces all over India,
  • To fulfill the interests of the working class regarding social, political and economic issues and
  • To strengthen trade union movement of India. After that president of the Gaya Congress Session (1922). C. R. Das said “The Congress must take Labour and peasantry in hand and organised them both”.

A handbill of AITUC read like this, ‘Indian workers’ political independence is useless without economic independence. So please do not ignore your struggle for national independence. You are an integral part of the freedom movement. If you ignore this, your own freedom will be jeopardised.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 6 Peasants Working Class And Left Movements In Twentieth Century India Lala Lajpat Rai

Class 10 History Chapter 6 Question Answers

Role of Khilafat: After this, the labour movement, centred round the Khilafat Non-Cooperation Movement in 1919-21, became very important. In 1920 the number of unions were 125, with 2,50,000 members. Although the workers responded very well to the Non-violent Non-cooperation movement, very often they resorted to violence to protest against the Government’s repressive policies.

  • While protesting against Gandhiji’s imprisonment, 28 of the protesting workers were killed and 123 were severely injured only in Gujarat. Such brutality on the working class affected the labour unions in Calcutta and Bombay. Multiple ‘strikes took place in Bombay, Kanpur and Jamalpur railway workshop.
  • This time, the workers called strikes in support of movements like the. Khilafat and Non-Cooperation. In April 1919, the workers of the North. West province of India observed Bharat Bandh. In 1919, 110 labour strikes took place in. Bengal alone.
  • At that time there were only 40 permanent unions, which became 55 in 1921 and 75 in 1922. But according to the report of the ‘Industrial Agitations Committee’, there, were 137 labour strikes in Bengal during 1920-21.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 6 Peasants Working Class And Left Movements In Twentieth Century India Md. Ali Jinnah

Labour strikes During the Non-Violent, Non-Cooperation Movement, the labourers’ strikes were spontaneous. A few local Congress leaders also supported them. The workers of East Bengal Rail and Steamer Company struck work as a protest against the firing on the tea garden labourers of Assam and the coolies of Chandpur (Komilla District) railway station.

  • In January 1921, the workers of Calcutta Tram Company called a strike against the retrenchment of workers and a demand for higher salaries. In this case monetary demands were predominant. But the reasons behind the railway strikes of Jhajha, Kumardubi and Tundula, the main reason was the European officials’ racial discrimination against the Indian workers.

Leaders In the November of 1921, the labourers of Belgachhia Tram Depot of Calcutta joined hands with jute mill workers and, together with 5,000 labourers from the port, clashed with the police.

  • At this time, when Congress called for a boycott of the visit of the ‘Prince of Wales’-Edward VIII (1921), the labourers responded in great numbers and observed an all India national strike.
  • The labourers of Bombay attacked the Parsis when they went to welcome the prince. The workers’ unions during this time were led by moderate, middle-class leaders like N. M. Joshi, Annie Besant, Joseph Baptista, Byomkesh Chakraborty, Prabhat Kusum Roy Chowdhury and Hemanta Sarkar.
  • Many radical young labour leaders like Mrinal Kanti Basu and Jitendralal Banerjee joined the moderates, thereby changing the character of the movement altogether.

Chauri-Choura incident: A shocked Mahatma Gandhi withdrew the Non- cooperation Movement after the Chouri Choura massacre on 5th February 1922 and as a result, the labour movement also ebbed.

  • But no one can deny the contribution of the workers in giving the movement a mass appeal. We are informed from a survey by the ‘Royal Commission of Labour’ (1931), that there were 336 labour strikes in 1921. In that case, during 1924-27, there were, on an average, 130 workers’ strikes per year. In the Jharia Conference” of AITUC, the enthusiasm of the labourers was at its zenith.

Conclusion: Towards the end of the Non-Cooperation Movement, effective strikes were called in the railways in Eastern India by Biswananda and Darshananda ‘Jamshedpur Labour Organisation’ (1920) formed by Surendra Nath Halder was more interested in militant activities.

  • Gandhiji told Sapoorji Shaklatwala, the communist leader of Great Britain, ‘The Indian workers are unorganised and at times communal’. In fact, although the workers wanted Gandhiji, yet, the question remains whether he wanted them or not.

3. Labour Movement during Civil Disobedience Movement:

Labour Movement during Civil Disobedience Movement Background: The force of Labour Movement did not ebb during Civil Disobedience Movement. On 26th January 1930, Congress celebrated the first independence day of India and soon afterwards, 20,000 workers of Bombay started a rebellion on 4th February. They demanded ‘Purna Swaraj’ or complete independence. At that time most of the striking workers were railway workers.

Role of Gandhiji: On 6th April 1930, Gandhiji disobeyed the ‘Salt Law’ and started the Civil Disobedience Movement through satyagraha. On the same day, the workers of G. I. P. Railwaymen’s Union resorted to a unique form of protest. They came in droves, brandishing red flags, and lay down on the tracks of all the stations of Northern Bombay. The police gunned down a number of them.

  • In 1928 A. D. about 1,50,000 cotton mill workers of ‘Girni Kamgarh Union’ of Bombay went on strike for six months at a stretch. During that time 25,000 workers out of 60,000 of that union endured the tortures of the police and continued strike for 26 days and they demanded the animal conference of Congress in Calcutta (Dec. 1928 A.D.).
  • At this time more than 5,00,000 workers participated in 203 strikes in the country. Out of this around 110 strikes were of cotton mills. In that year, 5 railway workers were shot dead in Howrah and Liluah.
  • ‘Red Trade Union Congress’, the leftist labour organisation almost finished the cotton mills. The most important event of 1928 A.D. was the workers of various jute mills and TISCO went on strike with the demand for 56 hours duty in a week.
  • Due to worldwide depression in 1928 A.D. the mill owners and others tried to destroy the labour organisations with the help of the Government. As a result, the workers had to initiate a militant movement.

West Bengal Class 10 History Important Questions

Whitley Commission 1929 A.D.: In 1929 A.D. it was mentioned in ‘Whitley Commission’ report the poverty of 3rd population of the workers. But in spite of that, Government did not become aware of this fact.

  • Over and above, by passing the ‘Trade Dispute Bill’ and ‘Public Safety Act’ in 1929 A.D. the degree of torture and oppression upon the workers increased a lot. On the other hand, after the Jharia Conference’ in 1928 A.D. the movement of AITUC did not slower down though the communists detached themselves from this organisation.

Armed and militant movement: In 1930-31 A.D. during the time of civil disobedience, the workers of the cotton mills of Sholapur, being very much tortured by the owners and the Government, started militant movements.

  • Some labour leaders like Srikrishna Sarada, Qurban Hossain, Malappa Dhane Shesthy and Jagannath Sindhre were sentenced to death because, some people were killed by the agitating workers.
  • On the other hand, Fazlul Haque of Bengal formed ‘Bengal Praja Party’ in 1926-28 A.D. and communist organisations like ‘Workers and Peasants Party’ started travelling in Bengal, Bombay, Punjab, Central provinces, Madras etc. against the extreme expolitation of the zamindar class. The Government brought false charges against many communist leaders as the labour movement turned into an armed and militant movement.

Meerut Conspiracy Case: On 20th March, 1929 A.D. Government started ‘Meerut Conspiracy Case’ against 33 union leaders. In that case, the leaders like Mujaffar Ahmed, Sripad Amrit Dange, Gangadhar Adhikary, P. C. Joshi, Mirajkar, Benjamin Bradly, Philip Sprat etc. were sentenced with long-term imprisonment. On the basis on this case in 1933 A. D. all the publicities of Congress and the communist parties were banned. It was a serious challenge towards the growth of the labour movement.

  • Reformative labour leaders like V. V. Giri and N. M. Joshi left AITUC and formed ‘All India Trade Union Federation’ (AITUF) and so they had tiffs with the leftist labour leaders. Again, communists like Somnath Lahiri and Ranadive left the association with Congress and formed the ‘Red Trade Union Congress’ (RTUC) in 1931.
  • In this way, because of idealistic breakups on one hand and suppressive policies of the government on the other, the labour movement started ebbing in 1931. In 1935, when the communists kept aside their rivalries and joined together with AITUC, the Labour Movement was once again revived.

The Formation and objectives of the Congress Socialist Party (1934 A.D.): In the context of the Meerut conspiracy case, when the trend of labour movement was decaying, Jayprakash Narayan and Acharya Narendra Dev united the ideas of communist and Congress parties and formed the ‘Congress Socialist Party’.

  • Jayprakash Narayan had played a unique role in uniting the labour movement with the movement of independence. A new phase was initiated when Jawaharlal Nehru and Subhas Chandra Bose of the Congress joined the leftist labour movement and ‘The National Trade Union Federation’, set up by Jamunadas Mehta and V. V. Giri had jointly started labour movement with the Congress Socialist Party.
  • A powerful movement was started against the ‘Rationalisation Scheme’ 1934 A.D. of all industrialists. The rise of the labout movement was proved by the participation of 2,20,808 labourers in 159 strikes in 1934 A.D.
  • The Congress Socialist Party was founded by Jayprakash Narayan and Acharya Narendra Deb for some objectives like
    • To establish socialist form of government,
    • To abolish the zamindary system,
    • To recognise the occupying right of tenants,
    • To excuse the old debts of the poor peasants,
    • To formulate the agrarian wages of the peasants,
    • To ensure the swaraj for peasants and workers.
    • To adopt a Nationalisation Scheme in all industries,
    • To mix the ideals of the Communist Party of India and the Indian. National Congress for strengthening ‘National Trade Union Federation”.

Evaluation: Historian Sumit Sarkar says that the movement which was started by the Congress, received its militancy by the working class struggle. In that way the working class movement was a progressive trend in the history of the freedom movement.

  • Subhas Chandra Bose was eager to fulfil the economic freedom and other demands of the working class and to form a Government with the workers, as parallel to the British Government.
  • But Gandjhiji criticised Subhas’s policy of utilising the workers for political interests. The working class movement was non-violent, as it was guided by the ideal of communism. In spite of the Congress, could not fulfil the interests of the workers as it feared to be unpopular to the Birla Company.
  • So the working class movement could not be organised like the ludite movement. Inspite of that Sumit Sarkar had acknowledged ‘As for labour, it concrete achievement in the building up to a fairly strong, countrywide trade union movement should not be underestimated’.-Modern India.

West Bengal Class 10 History Important Questions

4. Labour Movement during Quit India Movement:

  • In 1942, during Quit India Movement, a pan Indian mass movement started against the nationwide British imperialism. The Communist Party of India did not participate in it. The communist leaders instructed the working class not to participate in Quit India Movement. But, they ignored that instruction and joined the movement. The labourers actively participated in Quit India Movement, in spite of the fact that the communists remained aloof from the line ‘people’s war’.
  • On 9th August 1942, at the onset of Quit India Movement, when Gandhiji and other. prominent leaders were arrested, the workers observed general shutdown and strikes for one whole week without anybody’s instructions.
  • The vibes of that labour movement could be felt at Delhi, Kanpur, Lucknow, Bombay, Nagpur, Jamshedpur, Madras, Bangalore and Ahmedabad. In Jamshedpur, the labourers of Tata Iron and Steel Company kept the factory closed for 13 consecutive days. In between 1937 to 1939 member of trade union increased form 271 to 562 that made a tremendous impact in the movement.
  • During Quit India Movement, the workers iterated that until and unless a national government was formed, they would not rejoin their duties. Just like the workers of TISCO, shut down for 13 days, thousands of workers in the garment factories of Ahmedabad continued. their strike for 90 days in support of the Quit India Movement.
  • It is noted that, during Quit India Movement, the labourers invariably avoided the communists or were scared of them. As a result, lesser number of labourers was found joining the movement where there was greater communist influence. However, in some places, ordinary communist leaders moved out of their party lines and joined with the labourers in Quit India Movement.
  • From May to July of 1942, the leaders of Tram Workers’ Union in communist-dominated Calcutta, ignored party diktats and many times joined the strikes. The Communist Party of India following the ‘People’s War line disliked for join the Quit India Movement.

5. Workers and Peasants Party:

Workers and Peasants Party Foundation: Phases of Workers and Peasants Party are

  1. In 1925, ‘Labour Swaraj Party was formed under the leadership of Muzaffar Ahmed and Hemanta Kumar Sarkar in Kanpur. It was later renamed as ‘Peasants and Workers Party’ (1927).
  2. Dr. Naresh Chandra Sengupta proposed first for the foundation of ‘All Bengal Peasants and Workers Party’ (1926). In 1927 ‘Workers and Peasants Party’ was founded to spread communist activities in Bengal, Bombay, UP and Punjab.
  3. Muzaffar Ahmed was secretary of this party in Bengal, Mohan Singh Josh in Punjab, P. C. Joshi in UP and S. S. Mirajkar in Bombay.
  4. Member of ‘Workers and Peasants. Party’ of Bengal were Hemanta Kumar Sarkar, Dharani Goswami, Gopen Chakraborty and poet Kazi Nazrul Islam.
  5. In December, 1928 ‘All India Workers and Peasants Conference’ was held. Its secretary was R. S. Nimbakar.

Workers and Peasants Party Activities:

  1. This party’s main activity was to form the militant labour movement in the big industries of India.
  2. As a result the activities of this party was limited only in the urban and industrial areas.
  3. In 1928, a group of politicians with communists formed ‘All India Workers’ and Peasants’ Party.
  4. The party was active in Bengal, Bombay, the Punjab and Uttar Pradesh.
  5. Naresh Sen Gupta was the leader of this party in Bengal. He demanded the abolition of the zamindari system.
  6. The Workers’ and Peasants’ Party (1928) was constituted by unifying local organisations like Singaravellu Chettiyar’s ‘Labour. Kishan Party of Hindustan’ (1923), ‘Labour Swaraj Party (1925) formed by Muzaffar Ahmed and Hemanta Kumar Sarkar in Bengal and ‘Congress Labour Party’ (1926) of Bombay.
  7. Two British communists, Phillip Sprat and Benjamin Bradley, took a lot of initiative in the formation of Workers’ and Peasants’ Party.
  8. Communist influence increased within Congress through this party.
  9. But the members did not associate themselves with the ‘Communist League’. However, they were extremely successful in mobilising the trade union movement.
  10. Two famous mouthpieces were the ‘Langal’ edited by Kazi Nazrul Islam and ‘Ganabani’ of Muzaffar Ahmed.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 6 Peasants Working Class And Left Movements In Twentieth Century India Muzaffar Ahmed

WBBSE Notes For Class 10

6. The Participation of Leftist Politics in the Anti-Colonial Movement in Twentieth-century India-Characteristic features and Discussions:

The Participation of Leftist Politics in the Anti-Colonial Movement in Twentieth-century India Origin: People from all sections of society developed apathy against the oppression and deprivation policies of the British. Subsequently, leftist politics grew in power using this favourable condition in their favour.

  • Leftist politics got a well-defined character with the influence of the Russian Revolution (1917) and with the formation of the Communist Party of India by Manabendranath Roy, Abani Mukherjee and others in Tashkend in 1920. However, after the Communist Party was set up in India in 1925, the character of anti-colonial leftist politics totally changed.

The Participation of Leftist Politics in the Anti-Colonial Movement in Twentieth-century India Popularity: Leftist politics started moving towards a more orderly and organised fashion towards the anti-colonial movement. Leftist politics started gaining popularity after the formation of AITUC in 1920. A large section of the Indian populace was labourers and farmers, who supported. the democratic ideals of communism and participated in the anti-British colonial movement through strikes.

  • Whenever anti-colonial national freedom movements led by the bourgeois class, assumed revolutionary character, it received full support of leftist politics. Hence, we can say that leftist politics had a direct connection with the Non-Cooperation movement, Anti-Simon Commission Movement (1928), or Civil Disobedience Movement.
  • But the leftists could never accept the reformatory, bourgeois in Congress party. Many leftist Indian leaders like Manabendra Roy opined that the Indian workers were politically more conscious and organisationally stronger and so, the people of M. N. Roy India would accept communism wholeheartedly and make the freedom movement a great success.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 6 Peasants Working Class And Left Movements In Twentieth Century India M N Roy

The Participation of Leftist Politics in Anti-Colonial Movement in twentieth-century India Policies: Many politicians joined the left politics having lost their faith in Gandhian principles. It was not just independence, but economic and social equality gained importance in leftist politics.

  • The leftists wanted to reform and control the Congress and make it a member of the ‘Anti-Colonial League’, thereby strengthening the anti-British movement even further. Hence, during Anti-Simon Commission Movement, the left and the Congress, along with other political. parties fought together. This made the movement more militant and progressive at the same time.

The Participation of Leftist Politics in the Anti-Colonial Movement in Twentieth-century India Trade Union: The strikes and other movements undertaken by different labour organisations, with leftist tendencies, added extra mileage to the freedom struggle of India.

  • The trade union movement was not only for the working class but also in the larger interests of the anti-colonial movement. Because of the uncontrolled influence and display of the power of the communists, a number of clashes and divides took place in leftist politics. For example, Dewan Chamanlal left the AITUC and formed Indian Trade Union Federation under the leadership of V.V. Giri.

The Participation of Leftist Politics in the Anti-Colonial Movement in Twentieth-century India Left activity: It must be noted that, in the beginning, the communist organisation was not very strong in the rural areas. So, the rural farmers often became prey to state terrorism.

  • The British colonists were somewhat weary of the leftist politics and its organisation, in spite of the shortcomings of communism. For that reason, the Government introduced. two suppressive bills namely, Public Safety Bill and Trade Disputes Bill, in order to oust foreign communists, from India and ban workers’ strikes respectively.
  • Many people are of opinion that the communists opposed these two bills and instigated the workers to start a militant movement. However, a few Congressmen accepted these activities of the leftists.

The Participation of Leftist Politics in Anti-Colonial Movement in Twentieth-century India Meerut Case: Around this time, in order to weaken the communist movement, 33 leftist trade union leaders were convicted under a false lawsuit in Meerut Conspiracy Case (1929-33) and jailed.

  • The people who were convicted in the Meerut Case were M. A. Dange, M. S. Mirajkar, Nimbakar, Ghate, Gangadhar Adhikari, Dharani Goswami, Gopen Chakraborty, Shibnath Banerjee, Muzaffar Ahmed, Kazi Nazrul Islam, P. C. Joshi, Maqbul Fida among others and British communist leaders like Benjamin Bradley and Phillip Sprat.
  • Prof Harold John Laski, Albert Einstein and Roman Rolland wrote letters to the Government protesting against the verdict of this conspiracy case. Because of this verdict, the Communist Party of India, the Young Workers’ League and 12 other trade unions were banned in India in 1934.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 6 Peasants Working Class And Left Movements In Twentieth Century India Kazi Najrul Islam

WBBSE Notes For Class 10

The Participation of Leftist Politics in the Anti-Colonial Movement in twentieth-century India Failure: During Civil Disobedience Movement, there was a vacuum in the leadership. of leftist politics. J. P. Hythcox and J. S. Mathur said that between 1930 and 1931, 70% of strikes had failed. The reasons for this failure were,

  1. Extreme leftist ideals,
  2. All strikes were not conducted by the left,
  3. Many trade union leaders were behind bars and
  4. Presence of reformatory leaders.

The Participation of Leftist Politics in the Anti-Colonial Movement in twentieth-century India Nature: The nature of leftist movement changed a lot when it got connected to the anti-colonial movement of India. The leftists implored people to join the anti-imperialist revolutionary movement because, the bourgeois class, with the blessings of the government, had lost its bite.

  • At the same time, people were also told to continue fighting against the local supporters, that is, Indian landlords and capitalists, who were actually sycophants of imperial-colonial rule. In 1934, the Congress and leftists started to fight together. But the leftists had not accepted the reconciliatory and compromising attitude of the Congress.
  • So, the leftists continued their protests against reconciliatory policy while remaining within Congress. They formed a Gandhi Boycott Committee in Calcutta.

The Participation of Leftist Politics in Anti-Colonial Movement in Twentieth-century India CPI and Left Movement: In March 1925, the Communist Party of India prepared to adopt a united front to start an anti-imperialist movement. It was stated there that they would wrangle out full and unconditional independence from the British, they would not join the British Parliament and stop all dialogues with the British colonial rulers.

  • It was the aim of leftist politics to form a united front from fop to bottom and to strengthen the united nationalist revolutionary movement. The leftists felt that an anti-imperialist front could make the anti-colonial movement a success.
  • When World War 2 started in 1939, the leftists called it an Imperialist war. So, taking advantage of the war, the leftists intensified their anti-colonial movement. The leftists initiated mass movements in Kanpur, Patna, Punjab, Andhra and Malabar regions in 1940.

The Participation of Leftist Politics in the Anti-Colonial Movement in Twentieth-century India People’s War But, when German Nazi forces attacked Communist Soviet Russia in 1941, the lefts assured to help the British Government in all respects. In this way the ‘Imperialist War’ overnight became ‘People’s War’. The communists supported the Cripps’ Mission.

  • The Communist party asked the Congress and the Muslim League to form a ‘National Government’. Satisfied with this kind of loyalty, the British Government withdrew all bans from the Communist Party and released their leaders from the jail.
  • For this reason when Gandhiji, started Quit India Movement in 1942, there was a mass awakening, but the leftists distanced themselves from the movement. They called the freedom fighters as Mad Patriots.
  • The term Peoples’ War appealed to the intellectuals. As a result, Indian People’s Theatre Association or IPTA was formed during this time (1942-44).
  • After 1946, the main aim of leftist politics was to unify and organise the farmers’ and labour movements. The observation of Rashid Ali Day (12th February 1946), students’ movements and farmers’ movements in places like Telengana and Tebhaga intensified the left movements.
  • In 1947 when interim Government was in force, the then Home Minister Sardar Ballav Bhai Patel ordered the arrest of all leftist leaders.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 6 Peasants Working Class And Left Movements In Twentieth Century India Cripp's Mission

The Participation of Leftist Politics in the Anti-Colonial Movement in twentieth-century India Characteristics: If we discuss the participation of leftist politics in the anti-colonial movement of the twentieth century, a number of interesting features can be observed.

  • Firstly, during the first decade of the twentieth century leftist politics had hardly any organised existence. There was some organised form after World War 1.
  • Secondly, birth of leftist politics’ was from the Russian Revolution. So, armed revolutionary movement started against the British imperialist power which speeded up the nationalist movements of the Congress.
  • Thirdly, the leftists converted the anti-colonial movement into a mass movement. The main feature of their movement was to raise an uncompromising war against the British.
  • Fourthly, mass awakening started through participation in the anti-colonial movement of leftist politics. They had helped in bringing success to India’s Freedom struggle, sometimes by giving a lot of importance to Congress and sometimes by joining it.
  • Fifthly, the leftists supported various labour organisations and used the strikes as tools of the anti-imperialist movement.
  • Sixthly, the leftists kept their protests alive sometimes by supporting the Congress and sometimes criticizing it. However, economic demands and democratic ideals were always more important to them than political freedom.
  • Seventhly, through their labour organisations, the leftists sent a clear message to the Congress and British that economic independence was the primary demand and characteristic of their movement.
  • Eighthly, a noticeable feature of leftist politics was the participation of British communists. But the Indians were way led a number of times because of their influence.
  • Ninthly, during the anti-colonial movement, the leftists were found wavering ‘from their ideals at times. Sometimes, they had to move away from extreme left ideals also.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 6 Peasants Working Class And Left Movements In Twentieth Century India Time Table

WBBSE History And Environment Chapter 6 Peasants Working Class And Left Movements In Twentieth Century India Very Short Question And Answers

Question 1. What was Moplah Revolt?
Answer:

Moplah Revolt of Malabar was a militant farmers’ rebellion in which thousands of Muslim Farmers had died.

Question 2. What was the name of the party established by the leftist leader Singaravellu?
Answer:

Hindustan Workers-Farmers Party.

Question 3. Which organisation was formed, by Aswini Kumar Dutta to solve problems in the villages and to safeguard the interests of the peasants?
Answer:

Swadesh Bandhab Samity.

West Bengal Class 10 History Important Questions

Question 4. What was the most important aspect of farmers’ rebellion during the non-cooperation movement?
Answer:

Fight against feudalism was the most important aspect of farmers’ rebellion during. non-cooperation movement.

Question 5. Who was the founder of ‘Ayodhya Kishan Sabha’?
Answer:

Jawaharlal Nehru.

Question 6. What was the outcome of the Bardauli Movement?
Answer:

Government was forced to reduce taxes of the farmers by 6.03%.

Question 7. Who was the leader of farmers’ movement in Bengal?
Answer:

Deshapran Birendranath Sasmal

Question 8. Where did the workers struck work for the first time as a part of labour movement?
Answer:

The workers of Calcutta Tram Company stopped work and called a strike as a part of labour movement in Bengal.

Question 9. Name the two bills that were passed by the Government in order to oust foreign Communists and ban workers’ strikes respectively.
Answer:

Public Safety Bill and Trade Disputes Bill.

WBBSE History And Environment Chapter 6 Peasants Working Class And Left Movements In Twentieth Century India True Or False

Question 1. During the farmers’ movement, Congress and the leftists worked together.
Answer: True

Question 2. Gandhiji started the first labour movement by forming ‘Mazdoor Mahajan Sabha’.
Answer: True

Question 3. Strikes and trade unions were important features of the labour movement during Quit India Movement.
Answer: False

WBBSE History And Environment Chapter 6 Peasants Working Class And Left Movements In Twentieth Century India Fill In The Blanks

Question 1. The All India Trade Union Congress was formed in ________
Answer: 1920

Question 2. Mahatma Gandhi withdrew the Non-Cooperation Movement after the _______
Answer: Chouri Choura massacre

Question 3. ‘Labour Swaraj Party’ was formed under the leadership of _______
Answer: Muzaffar Ahmed and Hemanta Kumar Sarkar

Question 4. Manabendranath Roy was a ________ leader.
Answer: Leftist

Question 5. The principal demand of the _______ovement was that the farmers would pay taxes _______ with money and not with their cultivated crops.
Answer: Eka

Class 10 History Chapter 6 Question Answers 

Peasants Working Class And Left Movements In Twentieth Century India Characteristics And Observations Short Answers

Question 1. Why did the farmers’ rebellion during Anti-Partition Movement take a communal character?
Answer:

Whenever farmers demanded justice and protested against the landlords, the Government labelled it as communal unrest. It was easy for the Government to instigate the poor farmers, who were mostly Muslims, against the landlords and money-lenders, who were mostly Hindus.

Question 2. How was the Communist Party of India formed?
Answer:

Leftist politics was greatly influenced by the Russian Revolution and the Communist party of India was formed by Manabendranath Roy, Abani Mukherjee and others in Taskend in 1920. Communist Party was set up in India in the year 1925.

Question 3. What was the ‘Meerut Conspiracy Case’?
Answer:

Around the third decade of the twentieth century, in order to weaken the communist movement, 33 leftist trade union leaders were convicted under a false lawsuit in ‘Meerut Conspiracy Case’ (1929-33) and jailed. Because of this verdict, the Communist Party of India, Young Workers’ League and 12 other trade unions were banned in India in 1934.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 7 Movements Organized by Women Students

Movements Organized by Women Students And Marginal People India Characteristics And Analyses Introduction

  • Incidents in history flow like water in a river. Those events through the ages, with their character and form, merge in the great cauldron of history. Who would not want to have a glimpse of such history?
  • As the nineteenth century went by and the twentieth century evolved, we found, in the pages of history, so many diverse and intriguing tales of fights and revolutions.
  • The movements of women, students, and marginal or impoverished people were three such movements for getting something that is rightfully theirs.

Read and Learn More WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 7 Movements Organized by Women Students

Women’s Movements In Twentieth-Century India

Women’s Movements In Twentieth Century India Background: ‘The Democratic Women’s Federation’ was formed not only to establish their rights and address problems of women alone but for the larger mass movement in the country. The phases and factors of the women’s movement were as

  • In the pre-independence era, on Gandhiji’s request, women had actively taken part in National Freedom Movement. In 1927 All India Women Conference was formed.
  • Apart from this, the women’s movement gained momentum for gaining democratic, social, and legal rights for themselves as well as addressing various women’s issues.
  • Since World War 2, women’s organizations were formed in states like Bengal, Punjab, Maharashtra, Andhra, and Madras to gain social independence and fight against Fascism as part of India’s National Movement.
  • Women’s groups had important role to play in many freedom movements like the Tebhaga Movement in Bengal, the Telengana-Adiyar-Sayur Peasant Movement and the movement for the freedom of Worli Adivasis of Maharashtra,
WBBSE Notes For Class 10 Geography And EnvironmentWBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment
WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 Life ScienceWBBSE Class 10 Life Science Multiple Choice Questions
WBBSE Solutions for Class 10 MathsWBBSE Class 10 Maths Multiple Choice Questions
WBBSE Notes For Class 10 Physical Science And Environment

 

In post-independence India, women’s movements suffered even more. Communal riots (1946-47) had spilled venom on the women’s movement during that period. The women’s movement of the ’50s had two main agendas, namely,

  • To initiate political battle through social changes and
  • To include women in the implementation of Government projects. In 1954, the ‘Women’s Federation of India’ was formed, based on communist ideals. During this time, the women’s movement, demanding the prevention of the dowry system, equal pay, equal work, and maternity leave, became highly successful. In 1973, the ‘Social Welfare Department’ of the Central Government took some steps for the uplift of women.
  • However, since nothing much was achieved by this step, the women’s movement started again in 1974. When Prime Minister Indira Gandhi declared an emergency in 1975, the protesting women supported her. The first woman Prime Minister of Asia, Mrs. Indira Gandhi is often called ‘the Margaret Thatcher of India’. 4th March 1975 was declared as International Women’s Day and 1975-85 was called the Women’s Decade.

WBBSE Class 10 History Chapter 7 Notes

1. Women’s Movement during the Anti-Partition of Bengal Movement:

Women’s Movement during Anti-Partition of Bengal Movement Nature: If we analyse the character and features of women’s movement during the Anti-Partition of Bengal Movement, it will be noticed that the women who participated in the movement belonged to higher caste and were well educated or Western-educated.

  • There was hardly any participation from lower caste, uneducated and conservative families.
  • Many ladies from the Tagore family of Jorasanko were involved in the movement. The women, who were involved in national movement, developed a strong sense of revolutionary ideals against social torment and deprivation of women.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 7 Women's Participation In ANti Partition Movement

Social reformation did not help much in the emancipation of women, but it could be achieved through freedom struggle.

  1. During the period of Partition of Bengal, Swarna Kumari Debi, daughter of Debendra Nath Tagore formed the ‘Sakhi Samity (friends’ circle).
  2. Her daughter, Sarala Devi Chowdhurani formed ‘Byam Samiti’, ‘Lakhmir Bhandar’; an organisation producing indigenous goods. These organisations along with her ‘Birastami Brata’ (1904), ‘Pratapaditya Utsab’ and made a link with ‘Suhrid Samiti’ of Mymensingh. helped to awaken nationalist feelings. Sarala Devi formed ‘Bharat-Stri Mahamandal’ in 1911 for unity and self-development of women.
  3. Krishna Kumar Mitra’s daughter Kumudini Mitra published a magazine ‘Suprabhat’ in 1907 to encourage revolutionary women of Bengal and Khairunnisha wrote a poem ‘Swadeshanurag’ in ‘Nabanur patrika’.
  4. Nanibala Devi a paternal aunty of revolutionary Amarendranath Chattopadhyay used to keep the revolutionaries in the secret shelters.
  5. During the anti-partition movement Madam Vikaji Cama hoested a tri-colored Indian flag in the Stuttgart City of Germany.
  6. Sarojini Naidu (1879-1949) wrote the book ‘The Golden Threshold’ in 1905 and ‘The Broken Wing’ in 1917. She was the first woman president of Indian National Congress.
  7. Hemanta Kumari Choudhuri by editing a journal ‘Antahpur’ for the period from 1901 to 1904 encouraged women to participate in the political struggle,
  8. During the day of partition (16th October 1905) nearby 5000 women gathered to see the foundation of Town Hall in North Calcutta,
  9. An eleven-year school girl of Dacca, Ashalata Sen due inspiration from her grandmother Nabasashi Sen encouraged women to join the Swadeshi Movement.
  10. A young housewife Manarama Basu and Labanyaprabha Datta led the procession during the anti-partition movement in Barishal and Khulna respectively. For her request women broke foreign glass bangles as symbol of boycott.
  11. Apart from them, ladies like Sister Nibedita, Annie Besant, Nellie Sengupta, Hemaprobha Majumdar and Labanyaprobha Chanda took active participation in nationalist movement. Otherhand, Ramendrasundar Trivedi and his daughter Girijasundari organised a religious festival ‘Bangalaxmi Bratakatha’ with 500 women at Murshidabad, in favor of Swadeshi Movement.
  12. South Indian women like Maharani Tejaswini, Pandita Ramabai, Ramabai Ranade, Tanubai Tarkhud, Birubai Lime, etc., also played active role in the Anti-Partition of Bengal Movement. Ramabai Ranade, the second wife of M. G. Ranade, was the founder of ‘Mahila Parishad’ (1905), Bharat Mahila Parishad, and ‘Sebasadan’.

The principle characteristic feature of women’s movement during the Anti-Partition of Bengal Movement was that urban women of higher castes, wealthy, and bourgeois class were the main leaders of the movement. But they all aimed at promoting national interest.

WBBSE Class 10 History Chapter 7 Notes

2. Women’s Movement during Non-Cooperation Movement:

During 1920-22, many women throughout the country joined the Non-Cooperation Movement.

  1. Gandhiji laid stress on women’s participation through Charka and Khadi. movement. He felt that it was important for the poor rural women to participate in khadi and cottage industry because that would make them economically independent. So, during Non-Cooperation Movement, the restrictions and parochial ideals of the women’s movement had dispersed to a great extent.
  2. Gandhiji said that unless the women worked side by side with the men, Mother India would never be freed from her chains. This time Annie Besant first woman congress president (1917), Heerabai Tata, Sabitribai Tata, Begum Hamid Ali, Rajkumari Amrita Kaur and Dr. Muthulaxmi Reddy a popular physician of Madras moved demanding voting rights for women. Dr. Reddy put forward a bill to abolish the ‘devadasi system’ (first. She was the first woman member of the Legislative Assembly of India.
  3. This role of women in the Non-Cooperation Movement is indeed highly commendable. At this time the leaders of ‘The Young Women’s Christian Association’ and ‘Women Indian Association’, like Annie Besant, Margaret Cousins, Kamala Devi Chattopadhyay (1903-1988), Vijoy Laxmi Pandit, Begum Rokeya, and Renuka Roy, became icons of Non-Cooperation Movement. Kamala Devi was the first secretary and later president of ‘All India Women Conference’ (AIWC).
  4. Renuka Roy a follower of Gandhiji became the member of parliament and was the first woman minister of West Bengal.
  5. More than 1000 women revolted against visit of the’ Prince of Wales (Edward 8) to India in 1921 at the city of Bombay. Many of them donated money and ornaments to the ‘Tilak Swaraj Fund’ of Rs. 1.20 crore.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 7 Proclamation Against Anti Partition Movement

Gandhiji wrote in an article that it was essential for women to participate in Non- Cooperation Movement because of the following reasons

  1. Colonial economics has affected the self-dependence and social stand of women.
  2. It was essential for the women to leave the confinement of their households and connect with the outside world.
  3. Participation of women in khadi movement would pave the way for their participation in the nationalist movement, the spinning wheel being the symbol of the Non-Cooperation Movement.
  4. The women were encouraged by menfolk to join the movement.
  5. It was not restricted to women of higher class and middle class, but even women from poor backgrounds became interested main the integrity derece Se help in spinning and weaving.
  6. The negative and positive Whereas the gym big offer are the Faitien et Bengal in split at the eneral print of the Brace, we bett Rider and or operate
    So creating in care le interact the coll effects of the dismembers at 4 Protere and Fler agenda-boycott of foreign goods and promotion of indigenous industry-greatly inspired the women.

    • Kamala Nehru wife of Jawaharlal Nehru joined the movement. During the movement 80,000 were arrested of which 17,000 were women. Urmila Devi, Chittaranjan Das’s sister with the help of his wife Basanti Devi founded ‘Nari Karma Mandir’ (1921) in Calcutta for Nari Satyagraha Movement and Neli Sengupta at that time took the leadership of the steamer strike (1922).
    • Similarly, Prabhabati Bose, mother of Subhas Chandra Bose presided over Women’s State Union to propagate the ideal of the movement in remote villages.

3. Women’s Movement during the Civil Disobedience Movement:

During the Civil Disobedience Movement women’s movement assumed a comprehensive form.

After the Dandi March of Gandhiji ‘Nari Satyagraha Samiti‘ was formed by Santi Das, Indumati Goyenka, and Sajjan Debi on 13th April 1930. Kamaladevi Chattopadhyay looted the salt godown at Wadalla with 15000 women satyagrahis. The salt satyagraha was conducted by Matangini Hazra in Midnapur, Satyabala Devi in Birbhum, Susama Palit in Bankura, etc.

  1. Ten thousand members of ‘The National Council of Women’ established in 1925 and All India Women’s Conference (AIWC) established in 1927 joined the Civil Disobedience Movement (1930).
  2. During the movement, AIWC had 180 branches spread over 18 provinces with a total membership of 8000. These women were involved in service to people and spread of education. They were also active in demanding government regulation securing equal rights for women.
  3. During this time the main purpose of women’s movement was political reformation and protesting against imperialism. Certain events like the International Conference on equality of women in Geneva (1931), the proposal of women’s equality adopted by the Communist Party of China, and the ‘Asian Women Equality Congress’ in Lahore helped to spread women’s rights issues in Civil Disobedience Movement.
  4. The women who had participated in active women’s movements throughout India were, Kamala Devi Chattopadhyay, Basanti Devi, Urmila Devi, Durga Devi, Ashalata Sen, Binapani Devi, TY Jyotirmoyee Ganguly, B. Amma (Aradi Banu Begum), Avantikabai Gokhale and Anasuyabai Phale among others.
  5. Apart from these, Devdasis from West Godavari and Maharashtra and women from red-light he areas in Bengal, in the interests of the movement, gave up their jewelry and personal belongings in response to call from Gandhiji. This was another aspect of the movement.
  6. Sarojini Naidu, (first Indian Woman Congress president in 1926) also known as the ‘Nightingale of India’, while leading the campaign to capture Dharsana salt godown in May 1930 and told her women-force, “the honour of India is now in your hands, so, do not resort to violence under any circumstances”.
  7. A large number of women from rural and urban areas joined the ‘Civil Disobedience Movement’, but in time of Non- the Cooperation Movement number of women participants were comparatively limited. Total 81 women of Midnapur were arrested during Civil Disobedience Movement.
  8. Parsee, Christan, and other communities women of Gujarat and Maharashtra, Kumudini Bose, Hemlata Tagore, and Latika Ghosh of Bengal, Jawaharlal Nehru’s mother Swaruprani Nehru and his wife.
  9. Kamala Nehru and muslim women leaders like Rajiya Khatun, Daulatunnisha Khatun, Halima Khatun, Hassaine Ara Begum, and ‘Syhlet Women Association’ of Zobeda Khatun in as played their leading role in the Civil Disobedience Movement. During the movement 80,000 were imprisoned of 17,000 were women and in Midnapur 81 women were arrested.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 7 Newspaper Reporting On Salt Defying India's Law

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History Chapter 7

4. Women’s Movement during Quit India Movement:

During the Quit India Movement of 1942, most of the men were arrested. But the women kept the movement alive with great expertise.

  1. Rajkumari Amrita Kaur, Bhogeswari Fukononi, Amar Kaur and Pushan Gujral successfully directed the Quit India Movement. It was at this time that a home maker in Punjab, Bhogeswari Phuknani, who was pregnant with a child, was gunned down by the police.
  2. Sarojini Naidu, Sucheta Kripalini, Khurshed Ben, Usha Mehta, Kasturba Gandhi, Mridula Sarabhai, and others went into hiding and continued to organise the movement. Aruna Asaf Ali (1909-96) from Delhi was the most expert in covert operations. She hoasted tri-colour flag in the August Kranti Maidan of Bombay on 9th August 1942.
  3. Usha Mehta founded Radio Transmiter named ‘Voice of Freedom’ to preach the ideal ‘Korange Yeh Morange’.
  4. Sarojini and Mira Ben in Bombay, Kamala Dasgupta, Santa Banik and Sushila Roy in Bengal, Laxmi Menon, Rukmani Laxmipati, Durga Bai Deshmukh in Madras, Hemu Kalani in Karachi were eminent leaders.
  5. 16 years old school student, Kanaklata Barua, led the Quit India Movement in Brahmaputra Valley; Assam. Rani Godala was the leader in Manipur.
  6. Matangini Hazra, a 73 year old lady from Midnapur added a remarkable feature to the women’s movement. She gathered 20,000 women and formed ‘Bhagini Sena’ (army of sisters): Matangini Hazra, also known as ‘Gandhiburi’ (old lady Gandhi), Sashibala. Dasi were killed in police firing when she went to capture the ‘Lalbari’ (red building) in Tamluk.
  7. During this time 73 rebel women were kidnapped by Tamluk Sub-divisional police. It was the Government who was responsible for the death of 10 lakh people during the famine of 1943. The role of the ‘Mahila Atmorakhsha Samity’ or Women’s Self Defence Society deserves credit.
  8. In Birbhum Nandita Kripallini, Rani Chanda, Ela Datta, Santi Dasgupta, Sumita Sen, etc, in Bankura Santashila Palit, in Dacca Ashalata Sen, in Koomilla Labanya Lata Chanda, in Balurghat Prabha Chatterjee, in Dinajpur Labanyaprabha Dasgupta and in Noakhali Sushila Mitra joined the Quit India movement.
  9. Dalit women Santabai Bhalerao and Tarabai Kumble gave shelter to the freedom fighters. In the history of women’s movement, the role of women’s organisations. in preventing famine and directing the freedom movement will be remembered at all times.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 7 Sarojini Naidu

5. The Participation of Women in Armed Revolution:

The Participation of Women in Armed Revolution Introduction: It is noted in history that men and women had fought together in armed revolutionary movement in India.

  • If we analyse the characteristic features of the movement, it will be observed that women started showing interest in armed revolution towards the last part of the nineteenth century. This era was called the ‘Age of Freedom of Captive Women’.
  • Women had actively taken part in armed movements during the period from the first decade of the twentieth century to the third decade.

The Participation of Women in Armed Revolution Era of Revolutionary Women: Great revolutionary Arun Chandra Guha in his book ‘The Spark of Revolution’ described the revolutionary contribution of some eminent women like

  1. Soudamini Devi of Faridpur,
  2. Sarojini Devi of Barishal,
  3. Dukadi Bala
  4. Devi of Birbhum, Brahmamoyee Sen of Dhaka etc.

Bhupendranath Dutta wrote the famous book ‘Second Freedom Struggle in India’ where he described the revolutionary role of

  1. Nibedita in the ‘Anusilan Samity’ of Bengal. She gifted the book like ‘Memories of a Revolutionist’ written by Cropetkin to Bhupendranath Dutta.
  2. Two school girls of Coomilla, Suniti Choudhury and Shanti Ghosh killed district magistrate Mr. C. G. V. Steven on 14th December 1931 and
  3. Ujalla Majumder attemped to murder governor of Darjeeling Mr. Anderson and went to jail for 14 years.

The Participation of Women in Armed Revolution Causes of participation:

  1. The women were self-confident and were ready to sacrifice themselves. That was the reason for their participation in the movement.
  2. Actually, the spread of education helped to arouse such a revolutionary spirit among women.
  3. Women’s movement, as a protest against the wrongful oppression of women, had two main branches- one was a non-violent protest, the other was armed revolutionary movement. The women were inspired by the regeneration, spread of education among women, nationalist feeling, and patriotism in general, and joined the armed movement to free the Motherland from captivity.
  4. Gandhiji iterated in the journal ‘Young India’ that it was essential for women to join the movement to free the Motherland.
  5. The direct role of women in this movement was to boycott all foreign goods, picketing, fasting, Civil Disobedience Movement, and to spread terror,
  6. While indirectly, it was their duty to secretly supply arms to the revolutionaries, pass information from one source to another, to guard safe houses, and to protect the revolutionaries from police in different ways.
  7. The women were self-confident and were ready to sacrifice themselves. That was the reason for their participation in the movement.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History Chapter 7

The Participation of Women in Armed Revolution Madam Kama: Mrs. Vikaji Rustamji Kama, who is known as the ‘Mother of Indian revolutionary ideals’, told a gathering outside India in 1910, ‘Remember, the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world.

  • These soft hands build the national character. So, please do not ignore these strong hands’. Actually, the spread of education helped to arouse .such revolutionary spirit among women. Women’s movement, as a protest against wrongful oppression of women, had two main branches-one was a non-violent protest, the other was armed revolutionary movement.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 7 Madam Kama

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 7 Lakshmi Swaminathan

The Participation of Women in Armed Revolution Women’s Brigade in Azad Hind Fauj: The women’s brigade of Azad Hind Fauj was called the ‘Jhansi Brigade’. Netaji Subhas Chandra Bose vested the leadership of this women’s brigade in Smt. Lakshmi Swaminathan (24.10.1914-23.07.2012).

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 7 Women's Brigade Of Azad Hind Fauj

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History Chapter 7

  • Her mother Ammu Swaminathan was a devotee of Netaji. Later she became Lakshmi Saigal. She was a true revolutionary in Indian Freedom Movement, who was the Minister of Women’s Affairs in Azad Hind Government. Towards the end of World War 2, she was imprisoned in a jail in Burma under the name of ‘Captain Lakshmi’.
  • Lakshmi, who hailed from Malabar region, had passed MBBS Examination from ‘Madras Medical College’ before she took charge of the women’s brigade of Azad Hind Fauj at Netaji’s call. In 1947, she married Prem Kumar Saigal and started living permanently in Kanpur.
  • Anyway, Dr. Lakshmi Swaminathan took charge of Jhansi Brigade’, comprising of 856 women, on 16th July 1943. Her crusade against the British started on 23rd October. These women had a role in the establishment of a Red Cross Unit also.
  • Lakshmi Swaminathan made the ‘Jhansi Brigade’ ever stronger by recruiting voluntary women from Burma and Malay. A woman soldier of Jhansi Brigade once commented, ‘We are all ready to die.
  • There is no women in this brigade who is scared of death’. In March 1946 Lakshmi Swaminathan was arrested and kept in the Red Fort, Delhi. In 1998, Dr. Lakshmi Saigal was awarded with the title ‘Padmabibhushan’ by the then President of India, K. R. Narayanan.

Women of Bengal Women started leaning towards armed movement during the Anti-Partition of Bengal Movement in 1905. From 1910, upper-class, educated women started forming various social organisations.

  • Bina Das got her inspiration for armed movement from the students’ organisation of which she was a member. In Coomilla, school students Suniti Choudhury and Shanti Ghosh assassinated District Magistrate Stevens on 14th December 1931 and were sentenced to life imprisonment.
  • Ujjwala Majumdar was sentenced to 14 years in prison for the attempted murder of Governor Anderson. Jyotikana Dutta was jailed for 4 years
    for secretly possessing a pistol and Sabitri Devi for giving refuge to Surya Sen.
  • Parul Mukherjee was convicted in ‘Titagarh Conspiracy Case’ and sentenced for three years in jail. They were all educated, urban women. But from the time of World War 2, many peasant women became involved in the movement.

The Participation of Women in Armed Revolution Tebhaga and Women: From Tebhaga Movement the nature of women’s. participation had undergone a sea change. Adivasi, Tribal, Namashudra, Scheduled Caste, and Muslim women, followed the path of armed resistance, ignoring the police and administration’s brutalities. Ela Mitra, Rina Guha, and others were fire-brand leaders of the Tebhaga Movement (1948-49).

6. Deepali Sangha (1923):

Deepali Sangha (1923) Foundation: In December 1923, Leela Nag (Roy) (2.10.1903.-11.06.1970) established ‘Deepali Sangha’ in Dhaka consisting 12 members. She was born in Panchgaon of Sylhet, Bangladesh. Her father was Girish Chandra Nag.

Deepali Sangha (1923) Objectives: She passed the B. A. degree in English from Bethune College with a ‘Padmavati gold medal’ and passed the M. A. from Dhaka University with first class first in English literature.

  • She got married Anil Roy (13.5.1939) and they joined the ‘Forward Bloc’ of Netaji. Before her death Leela Roy was senseless for 29 days in hospital. The organisation had played vital role in the emancipation of women of Bengal. The objectives of Deepali Sangha were as
  1. A Girls’ High School named ‘Nari Shiksha Mandir’ in 1928.
  2. An Adult Education Centre and
  3. 15 Primary Schools were opened.
  4. ‘Kamrunnesha Girls High School’ was founded in 1924 for Muslim girls. These educational institutions were run by the ladies of Deepali Sangha. Apart from this,
  5. Prepare women for the anti-British freedom movement,
  6. Training for physical exercise, sword fighting, Lathikhela to crease energy and courage of women.
  7. For exihibition of arts and crafts and other hand made products of women ‘Deepali Art Exihibition’ started in 1924.
  8. Foundation of ‘Deepali School’, ‘Deepali Siksha Mandir’, ‘Siksha Bhaban’, etc.
  9. To appoint young girls in the creative and welfare activities.
  10. Deepali Sangha also organised exercise and physical education for women. Branches of this organisation were spread all over Bengal, even in remote areas. From 1925 “Srisangha” of Anil Roy and Deepali Sangha of Leela Roy helped each other. Practically ‘Srisangha’ was a branch of Deepali Sangha for revolutionary women.

Class 10 History Chapter 7 Important Questions

Deepali Sangha (1923) Evaluation: Rabindranath Tagore joined the sabha formed by the members of Deepali Sangha. One of the main aims of Deepali Sangha was to inculcate the spirit of patriotism among women.

  • Leela Roy founded ‘Deepali Chhatri Sangha’ in 1926, the first girl students’ organisation in India, and introduced the practice of politics among women. She founded ‘Chhatri Bhavan’ in 1930 and edited a monthly magazine ‘Jayashri’ in 1931. She was arrested in 1931 and was sent to jail up to 1938, which weakened her organisation.

7. Pritilata Waddedar (05.05.1911-24.09.1932):

  1. Pritilata of Chittagong was the first revolutionary woman of India to become a martyr. During her student days, she was an enthusiastic worker of ‘Deepali Sangha’ in Dhaka and ‘Chhatri Sangha’ in Calcutta. She regularly contributed from her meagre family income to the revolutionary group in Chittagong. She was an associate of Masterda Surya Sen during the Chittagong Armoury Raid on 18th April 1930.
  2. She was in regular contact with Ramakrishna Biswas, who was on death row, and Surya Sen, who was in hiding in Dhalghat. She, along with Surya Sen, Nirmal Sen, and Apurba Sen, assassinated Captain Cameroon of the Army and had to go on hiding in the jungles (1932) at night at 10.00 pm.
  3. On 24th September 1932, Pritilata led a group of seven young men, raided a European club in the hilly. areas of Chittagong and killed a high-ranking official, while seriously injuring a few. She came back unscathed, called her countrymen for similar self-sacrifice, and committed suicide on the same day by consuming Potassium Cyanide (KCN).
  4. She’ also fought in the battle of ‘Jalalabad hill’ (1930) and ‘Battle of Dhalghat’ (1932). She took the disguise name ‘Phulhar’ as the first female martyr of India. Dr. R. C. Majumder in his book ‘The History of Modern Bengal’ said the main objective of Pritilata’s sacrifice of live is to encourage the youths of India to join to the revolutionary movement.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 7 Pritilata Waddedar

8. Kalpana Dutta (Joshi) (1913-1995):

  1. Kalpana Dutta was born in a famous family of Chittagong. When she was a student of Bethune College, Kalpana Dutta made relation with the revolutionaries Purnendu Dastidar and Nirmal Sen. Rabindranath Tagore called her by the name “Agnikanya”. Pritilata Waddedar, Kalpana Dutta, Indumati Singha and others had participated with Surya Sen in Chittagong Armoury Raid (1930).
  2. After the raid of the European club, Pritilata choose to commit suicide, but Kalpana Dutta was on the run, eluding the police. Later on they captured her and she was sentenced for life imprisonment. History still remembers Kalpana Dutta with great respect for her anti-British, revolutionary activities during Gandhiji’s Civil Disobedience Movement.
    • It can be mentioned that she was staying in Gahira village when she was in hiding after Chittagong Armoury Raid. She planned to destroy the jail with the Dynamite for releasing the revolutionaries from prison.
    • For this reason ‘Dynamite Conspiracy Case’ was started. The Police got the information and surrounded the village. All the revolutionaries managed to escape except Kalpana Dutta (wife of P. C. Joshi) and Tarakeswar Dastidar.
  3. On 18th May 1933, they surrendered to the police after the battle of Gahira. Kalpana was sentenced to life-long imprisonment and Tarakeswar was hanged. After release, she joined the Communist Party of India.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 7 Kalpana Dutta

Revolutionary Students Movements in 20th Century India

  • Students’ movement began in India in the second half of the nineteenth century. The editor of Hindu Patriot, Harish Chandra Mukherjee, and eminent writers like Girish Chandra Ghosh, Bankim Chandra Chattopadhyay and Rangalal Banerjee wielded the pen to instill patriotism among the students.
  • Satyendra Nath Tagore in an article ‘Amar Balyokatha’, or Reminiscences of my Childhood, wrote about students’ awakening. During the nationalist period, various patriotic songs, poems, and plays had influenced the student community.
  • According to Krishna Kumar Mitra, Ananda Mohan Basu was the first sponsor of students’ organisations. But, the ‘Students’ Association’ was formed in Calcutta at the behest of Surendra Nath Banerjee. In this way, students’ movement started assuming definite features and character.

Class 10 History Chapter 7 Important Questions

Revolutionary Students’ Movements in 20th Century India Features: If we analyse the growth of students’ movement during the twentieth century, the notable feature that will be observed is that, from Partition of Bengal to World War 1 (1905-1918),

  1. The main basis of the students’ movement was an anti-British, political movement.
  2. Spontaneous protests of individuals culminated into united and well-organized students movement.
  3. During this time, the students answered to the calls of national leaders and joined the National Movement.
  4. The students of Brajamohan College founded by Aswini Kumar Dutta took part in the freedom movement in 1905.
  5. Kshudiram Bose and Prafulla Chaki were accused for their attempt to murder of Kingsford.
  6. They also conducted the movements by themselves whenever it was needed. During the freedom movement, when there were idealistic differences of opinions between the left and the right-winged politics, the students got involved wholeheartedly.
  7. The students” movement of this time was also noted for its secular and non-communal character. It was free from all kinds of conservative ideas and from the influence of national leaders.
  8. The students primarily protested against unfair dealings, injustice, discrimination, and deprivation in society. Growth of separate students’ organizations was an important feature of post World War 1 students’ movement.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 7 Kshudiram Bose And Prafulla Chaki

Revolutionary Students’ Movements in 20th Century India Activities:

  1. Their self-sacrifice, service, fearlessness, and truthful, progressive nature gave a unique character to the students’ movement.
  2. Students’ Movement before 1919 had two main features, namely, during Swadeshi period, their extreme enthusiasm about boycotting British goods helped to enhance anti-British feeling all around.
  3. The young students community were greatly influenced by revolutionary movements, Russian Revolution (1917), and equality and socialist ideals. Gunadhar Hazra was the first student martyr of Bengal who was killed in the police custody for his revolutionary activities.
  4. After World War 1, on one hand independent students organizations and movements started taking shape, while on the other, an idealistic war was raging centered around social development. Students’ movement during 1918, and 1939 was marked by different features.
  5. According to Government Report 190 national schools and colleges in and its 15,000 students joined the anti-partition movement. Jatin Das, the president of the Students’ Union of Bangabasi College died in Lahore Jail for 64 days of fasting.
  6. At that time founder of ‘Nao Jawan Bharat Sabha’, a college student Bhagat Singh was hanged on 23rd March 1931 at the end of the trial “Lahore Conspiracy Case” (1929-31). From the movement protesting against the Rowlatt Act of 1919 to Civil Disobedience. Movement of 1933, the students started a larger movement through. their own organisation and independent demands.
  7. We can say that it was a movement of the students, for the students, and by the students, directed towards the well-being of the people in general. On 6th April 1919, a students’ strike took place across the country from Lahore to Kanyakumari and from Bombay to Calcutta, against Rowlatt Act. Gandhiji was arrested during the strike. Students from all communities, Hindu, Muslim, and Sikh, brought out processions and organised meetings.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 7 Jatin Das

Revolutionary Students’ Movements in 20th Century India Students’ Union: Khusiram was the first student martyr from the Punjab, who died from police bullets. In course of time, need for their own political agenda and organisation was felt among the students, so, students’ organisations like ‘Lahore Students’ Union (1927), All India Students’ Federation (1936), Delhi Students’ Union (1931) and Indus Students’ Union were formed.

  • Students’ Movement of Bengal was a part of National Movement, yet it lacked proper direction because the student leaders became divided into two groups in 1929. ‘All Bengal Students’ Association’ (ABSA) was formed under the leadership of Jyotindra Mohan Sengupta and ‘Bengal Presidency Students Association’ was formed under the leadership of Subhas Chandra Bose.
  • On 25th July 1935, a provincial students’ organisation called the ‘Bengali Students’ League’ was formed by Biswanath Mukhopadhyay. In 1942, the first Parliament of Students was constituted in Calcutta University, which was presided over by Pratap Chandra Chanda.
  • Differences of opinion and clashes between the leftists and the rightists marked the students’ movement in the post-World War 2 period. The character of the movement itself changed because of the political scenario in this period. Anti-Fascism students’ movement became the order of the day. This continued from 1935 to 1945. However, this movement did not take place in all the provinces of India.
  • On 27th November 1933, Romain Rolland warned the students of India about the dangers of Fascism. This supplied oxygen to the anti-Fascism students’ movement in India.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 7 Netaji Subhas Chandra Bose

Class 10 History Chapter 7 Important Questions

Revolutionary Students’ Movements in 20th Century India Importance: The students’ movement in the twentieth century was of great importance in many ways. Firstly, students’ movement empowered the Freedom Movement of India.

  • Secondly, although it was primarily directed by the students, the movement always manifested itself as an anti-British movement.
  • Thirdly, while the students’ movement was in one hand helpful in the growth of students’ politics, on the other it helped to consummate India’s Freedom Movement.
  • Fourthly, the progressive, spirited, fearless, self-sacrificing, and revolutionary nature of the movement had kept many national leaders in a spirited form.
  • Fifthly, inspired by the movement, many students organisations came into being, which kept their mark in the country through their service and social work.
  • Sixthly, Dr. Bidhan Chandra Roy, while addressing a meeting of the Students’ Federation in December 1944 at Mohammad Ali Park, told the gathering, ‘All India Students’ Federation deserves to be commended for their services during famine and epidemic.
  • Seventhly, many eminent politicians, leaders, ministers, and administrators have evolved out of students’ movement and students’ politics.
  • Whatever way the students’ movement of the twentieth century is presented in the pages of history, barring a few exceptions, it was a good thing that happened in our country.

1. Students’ Movement during the Anti-Partition Movement of Bengal:

  1. When Lord Curzon planned to partition Bengal (16th October 1905), the students’ movement went into turmoil, not only in Bengal, but outside also.
  2. The most important aspect of the movement was that the Hindu and Muslim students fought together.
  3. At the initiative of Ripon College (present-day Surendranath College), Calcutta, 5000 students took out a procession and had a meeting in College Square as a protest against the partition of Bengal. Barristers Abdul Rasul and Liaquat Hossain addressed the meeting.
  4. During the Anti-Partition of Bengal Movement, (1905-11) students, teachers, and intellectuals came together. Another important aspect of the students’ movement during this period was a boycott of all foreign goods and picketing.
  5. An important feature of students’ movement at that time was revolutionary activities and secret organisations like Anushilon Samity and Jugantar Dal. Kshudiram Bose, a student of Hamilton School of Midnapur in an attempt to assasinate Magistrate ‘Butcher’ Kingsford, inadvertently killed Miss and Mrs. Kennedy (1908).
  6. Students’ Movement in Bengal at that time was led by people like Surendranath Banerjee, Ananda Chandra Roy, Aswini Kumar. Dutta, Ambika Charan Majumdar, Umesh Chandra Gupta, Kishorimohan Choudhury, Anathbandhu Panja and Bipin Chandra Pal.
  7. Rabindranath Tagore, in a Rakshabandhan ceremony, gave a call to students of all categories to join the mass boycott movement.
  • To protest against Carlyle Circular Act (10th Oct. 1905) students of Rangpur and Madaripur were united for which 150 students of Rangpur were expelled from school. It was opposed by students in a meeting hold at College Square (4th Nov. 1905) where Calcutta University was criticised by Brahmabandhab Upadhyay as “Goldighir Golamkhana” by Brahmabandhab Upadhyay. Satish Chandra Mukherjee founded “Dawn Society” and “National School” for the growth of Swadeshi Education.
  • So, while analysing the students’ movement, it can be said that the Government was under great pressure and had to remove the capital from Calcutta to Delhi in 1912 and the decision for partition of Bengal was annulled on 12th December 1911.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 7 Aswini Kr Dutta

West Bengal Class 10 History And Environment Notes

2. Students Movement during Non-Cooperation Movement:

At the Annual Conference of Congress at Nagpur in December 1920, it was decided to start Non-Cooperation Khilafat Movement for achieving independence.

  1. Hindu-Muslim unity and awakening was a direct outcome of this decision.
  2. During the movement, the students mostly engaged in boycotting schools, and colleges, strikes, street corner meetings, non-cooperation, and non-violence. The non-communal character of students’ movement was intact till then. Many students who joined the Non-Cooperation Movement promised themselves that they would not return to their classes till independence was achieved. Up to January 1921 nearly 90,000 students left school and colleges.
  3. In Bengal, during Non-Cooperation Movement, it was decided to launch strikes and boycotts under the leadership of Subhas Chandra Bose (1921). Students started hartal after coming Prince of Wales in Bombay (17 Nov. 1921) ‘Deshapran’ Birendranath Sashmal led the school and college students of Midnapur in the Non-Cooperation Movement. The main characteristic feature of the students’ movement in Bengal during Non-Co- operation Movement was that the national students’ organisation was yet to be formed.
  4. Two years after Non-Cooperation, Movement, the ‘Calcutta Students’ Association’ was formed under the leadership of Biren Dasgupta. Non-Cooperation Movement was a success although there were no students’ organisations present at that time. The students followed Gandhiji in his path of non-violent satyagraha and introduced mass following in anti-British protests. In India 800 schools were built known ‘National Institute’ as substitute education for the rusticated students.
  5. One of the important programmes of non-cooperation was to give up relations with government educational institutes. On the other hand the positive programme of it was to establish ‘Kashi Vidyapith’, ‘Gujarat Vidyapith’, ‘Gaudiya Sikha Niketan’, etc. of 190 national schools and colleges. There were 15,000 learners in these institutes. Under the leadership of Jakir Hossain Jamiya Milia Islamiya’s institute was set up in Delhi. This was possible because of the non-communal character of the movement.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 7 Birendranath Sashmal

3. Students’ Movement during Civil Disobedience. Movement:

  1. On the eve of Civil Disobedience Movement Subhas Chandra Bose’s followers and students of Bangabashi College Jatin Das was appointed as the president and Promod Ghoshal as the secretary of ‘Bengal Provincial Students’ Association’ (BPSA, 1928).
  2. Towards the Civil Disobedience Movement, in 1930, students’ unions started developing in places like Kanpur, Lucknow, Aligarh, Allahabad, Berily, Barabbabi, Khurja, Meerut, and Dehradun after the formation of Students’ Federation in Uttar Pradesh.
    • These students were revolting off and on, that cannot be called a students’ movement in the strict sense of the term. Gandhiji had said, ‘In recent years, students were seen at the forefront of any revolution that had taken place’. During Civil Disobedience Movement the student movement extremely expanded in U.P. and was out of control of the Congress.
    • Their movement in Assam was aggressive, but in Bihar students were not so active in movement. The students of Bombay has apathy to form student movement and therefore Congress criticised them as “Passive students”.
    • ‘All Bengal Students Association organised the salt satyagraha. Jatindra Mohan Sengupta broke Govt. law by reading prohibited political booklets. Students of ‘Howrah Zilla School’, ‘Hooghly Mahasin College’ and ‘Dhaka University’ were physically tortured by police during this movement.
    • In 1930, many students were arrested on charges of barricade and satyagraha on the 12th of April at College Square, the 14th of July at Presidency College, 18th of July at Bethune College, and 19th July at Scottish Church College.
  3. During her prosecution, Bina Das said, ‘At all places and all times, the students’ community will inspire people to protest against unfairness and injustice. ‘She wanted the students’ movement to have a revolutionary character.

4. Students’ Movement during Quit India Movement:

Students Movement during Quit India Movement Characteristics: Quit India Movement started on 9th August 1942 and ended in 1944. During this time Gandhiji. gave his call, ‘If you want to remain unwavering in your struggle till independence is achieved, then, shun school-colleges and forget about studies for the time being and get ready for the ultimate fight. The characteristic features of the students’ movement at that time can be understood if we look at the glorious role played by them during Quit India Movement.

  1. The students joined the movement without caring for Government’s threats for arrest or paying any heed to various restrictions.
  2. Moreover, during this movement ‘Students-Peasants-Workers League’ was formed.
  3. Students’ movement took a violent form in Ajamgarh, Balia, Gorakhpur, Patna, Gaya, Bhagalpur, Munger, Champaran, and Shahabad.
  4. Widespread students’ strike took place in Calcutta on 13th August and on 15th August in Dhaka. In Assam the Students’ Movement was led by Patgiri, Charu Goswami, Kanaklata Barua and others.
  5. In Madras it was student leader K. R. Ganeshmohan Reddy who led the strikes against the repressive policies of the police.
  6. The armed Students’ Movement was led by Dharma Pokharkar (10th class student) in Maharashtra, Umabhai Desai in Bombay, Shankarappa in Mysore and Harish Tewari, Ravi Singha and Ram Amre in Lucknow. But, ‘Students’ Federation’, run by Congress and Congress Socialist Party, was banned at the onset of Quit India Movement.
  7. As a result, Students’ Movement was led by Communist Party, Forward Bloc and RSP. During the famine of 1943, the students of Bengal distributed food, medicine and other relief materials to the affected people under the umbrella of the ‘Students Teachers Joint Relief Committee’ formed by Dr. Bidhan Chandra Roy.

5. The Character of Students’ Participation in the Armed Revolutionary Movement:

Some special characteristic features of students’ participation in the armed movement of the twentieth century can be noted.

  1. Since the leadership of the Students’ Movement was in the hands of national leaders, the students remained in the forefront of national and armed revolutionary movements.
  2. They used their gut feelings and initiative to take instant decisions and run the movement whenever necessary.
  3. During National Freedom Movement, when there were differences of opinion between the leftists and the rightists, the students remained united in their progressive and leftist ideals and sacrificed a lot for the cause.
  4. In the changed circumstances, it was the students from Bengal who participated in armed movement with secular and non-communal attitude.
  5. During Swadeshi Movement, boycott of foreign goods and the awakening of extreme nationalism inspired the students to participate in the armed movement.
  6. The students were also influenced by Socialism, Russian Revolution, Democracy, Imperialism, and Revolutionist ideas and started participating in the armed movement,
  7. The nature of armed students’ movement was based on revolutionary ideals. So they were in contact with secret organisations of the revolutionaries. That way, neither Congress nor Communists nor any other political party could influence them.
  8. Whenever there was a change in the political scenario, the character of the armed revolutionary students’ movement has also changed.

6. Anti-Circular Society (1905):

Anti-Circular Society (1905) Formation: To control the students’ movement three circulars were adopted by British Government Carlyle circular (10th Oct 1905), Leone circular (16th Oct 1905), and Pedlar circular (21st Oct 1905). It was opposed by Sachindra Prasad Basu, who formed. the Anti-Circular Society on 4th November 1905.

  • Sachindra Prasad, a follower of Rashtraguru Surendranath Banerjee, formed this society when he was a 4th-year student of Ripon College. So, Sachindra Prasad Basu was arrested by the police and sent to Rawalpindi prison.

Anti-Circular Society (1905) Purposes: The main purpose of forming the Anti-Circular Society were

  1. To formulate a national education policy based on the new feeling of nationalism,
  2. To boycott foreign education and make people interested in indigenous education,
  3. To inculcate interest in swadeshi education,
  4. To enthuse national leaders to formulate national education policy as a protest against partition of Bengal,
  5. To help the rusticated students to continue their education.

The Carlyle Circular forbade the slogan of ‘Vande Mataram’ or Salutations to the Mother. People joined the Anti-Circular Society as a protest against this also. An important. branch of this society was Defence Association, Its president and secretary were Arabindo Ghosh and Sukumar Ghosh respectively. Its only mouthpiece was ‘Sanjibani’ edited by Krishna Kumar Mitra. The headquarter of the Anti-Circular Society was situated at 4/1, College Square, Calcutta.

West Bengal Class 10 History And Environment Notes

7. Bengal Volunteers:

Bengal Volunteers Foundation: Hemchandra, Ghosh (1884-1980), a young man from Barishal, formed ‘Bengal Volunteers’ (B. V.) in 1912, with a handful of local youth. In time of the Calcutta Session of Congress, Subhas Chandra Bose founded volunteer group in 1928. Many of its members joined the B. V. Párty of Hemchandra Ghosh. His followers were Bhupendrakishore.

  • Rakshit Roy, Supati Roy, Satya Ranjan Bakshi, Nikunja Sen, Binoy-Badal-Dinesh etc. The head office of this organization was in Dhaka. He was inspired by Swami Vivekananda, Aurobinda Ghosh, and Brahmabandhab Upadhyay in forming this group.
  • He got help from revolutionaries like Khagen Das, Suren Barman, and Krishna Adhikari. Apart from Hemchandra, the other important organizers were Haridas Dutta, Satya Gupta, Supati Roy, Satyaranjan Bakshi, Meera Dasgupta, and Jyotish Joardar.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 7 Brahmabandhab Upadhyay

Bengal Volunteers Objectives and Activities: Activities of B. V. Party were

  1. While maintaining the secrecy of their revolutionary activities, B. V. party formed three social welfare organisations during 1921- 22, namely, ‘Social Welfare League’, Sri Sangha’ and ‘Dhruba Sangha’,
  2. To undertake various public welfare activities, many young men from Dhaka and a lady worker named Leela Nag (Roy) became members of B. V. party.
  3. The monthly journal of this party was called ‘Benu’. Hemchandra Ghosh was the chief whip of the party, however, no one person was responsible for anything in the party. The members worked together as a group.
  4. B. V. Party had a number of branches all over Bengal. The members of the B. V. Party started ‘Operation Freedom’ in 1930 to protect against the oppression of police on prisoners. Gandhiji criticized the activities of the B. V. Party as the “Circus of the Park Circus”.
  5. Heroic activities of, the party added new dimention to the freedom movement. Binoy, Badal, and Dinesh started the Writers’ Building campaign on 8th December 1930 and killed the Inspector General of Prison Mr. Simpson. It was reported by The Statesman as ‘Corridor Warfare’.
  6. Between 1930 and 1935, there were some revolutionaries in the party. They were, Dinesh Gupta (founder of B. V. in Midnapur), Binoy Basu (killer of Simpson), Prodyut Bhattacharya and Nripen Dutta (killers of Douglas); Anath Bandhu Panja (killer of Barge), Moti Mallick (killer of the village guard) and Bhabani Bhattacharya (killer of the Governor of Lebong).
  7. Many members of B.V. were jailed in Andamans and Bangladesh. In 1937, all the members of B.V., under the leadership of Hemchandra himself, joined the Forward Bloc party of Subhas Chandra Bose.

8. Surya Sen (1893-1934):

After the death of Bagha Jatin (1915), the revolutionary movement in Bengal was halted for about a decade. Then, with the initiative of Surya Sen, the revolutionary movement was once again revived.

  1. His revolutionary activities had started when he was a B. A. student in Behrampore College, but the most important achievement of his life was Chittagong Armoury Raid (18th April 1930). He had spent his prison days in the jails of Hijli, Ratnagiri, and Midnapur.
  2. After being released from jail in 1928, ‘Masterda’ Surya Sen formed the ‘Indian Republican Army’ to start his fight against the Government. The notable people who were associated with Surya Sen during this time were Loknath Bal, Ganesh Ghosh, Nirmal Sen, Ambika Chakraborty, Ananta Singha, Upen Bhattacharya, Jiban Ghosal, Kalpana Dutta, Pritilata Waddedar and others.
  3. The revolutionaries went out of the Congress office in Chittagong and attacked four centers. These were military armoury, police armory, telegram, and telephone office, and a European Club.
  4. The police remained quiet during the whole day of 22nd April 1930, but started their attack after 5 in the evening. For three hours, till 8, after continuous shelling from both sides, the British were forced to retreat.
  5. On 16th February 1933, the Gorkha regiment of police. arrested Surya Sen. He was hanged in Chittagong Jail itself on 12th January 1934.
  6. It is said that Surya Sen’s dead body was not handed over to his family; instead, it was taken out to deep sea on a ship and thrown into the water. 14 people were sentenced to life imprisonment in Chittagong Armoury Case. Jatin Das died in Lahore Jail after fasting for 63 days.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 7 Masterda Surya Sen

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment

9. Bina Das (24.08.1911-26.12.1986):

  • Bina was born in Krishnanagar, Nadia of Bengal Province on 24th August 1911. She was an active member of Jugantar Dal’. Her best friend was Suhasini Ganguli, a freedom fighter. Revolutionary Bina Das was a student of St. John Diocesan Girls’ Higher Secondary School, Calcutta.
  • She passed the B.A. (Honours in English) from Bethune College under Calcutta University. On 6th February 1932 Governor Stanley Jackson (former English cricketer) had come as the chief guest at the convocation of the university. She got up on the dais and shot five bullets at Jackson from a very close: range.
  • This revolver was given to Bina by her friend Kamala Das Gupta, which she kept into her shawl.
  • Somehow he got away unscathed and Bina Das was prosecuted and sentenced to nine years’ rigorous imprisonment at the age of 21 years. She was released from jail in 1939 and edited the magazine known as “Nandini Mandira”. In 1942 she join the Quit India movement. Indian National Congress party and. again went jail from 1942 to 1945.
  • From 1946-1947, she was a member of ‘The Bengal Provincial Legislative Assembly and from 1947 to 1951, of the ‘West Bengal Legislative Assembly’.
  • She involved in the relief works in Noakhali after riot in 1946. She is well known as an eminent revolutionary and nationalist of Bengal. Her father, Benimadhab Das, was a Brahmo teacher and her mother, Sarala Debi was a social worker.
  • Bina was a member of ‘Chhatri Sangha’, which was a semi-women revolutionary organisation of Calcutta. This Sangha was founded by his elder sister Kalyani Das (Bhattacharya).
  • Later on Bina got married a revolutionary of the Jugantar Group, named Jyotish Chandra Bhowmik in 1947: She wrote two autobiographical books in Bengali, named ‘Srinkhal Jhankar’ or Rattling of Chains and ‘Pitridaan’ or Gift from a Father. The “Padmashree” awarded Bina an a bitterly cold winter morning died at the roadside in Hrishikesh, present Uttarakhand on 26th December 1986.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 7 Bina Das

10. Rashid Ali Day (12th February 1946):

  • Captain Rashid Ali, an eminent officer of Azad Hind Fauj, was sentenced to 7 year’s rigorous imprisonment by a kangaroo court of the British Government, ignoring all the protests, demonstrations, and burning situation at that time.
  • As a protest, few lakhs of people of Calcutta along with labourers, students, and workers of tramways, took out processions on 11th February 1946. During the procession 300 students and 48 common men were killed by firing of the police, though Govt.
  • Report says 84 students were killed. To protest against this assassination undeclaired strike was observed in Calcutta on 12th February 1946. Muslim League leader H. S. Suhrawardi and Gandhiji’s follower Satish Chandra Dasgupta joined the mass procession.
  • The same Communist party, which was passive to Quit India Movement, led processions demanding the release of Rashid Ali and gained tremendous popularity. The Communist Party of India decided to observe, 12th February 1946 as Rashid Ali Day Which was continued up to 14th February.
  • On that day the famous Communist leader Somnath Lahiri delivered his historical speech at Wellington Square (Subodh Mullick Square). To control the situation British government was compelled to send an army.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment

Movement Of Dalit People In 20th Century

Movement Of Dalit People In 20th Century Meaning: ‘Dalit’ is a Hindi word. It is being used in India for a very long time. The extremely poor people, who are deprived of human rights, because of forceful oppression, are called ‘Dalit’. In a journal edited by Dr. B. R. Ambedkar, the Depressed Classes of British Rule has been called ‘Dalit’.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 7 Mahatma Jyotiba Phule

Movement Of Dalit People In 20th Century Role of Phule: The Dalit people of India have been prey to economic, social, political, and cultural deprivation as a result of century old apartheid issues. The first person to start. a. movement in Maharashtra was Mahatma Jyotiba Phule in 1872. For this purpose, he formed ‘Satya Shodhak Samaj’ in 1873.

Movement Of Dalit People In 20th Century Role of B. R. Ambedkar Dalit politics and movement started taking shape and extend with the initiative of his follower, Dr. Bhimrao Ramji Ambedkar. From 1924 to 1930, he transformed Dalit Movement into a radical movement. The main purpose of his movement was to

  1. End the social problems and deprivation faced by the Dalit people.
  2. It was a legal fight along the lines of direct satyagraha.
  3. Ambedkar led and organised movements like the Choudar Lake Movement and
  4. Kalaran Satyagraha.
  5. The untouchable Mahar community were forbidden to use water from Choudar Community Lake.
  6. Because of Ambedkar’s movement, not only were the rights of the Dalit people to drink water from the lake restored, but they were also given rights to serve water to all communities. This humane aspect of the movement was depicted in Tagore’s dance drama ‘Chandalika’.

Movement Of Dalit People In 20th Century Dalit Mission’s demands: V. R. Shilde founded ‘The Dalit Mission Society’ in 1906. Its president N. G. Chandravarkar demanded to British a separate electrorate for the backward dalits. Respected, justice Sir Narayan Ganesh Chandravarkar convened a dalit conference on 11 November 1917 where he demanded

  1. Compulsary free education for Dalits,
  2. To progress the social dignity and status of the dalits and
  3. Right, to elect the dalit representatives in the legislative council,
  4. In the Montague Chelmsford Reforms Act (1919) dalits were recognised in Indian Politics,
  5. As a result, Justice Party of the Dalit’ in Madras was formed and in the election, this party occupied 63 seats out of 98 seats in 1920, and Justice Party’s Government was formed in Madras.
  6. In 1918 all India dalit conference 191 was held. But Dr. Ambedkar officially convened the first ‘All India Dalit Conference’ on 30th May 1920.

Movement Of Dalit People In 20th Century Role of Narayan Guru: Sri Narayan Guru (1856-1928) belong to the Ezav community in Kerala and was a Dalit leader. For the restoration of self-respect and development of dalit people he founded 60 temples and started “Bhaikam Satyagraha” on March 1924 at the temple complex of Bhaikam in Travancore.

  • In 1925 Gandhiji made a mutual understanding to enter the temple by the lower caste Ezay and Pulaya communities. T. K. Madhaban and N. Kumaran Ashan had active role with Narayan Guru. On 21st October 1931 Gurubayur Satyagraha movement was started by Subrahamanyam Tirumanwar, A. K. Gopalan into, and P. Krishna Pillai for the entry of lower caste hiatus in the temple of Gurubhayaur.
  • Ultimately the door of the temple was opened by Maharaja of Tribȧncore for all.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 7 Dalits Of India

Movement Of Dalit People In 20th Century Movement in Kalaram: The untouchable Dalits were not allowed inside Kalaram Temple in Nasik. As a result, the Dalit Movement was given a religious character.

  • A memorandum was signed in the presence of Sankaracharya of Kanchi and it was decided that the Dalits would be allowed to enter into the temple and also hold the holy ropes during Rath Yatra Festival.
  • But, finally, the upper-caste Hindus did not allow that to happen. Ambedkar, along with lakhs of followers embraced Buddhism on 14th August 1956. He felt that Buddhism was the true alternative of Brahmanical practices.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment

Movement Of Dalit People In 20th Century Views of Gandhiji and Ambedkar: In 1930, Gandhiji organised the Dalit classes struggle and brought it to the notice of the Government. He felt that the problem of the Dalit people was, in fact, a social problem.

  • But Dr. Ambedkar, the first Law Minister of India, viewed it as a political problem created by upper caste people. He took the initiative to solve the problems related to their land, house, and untouchability. The plight of the Dalit people of Madhya Pradesh, Andhra Pradesh, and Tamil Nadu was even greater. Hence, in these states, separate houses, toilets, drinking water, tube-wells, and even crematorium, had to be kept.

Movement Of Dalit People In 20th Century Dalit Rights: During 1960’s, a movement to safeguard the rights of the Dalits had started. It was mainly to safeguard the social and economic rights. This movement was influenced by the ‘Black Panther Rebellion’ of America.

  • In India, the Dalit ‘Panther’ had a militant political agenda. The protesters demanded equal distribution of land, increase in the rates of daily wages, chance for free schooling of children and stopping economic oppression.
  • Later on, the ‘Bahujan Samaj Party’ (BSP) was adopted. the programs like ‘Dalit-culture Preservation Bill’ and ‘Ambedkar Village Programme’. On 9th July 1972, Namdeb Dhamal, Daya Pawar, Ramdas Sorte, J. V. Pawar and Arjan Dangle started a movement called ‘Dalit Panther’.
  • Dalit literature movement spread across India through the ‘D.S-4 Movement’ and through ‘The Republican Party of India’ (RPI) formed by Ambedkar. D.S-4 stands for ‘Dalit-Shoshit-Samaj-Sangharsh-Samity’.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 7 Dr.B.R Ambedkar

Movement Of Dalit People In 20th Century Evaluation: This movement had been very popular in Maharashtra, Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh and Madhya Pradesh. Dalit thoughts received national stature through the fortnightly journal, ‘Dalit Voice’, edited by the national journalist V. T. Rajshekhar and published from Bangalore.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 7 Dalits Movements

  • Gayle Omvet, in his book ‘Dalit Vision’, has vividly analysed the social and political reality faced by the Dalit community. The Dalit Movement of Prof. Yashowant Manohar and its effect on Dalit literature had spread across the country, including Bengal.

1. Gandhiji and Ambedkar Controversy on Rights of the Dalit People:

  • Dr. B. R. Ambedkar (1891-1956) could not accept Gandhiji’s views regarding the rights of the Dalit people. When the British Prime Minister, Sir Ramsey McDonald announced the ‘Communal Award’ (17th August 1932), Gandhiji considered it to be detrimental to both Hinduism and the Dalit people alike. That would stall the process of removal of untouchability from India.
  • Gandhiji demanded that there was no harm in reserving more seats for the Dalit people, but they should be elected by the general electorate. He started fasting in Yarbera Jail with this demand (20th September 1932).
  • Dr. Ambedkar felt that this fasting was, in fact, a trick to tactfully keep the Dalit leaders under pressure. Later on, the ‘Puna Pact’ (1932) was signed by Dr. Rajendra Prasad, Ghanashyam Das Birla, Walchand Hirakchand, Madan Mohan Malviya, Thakurdas Tejbahadur Sapru, M. R. Jayakar, Ambedkar and others.
  • According to the agreement, a separate electorate for the Dalit people was discarded. As per the Communal Award System, there were 71 seats reserved for the Dalit people in the provincial legislatures, which increased to 147 as per ‘Puna Pact’. In the Central Legislature, 18 seats were reserved for the Dalits.

WBBSE Class 10 History Chapter 7 Notes

  • After his release from prison, Gandhiji published a journal called ‘Harijan Patrika’ and started the ‘Harijan Movement’ (February 1933) to recognised the Dalits as ‘harijan’ (Son of god).
  • Ambedkar was not in favour of this movement by Gandhiji. He told Gandhiji, ‘Adversity of the Dalit community will not be reduced simply by opening the doors of the temples to them, or if they have their meals with the people of higher caste’.
  • So, according to Ambedkar, instead of caste politics, one should concentrate on devising ways to improve their socio-economic condition. Booker Prize winner Arundhati Roy remarked, ‘Dr. B. R. Ambedkar was a dangerous opponent of Mahatma Gandhi’. In the Round Table Conference held in London (1930) Ambedkar opposed castism and untouchability.
  • Gandhiji had viewed the problems of the Dalit community and untouchability as a religious issue. But Ambedkar opposed this view and wanted to deal with it as a socio-economic problem. Ambedkar could not support Gandhiji when he merged the Dalit Movement with the National Civil Disobedience Movement or the involvement of capitalists like the Birlas in the movement.
  • Gandhiji supported traditional castism and remarked it as the “tree” of Hindu Society but at the same time he disliked untouchability from society as its “weed”. Therefore he wanted to remove untouchability from society, which will fulfill the dalit rights. But Ambedkar in his book ‘Annihilation of the caste’ said, unless we root out castism from Hindu society, Dalits would not get their proper dignity and rights.
  • Ambedkar burnt the first Hindu law book ‘Manu Samhita’ (an early book on untouchability) and formed “The all India Depressed class Congress” (1930). Ultimately through the debate. Ambedkar had become a defender and icon of, the ‘Dalits’ in India. But Gandhiji did not make any organization for dalits or did not take immediate step to ensure equal rights of the dalits in society through constitutional remedies and reservations like Ambedkar. Gandhiji’s ‘Harijan Movement’, ‘Harijan Sebak Sangha’, and publication of ‘Harijan Patrika did not satisfy the Dalits or abolish untouchability or fulfill the Dalit rights.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 7 Round Table Conference

2. Namashudra Movement in Bengal:

Namashudra Movement in Bengal Role of Harichand: The poor and uprooted oppressed and untouchable peasants of East Bengal were called ‘Namasudra’. Protest against the oppression of the upper class on them was the main cause of namasudra movement which was started in 1872 and ended in 1947.

  1. Harichand Thakur (1812-1878) was the founder leader of this movement in. Faridpur.
  2. His disciples are called ‘Matua’ whose aim is to create self-respect and self-consciousness among the ‘Namashudras’.
  3. Harichand told the Matuas to observe-‘Twelve Orders’ or conducts during the movement against the exploitation of the Brahmins, Zaminders, Priest etc.
  4. He advised the namashudras for taking education and said “No lose for lack of food, but education is must for the children”.

Namashudra Movement in Bengal Role of Guruchand:

  1. Harichand’s son Guruchand (1846-1937) demanded to change the name of the Chandalas as ‘Namashudra’ in 1881. His demand was recognised in the census report of 1911.
  2. Therefore he is called the father of Namashudra reform movement. In 1908 the Namashudras founded their own organisation for movement with the publication its mouthpiece namely ‘The Pataka’ Patrika.
  3. It was edited by Namashudra leader Raicharan Biswas. He claimed the Namashudras as Brahmin. In the editorial, he said that 25 lac Namashudras, are depressed for the oppression of the Hindu Kings.
  4. Under the presidentship of Guruchand ‘the first namashudra conference’ was held in 1881 at Dattadangha of Khulna.
  5. He founded a primary school and Higher English School for the Motuas at Oriakandi, Faridpur.
  6. Guruchand’s grand son Promoth Ranjan Thakur joined the Motuas with the Indian National Congress and protested against the partition of Bengal on the eve of independence. He founded ‘Motua Maha Sangha’ at Thakurnagar of North 24 Parganas.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 7 Guruchand

Namashudra Movement in Bengal Nature: Namashudra is a large community among Hindus.

  1. They hail from different areas of India and Bangladesh. They are peasants and boatmen by profession.
  2. Sócially, they do not belong to the four main castes of Hinduism, they are outcastes. They have been prey to social deprivation and oppression for racist reasons.
  3. They were very often referred as ‘Chandals’ or bad people. The Namashudras had fought not only against social ostracization but also against the imposition of additional taxes on them.
  4. In Faridpur, East Bengal, ‘Namashudra. Samity’ was formed to oppose communalism. Towards the end of the nineteenth century and the beginning of the twentieth century, they tried to gain improvement in their social conditions and other benefits through the ‘Namahshej Samaj Movement’.
  5. The Hindu sage of the Nineteenth century, Swami Vivekananda was so disheartened from the conditions of the Namashudra community that, he said, ‘One day the Chandals will rise to the level of the Brahmins’.
  6. When the ‘Tenants’ Act’ was passed in 1929, Desahpran Birendranath Sashmal, a peasant leader from Midnapur had opposed it. During this time, the British Government and Congress both sided with the landlords and moneylenders belonging to higher castes.

Namashudra Movement in Bengal Progress: In Bengal, the Nama’shudra community and Muslims were detached from the Congress. When Fajlul Haque formed the ‘Krishak Proja Party’ with these people, radical Hindu leaders like Jitendralal Banerjee and Atul Gupta joined it, thereby giving a boost to the Namashudra Movement. After Montague Chelmsford reforms (1919) demand for Namashudra representatives was accepted by British Govt.

Namashudra Movement in Bengal Leaders and organization:

Some eminent leaders of the Namashudra Movement were Harichand Thakur, Guruchand Thakur, Pramoth Ranjan Thakur, Mukunda Bihari Mallick, Rajendranath Mondal, Virat Chandra Mondal, Jogendranath Mondal, etc. They build some organisation for Namashudra like ‘Namashudra Welfare Association’, ‘The all Bengal Namashudra Conference’ (1881), ‘Bengal Namashudra Association (1912), ‘All Bengal Namashudra Society (1926), ‘Bengal Depressed Classes Association’ (1926), ‘All India. Depressed Classes Association’ (1930) etc.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 7 Time Table

Movements Organized by Women Students And Marginal People In 20th Century India Very Short Question And Answers

Question 1. Which day was declared as International Women’s Day?
Answer:

4th March 1975.

Question 2. Which class of women were more active during the Anti-partition of Bengal Movement?
Answer:

The women of higher caste and educated or western educated women.

Question 3. Who formed the ‘Bhagini Sena’ or army of sisters?
Answer:

Matangini Hazra.

WBBSE Class 10 Environment Chapter 7 Solutions

Question 4. Which institutions were opened at the initiative of Deepali Sangha’?
Answer:

A girls’ High School, an Adult Education Centre, and 15 Primary schools.

Question 5. What was the women’s brigade in ‘Azad Hind Fauj’ known as?
Answer:

Jhansi Brigade.

Question 6. When did the students’ movement begin in India?
Answer:

The second half of the nineteenth century.

Question 7. What was the reason for the students’ strike all over the country on 6th April 1919?
Answer:

Protest against Rowlatt Act.

Question 8. What was the character of students’ movement in the post-World War 2 period?
Answer:

The anti-Fascism students’ movement became popular.

Question 9. What was the main achievement of Surya Sen?
Answer:

Chittagong Armoury Raid was the main achievement of Surya Sen.

Movements Organized by Women Students And Marginal People In 20th Century India True Or False

Question 1. Leela Nag was associated with Deepali Sangha.
Answer: True

Question 2. The students movement before World War 1 was secular and hon-communal in character.
Answer: True

Question 3. Women did not participate in armed revolutionary activities.
Answer: False

Movements Organized by Women Students And Marginal People In 20th Century India Fill In The Blanks

Question 1. Gandhiji laid stress on women’s participation in Non-violent, Non-co-operation Movement through ________ movement.
Answer: Khadi

Question 2. Sarojini Naidu was also known as the ________
Answer: Bulbul of India

Question 3. The first women martyr of Quit India Movement was ________
Answer: Pritilata Waddedar

Question 4. ________ was the first student martyr from the Punjab.
Answer: Khusiram

Question 5. Students’ Association was formed at Calcutta at the behest of _________
Answer: Surendranath Banerjee

Class 10 History Chapter 7 Important Questions

Movements Organized by Women Students And Marginal People In 20th Century India Short Answers

Question 1. What were the features of the students’ movement before 1919?
Answer:

Students’ movement during this period were marked by two important features, viz., their extreme enthusiasm about boycotting British goods enhanced anti-British. feeling all around and the young students community was greatly influenced by revolutionary movements, The Russian Revolution, and equality and socialist ideals.

Question 2. What was ‘Bengal Volunteers’?
Answer:

Bengal Volunteers or B.V. was a social welfare organization, with its head office in Dhaka, set up by Hemchandra Ghosh. He was inspired by Swami Vivekananda, Aurobindo Ghosh, and Brahmabandhab Upadhyay. The B.V. party also participated in many covert revolutionary activities. Later, all the members joined the Forward Bloc party of Subhas Chandra Bose.

Question 3. How did the students participate in Quit India Movement?
Answer:

The students joined the movement without caring for the government’s threat of arrests or paying heed to any restrictions. Students’ movement took a violent form throughout India. Since the ‘Students’ Federation’ run by Congress was banned, it was led by Communist Party, Forward Bloc, and RSP. They actively participated in various social service and relief activities. Students’ Movement spread like a huge wave from Kashmir to Kanyakumari during this time.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 1 Ideas Of History

WBBSE Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 1 Ideas Of History Introduction of History

  • In the universe, change is inevitable, without any exception. While going through this changing process, our ideas and contemplations have also undergone a transformation. New ideas have been born in different fields.
  • As a result, history, as we know it. it today, is not the same as before. We have broken the barriers of tradition and brought many subjects within the purview of Historical Studies which were hitherto not discussed or highlighted. It has brought variety, novelty, and growth in the study of history. This trend will, no doubt, enrich and enhance the knowledge bank of the studies of history.
  • Because history is ‘the mother of all sciences’ and ‘tower of experience’. The word ‘history’ has come from the Greek word ‘history’. It has come from the Latin word ‘history’ or ‘knowledge.
  • According to Sir William Jones History is the scientific study of our complete past. The Greek scholar Herodotus is called “the father of history.” As per modern historiography royal history now has become the ‘history for you’, ‘history for me’, and ‘history. for all. These new ideas and trends are indeed quite relevant to the progressive society and modern generation.

Read and Learn More WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 1 Ideas Of History

Ideas Of History Variety In The Studies Of Modern History

  • From 19th century A.D., the study of history has recognised as a separate stuff, which is really ‘history of history’. Today history is the complete story of man’s life and struggle. It expanded the scope and variety of modern history.
  • The modern trends in the studies of History help us to know the numerous aspects of history; for example, the history of new society, sports, food habits, art, clothes, transport, communication, etc.
  • Local history, the history of individual cities, the history of environment and technology, and even the history of women’s studies have found their places in modern studies of History. The study of modern history has freed itself from all mundane bondage and expanded to a new horizon. Very often, old Government records, letters, and reports of Government officials and the Police help in the study of History.

Class 10 History Important Questions WBBSE

  • Apart from these, biographies and autobiographies also occupy important place in the study of History, because they reveal many unknown facts. Similarly, magazines, newspapers, photographs, and information available in the internet are of great importance in the study of modern history. And that has added variety to the subject.
  • In the words of historian G. M. Trevalion, ‘Study of history is the mother of the study of other social studies’. French philosopher Voltaire said about ‘eternal and universal history’, which is the main aim of most historians.
WBBSE Notes For Class 10 Geography And EnvironmentWBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment
WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 Life ScienceWBBSE Class 10 Life Science Multiple Choice Questions
WBBSE Solutions for Class 10 MathsWBBSE Class 10 Maths Multiple Choice Questions
WBBSE Notes For Class 10 Physical Science And Environment

 

1. New Social History:

The purview of Social History is much wider. A society consists of millions of people, yet history has never given them their due recognition. The main purposes of New social history are-

  1. To bring the plight of these unrecognized masses to the limelight. It aims at giving due importance to the dignity, existence, and contribution of the common man in the development of a society.
  2. The History of the common man is the principal subject matter of Social History. Hence, the study of history should not be contained within history alone, but, new avenues can be opened through Geography, Sociology Environmental Studies, etc.
  3. Till now, the real history of the services rendered, the toiling and struggle of the people at large was never revealed. The aim now is to bring this truth to the forefront.
  4. Even Rabindranath was aware of such studies of History. He felt that the combined force of the nameless and faceless people in history has immense social power.
  5. Michael Foucault was the first person to take the initiative to include common people in the new Social History. He aimed to study the history of the common man. Foucault, in his book ‘Madness and Civilization’, has illustrated that the common man has an existence in society but is unrecognized in history.
  6. As a result, we find that, at present, criminals, thieves, anti-socials, mentally deranged people, and even eunuchs are being studied as a part of the larger society.
  7. The wide range and novelty.are special features of this new history. Instead of getting data from the ‘History Laboratory’ or ‘Historical Archives’, information is collected from society itself. With the foundation of ‘The Social Science Research Council in England in 1965 the study of New Social History took a revolutionary shape.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 1 Ideas Of History Michael Foucault

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 1 Ideas Of History Historical Archives

New Social History Importance:

  • Firstly, If necessary, importance is attributed to ‘Old Social History’ (1850-1900) or ‘Social History’ (1901-1947). Studies in this New Social History started in the 1960s decade, having broken away from the banal form of historical studies and Fernand Braudel was the pioneer.
  • He let go of the traditional system of historical studies and founded the ‘Annales School’ in France for a proper study of social history by collecting information from society itself.
  • Secondly, Historian Harold Parkin of Lancasyre University was appointed as the Professor of new social history in 1969. That is why the 1970’s decade is called the ‘Golden Age’ of new social history.
  • Thirdly, In the 1980’s decade, historical studies initiated by Dr. Ranajit Guha, Dr. Dipesh Chakraborty, Dr. Gautam Bhadra, and Dr. Partha Chatterjee with the lower strata of society, clearly shows the characteristic features of the new age of Social History.
  • This social history gave birth to the study of ‘Subaltern history’ (1982). It aim is ‘to study the history from below.’ Founder of this subaltern history is Ranajit Guha. Fourthly, This new approach is an important source of History at present and can be called the ‘Mother of Modern History’.
  • The new social history was widely discussed by the French scholars Marc Bloc and Lucien Favor in the journal called ‘The Annales’ (1928). They tried to express a complete or total history.

Class 10 History Important Questions WBBSE

2. History Of Sports: The main aspects of the history of sports are as

  1. In the history of sports the Olympic game started first in 776 B.C. in ancient Greece is mention worthy. Now various games like cricket, football, baseball, rugby, hockey, polo, etc. are parts of today’s culture. It is essential to know the influence of these games on our life.
  2. The game of cricket started in England. The cricket club was ‘Calcutta Cricket Club’ (1792) and ‘Oriental Cricket Club of the Persians’ (1848) in Bombay which had visited England first in 1886. It is also known as the game of 22 yards because the length of the pitch between the two wickets is 22 yards. The game of cricket was first played at Dartford in Surrey in 1709.
  3. However, rules of the game were laid down in 1744. From 1814 the Lords ground in England became the Mecca of international cricket. Professional cricket came into existence in 1962. ‘International Cricket Conference’ or ICC was formed in 1965, which was later renamed as ‘International Cricket Council’ (ICC) in 1989.
  4. The first women’s cricket club was established in England in 1887. Women’s Cricket Association (WCA) was formed in 1926 and the International Women’s Cricket Council (IWCC) in 1958. The first International Women’s Test Match was played in 1973. According to historian Dr. Ramchandra Guha “It views sport as a rational idiom, a share of activity that expresses, in concentrated for the values, Prejudices, divisions and unifying symbols of a society.”
  5. The rugby ball is like an oval-shaped football. England started playing rugby in 1823. ‘Rugby Football Union’ (RFU) was formed in 1871. Till 1995 rugby was considered to be an amateur game.
  6. Separate rules for rugby and football became into being after the ‘Football Association’ (FA) was established in London in 1863. The landmark event in the history of football in Bengal was the formation of the Mohan Bagan Atheletic Club in the July of 1889, ‘East Bengal Club (1920), and Hockey Club (1885-1886) in Kolkata.
  7. On 29th July 1911, the Mohan Bagan under the captainship of Shibdas Bhaduri, won the IFA shield having defeated the European East Yorkshire Civil and Military Teams. The Indian football team came fourth at the Melbourne Olympics in 1956.
  8. Eight times the Indian Hockey team had won the Olympic gold medal. The first gold in hockey was won by India in 1928 at Amsterdam Olympics. In 1932, India set a world record having defeated USA 24-1 at Los Angeles. In 1936, India won the gold medal in hockey at Berlin Olympics and the captain of the team, Dhyanchand, received the prize from none other than Hitler himself. The last time India won the gold medal in hockey was in 1980 at Moscow Olympics.
  9. in 1996, Kabaddi has replaced hockey as the National Game of India.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 1 Ideas Of History Hippocrates 1911 IFA Shield Winner Mohan Bagan

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 1 Ideas Of History Dhyanchand

History of Sports Importance: The study of sports history started in Europe in 1970 and ‘The British Society of Sports History’ was founded in 1982. We know the history of sports from the books ‘Corner of Foreign. Field of Ram Chandra Guha, ‘A History of Indian Cricket’ of Mihir Bose, ‘A Social History of Indian Cricket of Kaushik Bandyopadhyay, ‘The Illustrated History of Indian Cricket, and ‘Twenty-two yards to Freedom’ of Boria Majumder, ‘The Games Ethic and Imperialism’ of J. A. Mangan, etc.

WBBSEW Class 10 History Syllabus

3. History Food Habits And Cuisine:

The purposes of studying the history of food habits are

  1. To know about the culinary diversity of a society and the source of such habits. When the food habit of people started undergoing various changes, it was observed at some point that people were consuming a kind of food made with flour or spaghetti and noodles, thin strings resembling the Indian semai, which are also made of flour and eggs.
  2. In Sicily, the Arab traders ate Pasta. Pasta is also made of flour and eggs and is also known as macaroni or spaghetti. This particular food is still popular in Italy. Similar food is also consumed in India and Japan.
  3. The comprehensive study of Food history have been found from the researched books like ‘Food, Drink, and Identity in Europe’ of Thomas Wilson, ‘Indian Food: A Historical Companion’ of K. T. Achaya, ‘Food and Cultural Study of Ben Taylor, etc.
  4. The main purpose of studying the history of food habit is to know about its diversity. The food habits of people differ from country to country. If we study the culinary history of India, we will see that in some regions rice is the staple diet, in some areas it is roti, while there are others who prefer millets, ‘depending on the climate and geographical features of that area.
  5. Apart from diverse food habits, in social history, we also study the evolution of food habits. It is interesting to know that common vegetables like the potato, ground nut, corn, tomato, chilies, sweet potato, soybean, or any other kind of bean were not known to our forefathers five hundred years ago.
  6. Many of our food items came from the American Indians (Red Indians). Plenty of oats are cultivated in Scotland and cakes are made with this cereal. So, Scotland is known as the ‘land of cakes’.
  7. Today, oats are widely consumed even in India.

History of Food Habits and Cuisine Importance:

  1. From the history of food habits we come to know that there was a time when the poor people of Ireland survived on potatoes.
  2. In the present times, when restaurant culture has become very popular, variety and luxury in food is a part of contemporary lifestyle.
  3. Recently the book ‘Culinary culture in Colonial India: A Cosmopolitan Pattern and The Middle Class written by Utsha Roy helps to know the changing food habits of the middle-class Bengalees.

4. History The Performing Arts:

Music: The main characteristic feature of the History of the practice of art is its varied nature.

  1. Music, dance, drama, and cinema are all parts of this branch of history. These should not be treated as mere entertainment, but they are the carriers of the cultural heritage of a society.
  2. If we study the history of music, we come to know that the Sama Vedas are the source of Indian music.
  3. The part of Birbhum District and the associated songs havea  distinctive style which varies from region to region.
  4. Tappa, originally songs sung by the camel riders of the Punjab, was promoted by Gulam Nabi (1742-92) of Lucknow.
  5. The mind-blowing ‘thumri’ was promoted by Bade Gulam Ali Khan (1903-68).
  6. Again, Ghazal is a prelude to the songs sung in the praise of the kings in Arabia..

Dance forms also have their own aesthetic characters and variety. The masked ‘Chou’ dances of Purulia, Mohini Atyam (Karnataka), Krishnanatyam and Bharat Natyam (Tamilnadu), Odishi (performed by temple dancers or devadasis) of South India and Kathakali dance of Kerala and Malabar regions are perfect, examples of regional variations found in dance forms.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 1 Ideas Of History Kathakali Dance

Drama: A wide range of variety can be noted in drama also. For example, rural- drama, street plays, one-act plays, musical plays, people’s theatre, etc. Near about 2000 years ago Bharat Muni wrote the book ‘Natyashastra’ and said that drama was popular in India.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 1 Ideas Of History Dadasaheb Phalke Award

The first theatre hall of Bengal was the ‘Hindu Theatre’ (1830) and then ‘National Theatre’, ‘Star Theatre’ (1884), etc. were founded. On 25th May 1943, anti-fascist writers and artists came together and formed the ‘Indian People’s Theatre Association (IPTA).

Cinema: The history of cinema consists of documentary films, art films, and commercial films. This stream of study is called ‘Film Studies’. Hiralal Sen and Mohilal Sen introduced short documentary films in Kolkata.

  • The founder of the present day’s motion picture was Louis and Auguste. On 28th December 1895 the first motion picture emerged in Paris. ‘Bilwamangal was the first Bengali cinema made by Hiralal Sen, founder of ‘Royal Bioscope Company’: The first mythological feature film ‘Raja Harishchandra’ was released in 1913 by Dhundiraj Govind Phalke.
  • But the film ‘Alam Ara’ was the first full-length motion picture released in 1931. The first motion picture ‘A wrestling Match’ made by Harishchandra Sakharam Bhatwadekar was released in 1896 in India. The ‘Dadasaheb Phalke Award’ is given to outstanding works in commercial films.
  • New studies of modern history have been enriched by showcasing the varied forms of art practiced over a period of time. Jacob Burckhardt in his books Agonal Age’ and ‘Civilisation of Renaissance in Italy’ have elucidated how art and culture have influenced Renaissance in Italy.
  • H. Zimmer in his book ‘Myths and Symbols in Indian Art and Civilisation’ has done extensive research on the importance of Indian arts and so has Tapati Guha Thakurata in her book ‘The Making of a New Indian Art, Artists, Aesthatics and Nationalism in Bengal’.

WBBSEW Class 10 History Syllabus

5. History Of Clothes And Dresses:

Variety and evolution are the specialities of this new history. Such as

  1. We come to know about the different kinds of dresses and attires worn by people of different regions, depending on the climate and preferences of the people.
  2. In Europe, there was a marked change in the clothes worn by people after the French revolution (1789). Women started wearing red hats, capris, and long skirts.
  3. While studying the history of clothes and dresses we can see that in England there was a revolutionary change in the dresses of men and women during the Victorian Age (1837-1901).
  4. In our country people shifted from traditional to Western attire during the British rule. Michael Madhusudan Dutta was the first person to wear European clothes (1843).
  5. But the dresses worn by the English-educated youth in India of 1885 were called Musalmani dress instead of Hindustani dress. Although the Bengali gentry started wearing boots, coats, hats, and ties, according to ‘Somprakash magazine (1881), ‘People of any region can be recognised by the dresses. they wear, but not the Bengali’.
  6. For hundreds of years ago Bengalee women knew the use of saree. The “brahmika style of saree” worn in the present-day society of Bengal has come from the women of the Jorasanko Tagore family in 19th century.
  7. A study of the history of dresses worn in India reveals that people living in warmer areas like Rajasthan preferred cotton clothes, while those living in colder places like Kashmir wore warm woolen clothes.
  8. The traditional dress of men in Kerala was ‘Mundu’ and sarees for women and in Bengal it was ‘Dhoti-Kurta’ for men and sarees for women. In the Punjab, the men wore ‘Lungi-Kurta’ and women wore ‘Salwar-Kameez’, in Gujarat the men wore ‘Angrakha’ and the women wore ‘Channia-Choli’.
  9. A sea change came about in the dresses of the English people after the Victorian Age (1901). Loose-fitting dresses became popular instead of the tight-fitting clothes worn earlier.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 1 Ideas Of History Dhoti Punjabi

History of clothes and dresses Importance

  1. The dress history helps to know the social, religious, cultural, economic, political, and geographical changes and its impacts on dress. So the study of the history of clothes and dresses is very important today.
  2. For this reasons the Association of Dress Historians’ (1991) was set up in England.
  3. The book on dress was written an accountant of Augsburg city in Germany, named Matthaus Schwarz. His pictorial book on fashion is a document.
  4. After coming the British in India Colonel Dalton started writing about Indian dress. From 1950 the history of Indian dress and clothes are authentically written.
  5. A book like ‘Clothing Matters: Dress and Identify in India’ by Emma. Tarol, ‘Clothing. A Global History by Robert Ross etc. are important.
  6. Magazines and medical prescriptions also opined that loose-fitting dresses were a healthier option.
  7. Peter MacLean in his book ‘Fashion, Critical and Primary Sources’ published in four volumes (Oxford, 2009) has provided much researched information on the history and evolution of dresses.

6. History Of Transport And Communications: Important aspects of this new historical study are

  1. To bring the variations and evolution of transport and communication system to the forefront and show its importance in human life.
  2. From the literary sources like ‘Mangal Kavya’ and other it has been known that early transportation in India mainly based on boats, bullock carts, horse-driven carrages, palanquins, elephants, etc.
  3. An important aspect of this new History is the study of the history of communication system. Modern technology has brought about a revolution in the development of communication system with steam and petrol-driven means of transport.
  4. The three means of transport are water transport, land transport, and air transport. The first tram car carried by horse started in Kolkata in 1880s from Esplanade to Khidirpur and electric tram car started in 1902. The aeroplane flies in 1919 and in Dumdum, India in 1930.
  5. The transport system has become highly developed because of the introduction of new methods of communication.
  6. After Michael Faraday discovered ‘Electro Magnetic Induction’, controlled flow of electricity with the help of signals became very convenient.
  7. Morse had used this theory to further develop the telegraph system. New avenues opened up in the history of communication when Graham Bell invented telephone in 1876.
  8. In the field of telecom, in 1901 the Italian scientist, Marconi used the advanced electro-magnetic principles of Hertz and Jagadish Chandra Bose.
  9. The Calcutta Central Telephone Exchange was established on 28th January 1882 and then in other provinces. The motor bus services started in Bengal in the beginning of the 20th century.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 1 Ideas Of History Graham Bell

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 1 Ideas Of History Jagadish Chandra Bose

History of Transport and Communications Importance:

  1. This study of the history of transportation started from 1960-1970.
  2. Mass media and mass communication became much simpler after the invention of radio and television in the decade between 1920 and 1930.
  3. Apart from these, news media, news photographs, radio bulletin, live television, e-mail (electronic mail), internet, mobile phones etc has totally changed the history of communication system.
  4. The first railway line of India was introduced in Bombay in 1853. Indian Railway was the fourth world largest Railway in 1910.
  5. It is the purpose of this new historical study to inform people of these developments. ‘The Transport History’ of John Armstrong, ‘Engines of change’. The Railroad that made India’ of Lan Karr, ‘Geography of Transportation in Eastern India under Britishraj’ by Sunil kumar Munsi, etc. are important sources of transport history.
  6. Some other famous books on transportation are ‘History of Modern India’ 1700-2000 of R. S. Chaurasia, ‘London and the Victorian Railway’ of David Brandon, ‘Indian Demands for Transportation’ of William Ernest Welt, etc.

Class 10 History Environment Book Pdf

7. History Of Visual Arts (painting and photography): Main aspects of the study of this history are

  1. The principal subject matter of visual art is the work of different artists including drawing, painting, cartoon, and photography.
  2. During the Renaissance period in the fifteenth century, artists like Michael Angelo, Leonardo da Vinci, and Raphael, etc. practiced art after obtaining trade licence from the authorities.
  3. All forms of art and craft came under its purview. It is said that Da Vinci’s famous portrait Mona Lisa was in fact the portrait of the wife of a noted businessman of Italy. The Medici and Flemish Berger families of Italy commissioned many painters and artists.
  4. In 1648, Louis 14, the king of France established the Academy Art to approve drawings and paintings of different artists.
  5. ‘Messers Bourne and Shepherd’ was the first photographic Institution that brought cameras in Calcutta in 1840 and opened a studio in 1864. Sri Ramakrishnadeva and Rabindranath Tagore were its customers.
  6. Camera was invented by Nishefore Niye Poche of France in 1826 and colour photography came in 1861. The first Indian ICS Satyendranath Tagore’s wife Jnanadanandini Devi developed the art of camera.
  7. Gradually ‘Calcutta school of Industrial Art’ (1854) or present-day Govt.
  8. Art College and ‘Photographic Society of Bengal’ (1856) etc. were established.
  9. Many renouned persons like Rajendralal Mitra, Priyanath Seth, and Kanailal Dey were members of the photographic society. Rabindranath Tagore, Abanindranath Tagore, Gaganendranath Tagore, and Ravi Verma (Kerala) were famous Indian painters.
  10. Samuel Bourne and Lala Dindayal were famous Indian photographers in 19th. century India. Photography came to India in 1860 through the East India Company.
  11. Kolkata is an important centre for modern Indian painting. ‘Calcutta Art School’ was founded by English are administrator Ernest Binfield Havell. He wrote the ‘A Handbook of Indian Art. Havell appointed Abanindranath Tagore as the Vice-principal of this art school. It is now known as ‘Bengal Art School’.
  12. The ‘Kala Bhavan’ of Shantiniketan under Nandalal Bose, Ram Kinkar Beij, Binod Behari Mukherjee, Jamini Roy, and Ganesh Pyne made an epoch in aesthetic modern Indian art. ‘Indian Academy of Fine Arts’ was set up in 1919.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 1 Ideas Of History Monalisa

History of Visual Arts (painting and photography) Importance:

  1. Paintings of different artists, indigenous paintings like the pat pictures of Behrampore and photographs of Mughal age, the era of East India Company, and later period provide us with great insight into the real history of that time.
  2. The special features of the visual art of that period were human figures, natural panorama, animals, gods and goddesses, and depiction of events in the backdrop of social and political scenario.
  3. An 1820 painting of a huge Muharram procession in Dhaka shows that only two persons had shoes on in the whole crowd.
  4. The Kalighat Temple painted by Thomas Daniel in 1792 can be easily identified from the prominent Dochaia (double-roofed) gate and the Atchala (eight-roofed) temple.
  5. This new approach to history helps to express a lot from pictures and photographs which were not known earlier.
  6. We know many information of the history of visual arts from the books such as ‘Photography in Victorian India’ by Deshmunda Roy, ‘India: Pioneering Photographers 1850-1900’ by John Falcon, etc.

8. History Of Architecture And Sculpture: The specialties of this area of history are

  1. To find out the building style and striking features of different schools of architecture.
  2. Architecture and sculpture include ornamentally designed buildings, lobbies, domes, pillars, arches, temple architecture, mosque architecture, church architecture, etc.
  3. European influence on Indian architecture and sculpture were predominant, particularly in the building of pillars, arches, and cornices.
  4. The Kalighat Temple was originally constructed as an indigenous Atchala (eight-roofed) building, but the later extensions in 1809 clearly bear European style.
  5. In 1712, the 700 feet long wall of Fort William was 40 feet thick and 18 feet high.
  6. Apart from these, the Hastings House (1770), Asiatic Society (1784), Town Hall (1813), Ochterlony Monument in Kolkata (1828), High Court Building (1872), etc. are examples of finest architecture.
  7. The High Court Building of Kolkata was the first example of neo-Gothic Architecture. The Calcutta Town Hall (1813), Indian Museum (1814), and Victoria Memorial (1921) at Kolkata is an example of Indian Architecture with marked European influence.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 1 Ideas Of History Kalighat Temple

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 1 Ideas Of History Victoria Memorial

History of Architecture and Sculpture Importance:

  • These are all examples of new studies of the history of Architecture. The books like ‘History of Indian and Eastern Architecture’ (1876) of James Fergusson, ‘An Imperial Vision’ (1989) of Thomas Melcalf, ‘Monument, Objects, Histories’ and ‘The Making of a New Indian Art (1992) of Tapati Guha Thakurta widely focused the features of Indian arts and architectures.
  • It help to the various temple architectural styles like ‘roofing style’, ‘Bhanga style’, ‘Bangalow style’ etc. The Dakshineswar Kali Temple is the best example of the Bhanga Style of architecture. The chief architect of President’s House was Luton.

9. Local History: The basic tenets of the study of local history are

  1. The main objective of local history is ‘Start history at your door’.
  2. To know more about local history and to collect information, schools can organise tours and a ‘History Society’.
  3. The special feature of this branch of history is to study and construct local history from practical materials. As a result, the students can associate freely with the subject.
  4. Social scientists have adopted space or territory as the basis for constructing history. Modern researcher Dr. David Luden wrote the book ‘Early Capitalism and Local History in South India’ as an important step of the study of local history.
  5. In the recent times, space has been given greater importance while writing history. Space is closely linked to local history, micro-history, and the history of different families.
  6. Local history is also associated with traditions, economics, and sociology. Local history is also linked with globalization, albeit to a very small degree.
  7. It should be noted that there is a difference between locality and region. A region includes a locality, but a locality does not include a region. The relationship between the two can be shown like this (from bottom. to top): local->sub-regional->regional->national->international.
  8. This history is constructed. on the basis of local matters. In ‘St. Paul’s Western Side’ a conference called ‘A Flood of History was organised for the first time. The local people, teachers, students, and historians collected a good deal of information for the study of History.
  9. A study of local History results in camaraderie and friendship among neighboring areas. Social activities of man, community service, and social reforms are influenced by such friendly relationships. In the West Side Conference of America, local history has been called Community Empowerment through Neighbourhood History.
  10. Local Development and awareness are the key issues of this History. The lifestyle of people, culture, psychology, the past and present of urban life- are all taken into consideration while constructing the local History.

Local History Importance

  1. In the 1960’s decade local history was defined like this it is the history of a new village, history of a new city, history of a new locality, and also the story of the locality’s families, men, women, and children.
  2. History should be re-written for every generation and the source material should be none other than the local history.
  3. The speciality of this branch of History is to collect information by travelling in a region and analyzing various events and incidents that had taken place in that area.
  4. ‘Nadiya Kahini’ of Kumud nath Mallick, ‘Murshidabad Kahini” of Nikhilnath Ray, ‘History of Jessore and Khulna’ of Satishchandra Mitra, ‘History of Coochbehar of Amanatullah Ahmed, ‘A History of Jaypur’ of Dr. Jadunath Sarkar, etc. are some of the directions of the study of local History.

Class 10 History Environment Book Pdf

10. Urban History:

  1. If we analyse the history of the cities, we come to know that
  2. The cities started developing and extending after the Industrial revolution.
  3. The three main factors in the growth of cities are emergence of economics, colonisation of vast areas, and growth of democratic ideas.
  4. In the process of urbanisation, this method is equally applicable to all the countries of the world. Two cities can be named while discussing urbanisation in the nineteenth century. The first one is London in England, which, in the nineteenth century, was the largest city in the world. The second one is Bombay in India.
  5. Before the Industrial Revolution in the 1850’s decade, most of the Western countries had rural-based economy. During the initial period of Industrial Revolution, there were only two industrial towns in England, viz. Leeds and Manchester.
  6. In 1851, of the total population of Manchester, three fourth consisted of people who had migrated from rural areas. In 1750 in England and Wales, at least one in every nine persons lived in London, which had a population of 6,75,000. This number increased to 1 million in 1810 and 4 million in 1880.
  7. According to historian Gareth Stedman Jones, in the nineteenth century London was a city for all, including clerks, shopkeepers, teachers, craftsmen, soldiers, servants, hawkers, laborers, and beggars.
  8. In the course of time, problems of the city have increased and so have anti-social activities. There were 20,000 anti-social people in London alone in the 1870’s decade.
  9. In the cities roads, houses, and lifestyles of the people have undergone changes with the, growth of urbanisation.
  10. In colonised India, cities in the three Presidencies of Bombay, Madras and Calcutta developed to a great height.
  11. Historian Stephen Tharnstorm of Harvard University gave special effort on the study of Urban History in 1970. It encouraged Radharaman Mitra, Radha Prasad. Gupta, Purnendu Patri, Nikhil Sarkar, etc. to study the history of Kolkata.
  12. Bombay was declared as the capital city of the Presidency of Bombay in 1819. It was called a ‘city of dreams’.
  13. In the nineteenth century, the main cities of the Indian sub-continent were Bombay, Madras, Lucknow, Lahore, Surat, and Kolkata. Bombay (Mumbai) is called the ‘Business City’, Jaipur is called the ‘Pink City’ and Calcutta is called ‘the City of Culture’.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 1 Ideas Of History Industrial Revolution

Urban History Importance:

  1. Hence, the subject matter of Urban History is to study the origin and evolution of cities.
  2. The new view of urban history have been expressed by Dr. S. N. Mukherjee, Rina Oldenberg, Pradip Singh, Dr. Narayani Gupta, and Dr. Aniruddha Ray.
  3. They thought that the study of urban history was neglected. Therefore Dr. Ashis Bose said ‘In India, urban history is non-existent.
  4. (The importance of urban history have been discussed by historian Louis Mumford in his book ‘Cities in History’ and Charles Tilly and W. Blocman in the book ‘Cities and the Rise of States in Europe.

11. Military History: Main aspects and features of this history are as

  1. Study of Military History has increased after the World War 2 and globalisation in general. Its importance has grown especially after the Second World War.
  2. Military equipments, military methods,military organisation, changes in military strategy, etc. have become subject matter of this branch of history.
  3. Richard J. Evans, Professor of Modern History in Cambridge University, wrote his book ‘In Defence of History’ in 1997 and proved that military history was indeed a part of traditional history and has immense importance in this field.
  4. Keith Windscuttle, an Australian historian, wrote his book ‘The Killing of History’ about the history of defense, with a critical view of the post-modern era.

Military History Importance:

  1. These writers have dealt mainly with military history which includes study of military methods, various wars fought earlier, and also Naval History as a branch of military history.
  2. This branch of history highlights the fact that armed forces are essential to defend a nation and its people from enemies,
  3. The study of New Military History started from the 1970’s decade. Since then, in historical studies, greater stress are being laid on
    • soldiers than the Generals,
    • psychology of war than tactics of warfare and
    • the larger effect of war on society and culture

12. History Of Environment: Main aspects of the study of this history are as

  1. In the context of the history of the environment, the terms ecology and environment were first used in 1866 by the German zoologist H. P. Hackel. Madhab Gadgil and Ramchandra Guha discussed environmental problems, pollution, and the adverse effects of chemicals and insecticides in India and set up a separate Toxicology Department.
  2. On the basis of environmental studies and research, they wrote the book ‘This Fissured Lands, Ecological History of India’. Dr. Mahesh Rangarajan’s books “Hunting and Shooting’ and ‘Facing and Forest, Donald Ursir’s ‘The End of the Earth’ and ‘Green Imperialism’ of Richard Grove, etc are important to the study of the history of Environment.
  3. Studies on the History of Environment started in the United States during the 1940s and 1950’s decades. ‘World Environment Day’ or ‘Eco Day’ was first celebrated on 5th June 1974.
  4. The aim was to establish a friendly relationship with the environment, From 1980 it became a widely popular event. Environment is made up of the world around us with its flora and fauna.
  5. The History of Environment tells us that environment has an effect on our minds and bodies. Survival of the living being, intelligence, and development depend on the environment to a great extent.
  6. The future of our environment depends on how we treat the environment around us. In every country of the world primitive forest dwellers used to take extra care of their natural environment, so they are considered to be the true children of nature.
  7. Today industrialisation, urbanisation, development, and pollution of every kind stand as obstacles in saving the environment. Greeneries are being damaged and as a result, habitat of birds are being lost.

History of Environment Importance:

  1. The main importance of the new Environmental History is to make the present generation aware of these facts.
  2. Scientist and writer Rachel Carson (1962,) in. her book ‘The Silent Spring’, expressed her deep concern that if we keep ignoring nature and brutalise her in this way, she will surely take her revenge on us.
  3. This book became quite sensational all over the world including the US. It is still a vital document in the study of the environment and in creating awareness among people.
  4. The main aim of this branch of History is to create awareness about our environment. Movement for the protection of the environment have been organised today, such as the ‘Chipko Movement (1973), ‘Narmada Bachao Movement’ (1985) of Medha Patekar, ‘And the there-Garwal Movement’, etc. are important.

Class 10 History Environment Book Pdf

13. History Of Science Technology And Medicine: The features and aspects of this history are as

  1. The main subject matter of this study is the extent, variety, and evolution of science, technology, and medical science. In the recent times, the study of the history of science, technology, and medical science has become an integral part of the New Historical Studies.
  2. In 1927 Harvard University took special initiative and started this kind of study. In the 1930’s decade, the Soviet historian Boris Hessen stressed on the importance of the study of the history of Technology.
  3. We come to know how the Study of Science and Technology changed in the post-war (World War 2) period. In the decade of 1960, Thomas Koon also stressed on the importance of the History of Science.
  4. It has also been known how Technology is being used in the larger interest of human beings. At present we cannot imagine a life without the blessings of Science.
  5. Through this study we know about various scientific endeavours, experiments, different areas of research, and ‘the general revolution brought about by science.
  6. We also know that the origin of Mathematics and Science, the basis of modern Engineering studies, was from Greece, Mesopotamia, China, India, and Arabia.
  7. With this knowledge of History we can plan for future research and studies in the field of Science. Hippocrates, Selsus, and Gallen of Greece, the Unani doctors of Arabia, Vesalius, Paracelsus, etc. of Seventeenth-century Science. On the basis of their contribution, new ideas in this field of history can be developed.
  8. We also become aware of the history of developments in the areas of Immunology, Bacteriology, Virology, Chemotherapy, etc. during the Twentieth Century.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 1 Ideas Of History Harvard University

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 1 Ideas Of History Hippocrates

History of Science, Technology, and Medicine Importance:

  1. From the Study of the History of Science it has been known the Civil Engineering Department was opened in Hindu College in 1843 and the study of Medical Science in the Bengali language was started in 1852.
  2. Bankim Chandra as ‘Bigyan Rahasya’ (1895), Jagadish Chandra Bose’s book ‘Response in Living and Non-Living’, and Acharya Prafulla Chandra Ray’s ‘History of Hindu Chemistry’ were published.
  3. For the Study of Science ‘The Botanical Garden’ at Shibpur, the Geological Survey of India (1851), IACS (1876), ‘Indian Institute of Science’, ‘Council of Scientific and Industrial Research or CSIR (1942), etc have been founded.
  4. Some important books on the Study of the History of Science are ‘Science and the Raj’ of Deepak Kumar, ‘The History of Modern Science’ of S. G. Brush, ‘Science, Technology and Medicine in Colonial India’ of David Arnold etc. help to know the History of Science.

14. Women’s History: The study of women’s history is very relevant for many reasons

  1. Half of the world’s population consists of women, so, the study of the history of women’s existence has become an absolutely essential part of history. The year 1975 was celebrated as Women’s Year and the decade of 1975-85 was celebrated, as the decade of women.
  2. From time immemorial, with a few exceptions, women have been subject to male domination, deprivation, neglect, and injustice and study of women’s history started as a fight against these atrocities and establishing the rights of women.
  3. The main features of this branch of history are rise of Feminism, women’s resistance movements, political, economic, and social empowerment of women, women education, health, culture, etc.
  4. In other words the study of every aspect of a woman’s development is known as Feminism. Feminism is not just a theory, but many women’s movements and intellectual discussions have emerged out of this.
  5. Helen Dearsay said that the original purpose of women’s history is to give due importance to the contributions of women, to criticize subjects dealing with the derogation of women, to develop correct socio-economic and moral views about women, and transform women into complete citizens through social changes.
  6. Women’s history came to be included in the modern study of Sociology during the 1960’s decade in the US. Later on, it spread to Western Europe, especially in France. Subsequently, in India and other countries of Asia independent studies about the history of women came to be recognised.
  7. Since the 1980’s decade Calcutta and Jadavpur Universities, in their Women’s Studies Departments, are carrying on extensive high-quality research into the history of women.
  8. The main ingredient of Women’s history is obviously women and the idea of Eco-feminism evolved out of that. The term eco-feminism was first used by the French feminist Francois Doban in 1970. In his book ‘Feminism of Death’, Francois while using the term eco-feminism said that nature or environment and women were complementary to each other. Hence to hurt women is to hurt nature. But Indian feminists. prefer to use the term ‘womanism’ rather than ‘eco-feminism’.

Women’s History Importance:

  1. The purpose and importance of studying history of women is to bring all this information to the forefront.
  2. The famous French feminist Simon de Beauvoir in her book ‘The Second Sex’ (1949), has stressed on the importance of women’s movement but has rejected the idea of a separate entity for women.
  3. We come to know that history of women is inseparable from domestic history from the book ‘Democratic Revolution’ written by Steven Minz and Dr. Susan Kellog.
  4. Barabara Cann in her book ‘Women in English Social History-1800-1949’, has. also discussed in detail about the special role of women in English society.
  5. Many researched books like Aluwalia’s ‘Rethinking Boundaries of Feminism and Internationalism’, Geraldine Forbes’s ‘Women in Modern India’, Luis A. Tilly and G. W. Scott’s ‘Women, Work and Family’ (1978), Malobika Karlekar’s ‘Voice from within’ etc. are very helpful to the study of women history.

Ideas Of History Method Of Using Sources In Modern Indian History

  • The whole process of acquiring data from a ‘historical event’, analysing the information, accepting or rejecting the same, collating the information, and arriving at a conclusion on the basis of this information is called ‘method of using materials in history’. It is essential to apply the correct method of using the materials while studying history in modern India
  • All the available information is not necessarily historical material.
  • History may become distorted if we do not properly analyse the information available from Government documents, autobiographies, letters, contemporary magazines, and newspapers while constructing history in modern India.
  • Extra caution should be taken while constructing history from information and other materials because there is always the risk of providing wrong interpretation of society, politics, culture etc., as a result of which the country and the nation will suffer as a whole.
  • So, one should be neutral and alert while applying this method of using historical information and other materials.

1. Government Documents (reports/narratives/letters of police/intelligence/ government officials):

  • A great deal of information on Indian history is available from Government documents. The reports compiled by the police on a daily basis also reveal many facts of history.
  • Only the police can provide correct information about murders, robberies, tyranny of anti-social. people etc. Reports and documents prepared by Government Detective Department, specially C.I.D., E.D., C.B.I. (Central Bureau of Investigation) are generally unprejudiced.
  • A proper scientific analysis of these documents can reveal much information about history. These documents are of great historical importance because they are prepared after a minute and detailed analysis of incidents.
  • Historical materials can also be procured from reports and files maintained by senior Government servants like the WBCS, IPS, and IAS officers. But one should always be on the lookout for deception, fraud, or simple lies in those documents.
  • The historical deeds and documents, recombs, letters, and reports of high government officers are generally. preserved in a place which is called ‘Archives. The National Archieve is situated in Delhi.

2. Autobiographies and Memoirs:

  1. When a person writes ‘unadulterated truth about himself, it is called an autobiography. Memoirs are reminiscences or compilation of one’s memories. Some well-known autobiographies are: ‘Atmochorit’ of Debendra Nath Tagore, ‘Ramtanu Lahiri O Totkalin Banga Samaj” by Shibnath Shastri, ‘A Nation in the Making’ by Surendra Nath Banerjee, ‘Discovery of India’ by Jawaharlal Nehru, ‘India Wins Freedom’ by Maulana Abul Kalam Azad and ‘Probhabati Sambhashan’, the incomplete work of Iswar Chandra Vidyasagar.
  2. While applying the information gathered from these sources it is essential to assess the mindset of the author, any hidden purpose of writing, any mistakes in writing, whether the information was directly collected by the author or indirectly received from some other source, and finally the credibility of the materials gathered.
  3. An autobiography which helps in understanding the life of the author, but also the country, time, culture, and history of his time, is a true ingredient of New History.

Sattar Bathsar (Seventy Years) by Bipin Chandra Pal: If my autobiography consisted of my own memories alone, there would have been.no justification of promoting it to society. But the memoires of the seventy years of my life is actually about the modern history of Bengal’ From ‘Sattar Bathsar’.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 1 Ideas Of History Bipin Chandra Pal

Sattar Bathsar (Seventy Years) by Bipin Chandra Pal Importance

  1. Sattar Bathsar (1858-1957) is the autobiography of Bipin Chandra Pal. Many anecdotes of his life have found place in this book.
  2. His autobiography is not just a compilation of his personal memories, but we get to know a lot about contemporary society from this book.
  3. Although, at times, certain facts remain far from reality, yet ‘Sattar Bathsar’ can be considered as a dependable source of historical information.
  4. However, the material should be scientifically used without deviating from the correct method. The historical data collected should be properly assessed.
  5. The editor Ramananda Chattopadhyay of the ‘Prabasi’ patrika published the ‘Sattar Bathsar from 1333-1335 Bengali era. It was compiled and published in the form of a book in 1955.

Sattar Bathsar (Seventy Years) by Bipin Chandra Pal The contents:

  • The book ‘Sattar Bathsar comprises of 27 chapters. In the first chapter called ‘Explanations’ he writes, ‘I have just turned seventy on last 22nd Kartik (October-November) 1333 (C.E.1926). Today, in this country, it is not a matter of joke to live till seventy’.
  • It is not quite clear why he called the Bengali a ‘dead race’, because at that time Bengal was going through great awakening.
  • He also wrote, ‘Rammohan had sowed the seed of new life in India’. In this way, anecdotes from the life of many people. have been intertwined with his own memories.
  • He said, ‘This is the reason that memories of my short life of seventy years is of any real value. Otherwise, there would be no reason for my writing this book and present it to society.
  • His autobiography has portrayed a genuine picture of society as a whole during his time.

Sattar Bathsar (Seventy Years) by Bipin Chandra Pal Evaluation:

  • Firstly, ‘Sattar Bathsar’ is a memoir that gives us an insight into contemporary Calcutta, its students’ hostels, theatre halls, Presidency College, the influence of the ‘Brahmo Samaj’, ‘Hindu Mela’ of Nabagopal Mitra, patriotism, national schools, groups of freedom fighters and also tells us about people like Surendra Nath, Ananda Mohan Basu, Shibnath Sastri, and others.
  • Secondly, We are told about happenings in Sylhet and Hindu- Muslim relations. From ‘Sattar Bathsar’ we come to know that many people from Manipur used to live in Srihatta. He remembered his mother’s love for him, at the same time he said that perhaps his mother was more affectionate towards his younger sister Kripa.
  • Thirdly, In ‘Sattar Bathsar’ we get a vivid description of contemporary society, politics, religion, culture, festivals, functions, theatre, reading of folk and mythological tales, the disintegration of the Brahmo Samaj, Bharat Sabha, spread of western education and real nature of indigenous education. Fourthly, When we study history from these materials, the changes that took place from earlier times to modern age become quite clear. If we apply a proper philosophical method, the history of history can be derived from this book ‘Sattar Bathsar’.

Jibansmriti (1912) by Rabindra Nath Tagore: Rabindranath in his book ‘Jibansmriti’ (Memories) has told many stories from his childhood. The memoir ‘Jibansmriti’ was published as a form of book in 1912, just before his getting the ‘Noble Prize’. Rabindranath himself said that Jibansmriti is not the history of life, it is a picture of life in his memory.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 1 Ideas Of History Sarala Debi Chowdhurani

Jibansmriti (1912) by Rabindra Nath Tagore Importance:

  1. We come to know about the customs and traditions which were followed in the Tagore family residence at Jorasanko.
  2. He was brought up by a governess in his childhood and in his adolescent years he had to follow the strict discipline imposed by his teacher at home.
  3. During his childhood, while being confined to his own room, he used to watch the world move around him through the window.
  4. Jibansmriti’ has helped us to know many things about the society of that time. Lives of many others have been revealed to us along with a picture of the social lattice.
  5. From ‘Jibansmriti’ we come to know that revolutionary freedom movements were started by Rajnarayan Basu and Jyotirindranath Tagore at Jorasanko (1860), Nabagopal Mitra in Sankar Ghosh Lane, Kolkata (1870) and by Tinkori Chattopadhyay in Hooghly.
  6. Rabindranath was almost 50 years old when he wrote ‘Jibansmriti’ and many omissions and forgetfulness can be noted. There seem to be discrepancies between what was written by him and actual historical fact.
  7. For example, he wrote that he used to be admonished by a certain servant named Shyam. But in reality, Shyam joined the Tagore household when Rabindranath was a grown-up person and not a child anymore.
  8. Hence, materials from ‘Jibansmriti’ should be very closely scrutinised before applying them to construct proper history.

WBBSE Class 10 History Sample Papers

Jibansmriti (1912) by Rabindra Nath Tagore Evaluation

  • Rabindranath himself said that ‘Jibansmriti’ was not a historical treatise of his life, but reminiscences of his life sketched from memory. Here he has given a description of the life and people seen by him at his Jorasanko and Sadar Street residences.
  • In Jibansmriti we also find an account of how the Tagore family had gone beyond religious reforms and got themselves deeply involved in nationalism. He observed that externally the Tagore family seemed to be oriented in English culture and lifestyle, but deep within, ran a predominantly. strong Indian feeling.

Jibaner Jharapata by Sarala Debi Chowdhurani: I have made a garland out of the dry leaves of life which have already been shed-this is my memoir, my life’s story’-These were the opening lines of ‘Jibaner Jharapata’. This book helps to know

  • Sarala Debi Chowdhurani (1872-1945) was the second daughter of Swarnakumari Debi and Janakinath Ghoshal. She was a graduate in English; having been awarded the ‘Padmavati gold medal.
  • She wrote books like ‘Nababarsher Swapna’ (Dreams in the New Year), ‘Jibaner Jharapata’ (The Fallen Leaves of life), ‘Shibratrir Puja’ (Worship on Shibratri) etc.
  • Jibaner Jharapata is a unique material in the study of Indian history.
  • This book was published in as a series in the weekly magazine ‘Desh’ from 24th Kartik, 1351 to 26th Jaishtha, 1352. It was first published as a book on International Women’s Year, in 1975.

Jibaner Jharapata by Sarala Debi Chowdhurani Contents:

  1. The autobiography ‘Jibaner Jharapata’ tells us not only about the story of the young Sarala’s growing up into a lady, but also gives us glimpses of our country during that time. Normally a woman’s autobiography contains mundane incidents about daily life. But Sarala Debi boldly defied the diktats of society and wrote about her activities outside the confinements of her home.
  2. Many of these events have made their place in history. ‘Jibaner Jharapata’ is of immense importance to understanding Bengali society today. In those days she helped in women’s organisations, encouraged boys to undertake physical training and form clubs, and even sang herself in functions and conferences.
  3. As the first political leader of modern India, Sarala Devi had involvement with ‘Suhrid Samiti’ (1905) and pioneered the ‘Bharat Stri Mahamandal’ (1911).
  4. She introduced ‘Birashtami Utsav’ (1902) and ‘Pratapaditya Utsav’ (1903) to encourage the youths with the ideals of Lathi and sword fighting.
  5. Sarala Devi got married barister of Punjab Pandit Rambhanja Dutta Choudhury in 1905.
  6. The music for the first two lines of the song ‘Vande Mataram’ by Bankim Chandra was composed by her maternal uncle Rabindranath: But Jadu Bhatta set the music on ‘Vande Mataram’ first.
  7. Sarala Debi composed music for the remaining lines, sung the song ‘Vande Mataram’ in Calcutta Congress Conference (1905), and proposed to name it the National Song India.

Jibaner Jharapata by Sarala Debi Chowdhurani Evaluation: ‘Jibaner Jharapata’ is indeed steeped in history. As a result

  1. If attracted the attention of top intellectuals and politicians of that time.
  2. To build a nation from the roots, she wielded the pen to write about problems facing the nation and also participated in the freedom struggle and proved that after all women are not that soft-minded.
  3. This autobiography is not about only loving a child, but a saga of a woman’s love for the girl child and other women.

Letters written by Jawaharlal Nehru to his Daughter Indira Gandhi: Background:

  1. In 1928 Jawaharlal Nehru wrote 30 letters to his ten-year-old daughter Indira’s early name (Priyadarshini). Through these letters, he taught his daughter about Natural History and different civilizations of the world.
  2. These letters, written in English, were sent from Ananda Bhavan, Allahabad to Mussoorie, Uttarakhand where Indira lived in a residential school hostel. Munshi Premchanda had translated these letters in Hindi and named it ‘Pita ke Patra Putri ke Naam’. The letters had important role to play in developing
    Indira into a great leader and fine human being.
  3. In 1929 the letters were published by “Law Journal Press of Allahabad’ in a form of book named ‘Letters from a Father to his Daughter’. These letters were again published as a book by the Children’s Book Trust in 1973.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 1 Ideas Of History Indira NAd Jawaharlal Nehru

Jibaner Jharapata by Sarala Debi Chowdhurani Importance:

  1. In the first letter he wrote that one must overcome sluggishness and narrowness in order to understand the world at large. If we remain confined within the country in which we are born, we will never be able to know about different countries of the world and their people.
  2. Nehru wrote in a letter the people in every country think that they are more intelligent and superior to all others. Everybody wants to think well of himself and his country. We must try to accept what is good and reject what is bad. If a country has something good to offer, it must be forthrightly accepted.
  3. Nehru adviced Indira through a letter, if we keep accepting what is good, the world will become a dreamland of peace and happiness. Religion and morality are of utmost importance in our lives.
  4. In one of the letters he told Indira about the importance of agriculture for the supply of food.
  5. The politics and farsightedness of politicians were discussed in yet another letter. He said that the king should never forget that it was the people who had selected him to sit on the throne.
  6. In some letters while projecting India as a democratic republic, he maintained that growth of trade and commerce was essential for globalisation.
  7. Through his letters Nehru told his daughter that he wore handloom clothes instead of foreign clothes. He also told his daughter about various kinds of social divisions. Through the letters Nehry said his daughter ‘Morality is essential for maintaining peace and justice’.
  8. He told his daughter, ‘Power is not your right, but it is a special privilege, which must be used selflessly in an intelligent manner.”

WBBSE Class 10 History Sample Papers

3. Periodicals and Newspapers:

Periodicals are published at regular intervals. Some periodicals are ‘Sabuj-patra’, ‘Prabasi’, ‘Kollol’ etc. They are called magazines when they publish articles of entertainment. The Newspaper are generally published regularly with sufficient supply of various types of news and reports.

The difference between periodical and newspaper are as

Newspapers are printed daily on cheap paper and are distributed without any binding, whereas periodicals are printed on comparatively more expensive papers, binding, and are published weekly, fortnightly, monthly, tri-monthly, or yearly.

Periodicals generally do not deal with fresh current news, but they give more importance to personal views. On the other hand Newspapers deals with current news and events.

Periodicals with pictures started being published from the end of the Nineteenth century. Little magazines are periodical that made their appearance towards the beginning of the Twentieth century (1912). But newspapers starting it publishing after the publication of periodicals and magazines.

The first Bengali periodical to be published were ‘Digdarshan’ (April 1818) as a monthly paper and ‘Samachar Darpan’ (1818) as a weekly magazine published in Bengali and the first weekly English paper was the ‘Bengal Gazettee’ of James Augustus Hicky. But first daily Bengali newspaper was the ‘Sambad Prabhakar’ edited by Iswar Chandra Gupta (1831) by John Clarke Marshman.

Some periodicals worth mentioning from the olden times are the German magazine ‘Erbauliche Monaths-Unterredungen (1663-1668), the French magazine Journal des Scavans’ (1665), and ‘Philosophical Transaction’ published by the Royal Society in England (1665).

  1. Bangadarshan (1872): In April, 1872 Bankim Chandra Chattopadhyay started publishing the magazine Bangadarshan as a periodical.
    • Originally, articles written by Bankim Chandra alone were published in this magazine.
    • But it covered many topics like the Farmers’ Rebellion in the post-Indigo Revolt period.
    • British oppression, mal-administration,
    • Portrait of contemporary society, ‘Babu’ culture of Kolkata etc. In other words, Bangadarshan was a true mirror of the society at that time. Bangadarshan was published by Bankim Chandra for four years. He was the first person to stress the importance of nationalism and patriotism in a monthly journal.
    • Bankim Chandra, the publisher of Bangadarshan, directly challenged the ‘Babu Culture’ or the decadent lifestyle of the young gentry of Kolkata. This trend was later followed by Jogendra Nath Bidyabhushan, publisher of ‘Arjadarshan’.
    • Bangadarshan had witnessed three eras-the era of Bankim Chandra Chattopadhyay (1872- 1876), the era of Sanjib Chandra Chattopadhyay (1876-1887) and the era of Rabindra Nath Tagore (1901). When Bhudeb Chattopadhyay was publishing Bangadarshan, he laid more emphasis on ancient culture and theosophical life, rather than contemporary events.
    • But Bankim Chandra was more intellectual in his approach. He laid more emphasis on the history and philosophy of Bengal. His Bengal was a land of valiant people, a holy place, which he worshipped through his song ‘Vande Mataram’ written in 1875.
    • In Bangadarshan, Bankim Chandra scorned the English and Farsi languages and gave more importance to Bengali language, and brought about a Renaissance in Bengal. Dr. Ramesh Chandra Majumder remarked that Bangadarshan is the first literary newspaper, in Bengal.
  2. Somprakash (1858):
    • Somprakash, the first political newspaper in Bengali, was published by Dwaraka Nath Bidyabhushan on 15th November 1858. It was a weekly journal where political news was published rather than creative literary work. From this magazine we come to know about the fate of British rule. Dwarakanath Bandopadhyay (1819-1886), the publisher of Somprakash, had the title ‘Bidyabhushan’. His two renowned students were Ramtanu Lahiri and Iswar
    • Chandra Gupta (publisher of Sambad Prabhakar). Dwarakanath, an academic, journalist and social activist, published Somprakash magazine from Champatala in Kolkata. These lines were printed at the end of the magazine- ‘This magazine is published every Monday by Sri Gobinda Chandra Bhattacharya from house number 1, Siddheswar Lane of Champatala, Amherst Street’.
    • It was called ‘Somprakash’ because it was published every Monday (Sombar): The Government banned the publication of the magazine because
    • It had protested against the ‘Vernacular Press Act’ of Lord Lytton passed in 1878.
    • This paper criticised government activities and oppressive measures on common people.
    • Apart from this oppression of the European Indigo planters on poor Indigo cultivators were also reported in the ‘Somprakash’ during Indigo Revolt.
    • For the publication anti British reports government asked for an apology to the editor. But he denied apology or fine. That is why the Somprakash was banned by Lytton. But after banned of Somprakash the same magazine came out again in a new form on 9th April, 1883 from Mirjapur Street. It was the responsibility of the newspaper to criticize the activities of the Government. Dwarakanath also published a monthly magazine called ‘Kalpadrum’ in 1878.
    • He had constructed the D. V. A. School in Harinavi, Sonarpur-Rajpur Municipality, and Rajpur Post Office. It was Vidyasagar who proposed the publication of the weekly magazine. He wanted to bring to the notice of the Government the need for providing employment to the educated deaf and dumb people.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 1 Ideas Of History Bankim Chandra Chattopadhyway

WBBSE Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 1 Ideas Of History Very Short Question And Answers

Question 1. What is the principal subject matter of Social History?
Answer: History of the common man is the principal subject matter of Social History.

Question 2. Who founded the ‘Annales School’?
Answer: Fernand Braudel.

Question 3. Where did the game of cricket start?
Answer: England.

Question 4. What is the source of Indian music?
Answer: Sam Veda.

Question 5. What is the name of the traditional dress worn by the men in Gujarat?
Answer: Angrakha.

Question 6. In which year did photography come to India?
Answer: In 1860.

WBBSE Class 10 History Sample Papers

Question 7. What is the name of the book written by Madhab Gadgil and Ramchandra Guha on environmental problems and pollution?
Answer: These Fissured Lands, an Ecological History of India’.

Question 8. What is the title of the autobiography of Bipin Chandra Pal?
Answer: Sattar Bathsar.

Question 9. What is the name of the book which is a compilation of letters written by Jawaharlal Nehru to Indira Gandhi?
Answer: Letters from a Father to his Daughter.

WBBSE Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 1 Ideas Of History True Or False

Question 1. New Social History is a study of kings and their empires.
Answer: False

Question 2. The song ‘Vande Mataram’ was composed by Rabidranath Tagore.
Answer: False

Question 3. The first Bengali periodical to be published was ‘Digdarshan”.
Answer: True

WBBSE Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 1 Ideas Of History Fill In The Blanks

Question 1. The autobiography of Sarala Debi Chowdhurani is called ______
Answer: Jibaner Jharapata

Question 2. The first women’s cricket club was established in England in _______
Answer: 1887

Question 3. After Michael Faraday discovered _______, the controlled flow of signals became very convenient. (Electro Magnetic Induction)
Answer: Electro Magnetic Induction

Question 4. The term eco-feminism was first used by the French feminist ______
Answer: Francois Doban

Question 5. Rabindranath in his book _______ has told many stories from his childhood.
Answer: Jibansmriti

WBBSE Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 1 Ideas Of History Short Question And Answers

Question 1. How are autobiographies and memoirs useful as source of historical information?
Answer:

Autobiographies and memoirs useful as source of historical information are as follows 

When a person writes unadulterated truth about himself, it is called an autobiography and memoirs are personal reminiscences. Hence, it is possible to get authentic information about the events and people of that time from these materials.

Some well-known autobiographies are Jibansmriti’ of Rabindranath Tagore, ‘Atmochorit’ of Debendra Nath Tagore, ‘Ramtanu Lahiri O Totkalin Bango Samaj by Sibnath Shastri, ‘A Nation in the Making’ by Surendra Nath Banerjee, ‘Discovery of India’ by Jawaharlal Nehru, ‘India Wins Freedom’ by Maulana Abul Kalam Azad, etc.

Question 2. What are the advantages of using the internet in the study and collection of historical information?
Answer:

The advantages of using the internet in the study and collection of historical information

In the present age of electronic media, we get much information about history from the internet. The advantages of using the Internet are

  • No books are needed;
  • Information can be collected as and when required and
  • Internet helps us by providing the correct information about many complex problems.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 5 Alternative Ideas And Initiative Characteristics And Discussions

Alternative Ideas And Initiative Characteristics And Discussions Introduction

  • The pre-modern era can be said to have started from the middle of the 19th century which on advent of the 20th century had attained a lot of diversity and can be said to have reached its logical conclusion.
  • The contemporary thoughts and initiatives had started evolving into more drastic thoughts and actions resulting in the culmination of the pre-modern era. Alternatives were thought over and practiced.
  • The main traits of this period were thoughts that led to alternatives that were more logical, analytical, and rational. The Bengali printing era started in 1767 and was quite diverse and extensive at the start of a pre-modern era in 1834.

Read and Learn More WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 5 Alternative Ideas And Initiative Characteristics And Discussions

Alternative Ideas And Initiative Characteristics And Discussions The Progress of Printing Press In Bengal

The Progress of Printing Press In Bengal Introduction:

  • In 1557 Portuguese Jesuits founded the first printing press in Goa. The printing press in Calcutta was set up after 1778. Within 1800 there were 17 printing presses in Calcutta of which only one was under government.
  • The Christian Missionaries were the real founder. of Bengali printing press. Printing press in Bombay was founded in 1764 and the Printing press in Madras was founded in 1772.
  • James Augustus Hicky established the first printing press in Calcutta spending Rs. 2000 in 1778. The first English weekly newspaper ‘Bengal Gazette’ of Hicky was published by this press in 1780. Nine months after.
  • Hickey’s gazetted ‘India Gazettee’ was published in November 1780 by Bernard Mesenic Charles Wilkins (Caston of Bengal) was founder of moveable bengali type or letters, who came to India in 1770 and as per instruction of Warren Hastings he prepared to publish the book ‘A Grammar of the Bengali Language’ of Nathaniel Brussi Halhead in 1778. At that time Wilkins took the help of Panchanan Karmakar of Hooghly to make Bengali blocks.
WBBSE Notes For Class 10 Geography And EnvironmentWBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment
WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 Life ScienceWBBSE Class 10 Life Science Multiple Choice Questions
WBBSE Solutions for Class 10 MathsWBBSE Class 10 Maths Multiple Choice Questions
WBBSE Notes For Class 10 Physical Science And Environment

 

  • From 1780 to 1800 three english newspapers were published like ‘Bengal Gazettee (1780) ‘The Calcutta Gazettee’ (1784) and ‘The Calcutta Chronicle’ (1786).
  • In 1800 Serampore Mission Press was established by William Carey with the help of J. C. Marshman and William Ward. For the progress of press in Serampore Carey, Ward, and Marshman are still remembered with honour and also known as “Seramporetrio”.
  • From ‘Serampore Press’ first monthly Bengali periodical ‘Digdarshan’ and the weekly Bengali paper ‘Samachar Darpan’ by Marshman were published in 1818. Ganga Kishore Bhattacharya was a compositor of the Serampore Press who resigned from his service and founded the ‘Bengal Gazette Press’ in 1818. From this press, he edited and published the “Bangala Gazettee” (1818).

WBBSE Class 10 History Chapter 5 Solutions

After 1820 bengali printing press rapidly spread and popularised: The first bengali daily newspaper ‘Sambad Prabhakar edited by Iswar Chandra Gupta was published in 1831.

  • If we analyze the history of Bengali Press then we will be able to see how it had evolved over a period of time from its establishment in the eighteenth century to the pre-modern period starting in the middle of the nineteenth century.
  • Most of the changes visible in the Bengali Press in the pre-modern age were due to the changes in printing technology. This also led to changes in the inscriptions of Bengali script resulting in more beautiful alphabets. Because of increasing demand, a new market for Bengali script blocks started spawning in the province.
  • The writers became more independent and they were choosing their own publishers and printers according to their requirements. The progress in printing technology led to the reduction in time and costs of printing.
  • Amateurism gave way to professionalism in the printing industry. Writers were also becoming more professional and commercially viable projects were being undertaken. The revolution. in the printing industry led to a proliferation of free thinkers who used this medium extensively to propound their thoughts.
  • With the advent of modern printing technology, periodicals and newspapers were published regularly. Because of this the common man started getting associated with the new printing industry. The main reason for the pre-modern period of press being heralded in 1835 was because Charles Metcalfe had declared the Freedom of the press in that year.
  • Some events of importance happened during the pre-modern period of 1835 to 1934, for instance Freedom of Press act of 1823 gave way to the Press Law of 1835 which removed the curbs on the private press.
  • This led to tremendous development of the press in India, both in terms of the quality of writings and also the advancement of technology in the country. In 1831, the first Bengali Newspaper Sambad Prabhakar was started by Iswar Chandra Gupta. This was first a weekly but from 1839 onwards was converted to a daily newspaper.
  • Establishment of printing press in India and Bengal. The printing press was introduced in India by the Portuguese. In Bengal also printing press was introduced by foreigners. John Andrews was the owner of the first printing press in Bengal. He was assisted in making letter blocks by Charles Wilkins and the only Bengali in his team was Panchanan Karmakar.
  • In modern Bengal, printing and publishing started getting modernized from 1935. Instead of wooden blocks, metal blocks were introduced, printing of colored photographs was made possible through the introduction of the linotype and monotype printing processes. In 1935, linotype was first used in Ananda Bazar Patrika where 122 words were printed in linotype.

1. The relation of the development of printing to the growth of education or dissemination of knowledge Introduction:

  • With the modernizing of the printing press, there was massive growth. in the spread of education since cheap books of education were easily available. After the start of the monthly Bangadarshan in 1872, the era of social newspapers started in Bengal.
  • From the very first edition of Bangadarshan being published by Bankim Chandra, his novel Bishbriksha was introduced serially through this monthly. This was followed by his other works Indira, Chandrasekhar, Rajani, and Krishnakanter Will being published serially in the monthly magazine. Bangadarshan is acknowledged às, the first social newsletter.
  • The famous Barnaparichay (Introduction to Alphabets) by Iswarchandra Vidyasagar was published in two volumes in the year 1855. From this work, it is clear that he wanted to introduce the system of 12 vowels and 40 consonants = 52 letters instead of the existing 16 vowels and 34 consonants 50 letters. A special Vidyasagar shart was formed to cater to the new alphabet system of Vidyasagar.
  • Even before Vidyasagar, from 1840 to 1870 a new Bengali publication trend by the name of Battala was already existing. This was known as the ‘Battala Literature’.
  • The most prominent publishers of this trend were Bisweshar Deb and Bhabanicharan Bandyopadhyay. Their publications were able to quench the thirst of new English-educated youth for more knowledge and literary works.
  • The most prominent examples of Battala Literature were Nabobabubilash, Kolkatar Rangalaya, and Karunnidhan Bilash. Kabikankan Mukundaram’s Chandimangal, Bharatchandra’s Annadamangal (1847), Bidyasundar etc.

A lot of information about the kind of society existing those days can be found from plays written in those days like Kaliprasanna Singha’s Babu (1853), Ramnarayan Tarkaratna’s Kulinkula Sarbashya (1854) and Benisanghar (1856), Dinabandhu Mitra’s Nil Darpan (1816), Girish Chandra Ghose’s Prafulla (1889), Jana (1893), Billamangal (1888) and Pandava Gaurav (1900), Dwijendralal Roy’s Mewer Patan (1908), Shah Jahan (1909), Chandra Gupta (1911), etc. Contemporary readers were highly inspired by the literature that had the country’s ancient and historical content.

WBBSE Class 10 History Chapter 5 Solutions

  • In 1876, a housewife of East Bengal Rashsundari Debi had clandestinely educated herself in her kitchen and went on to write her autobiography. This is supposed to be Bengal’s first complete autobiography.
  • The readers were having an easy access to knowledge because of the printed books. There was a sea change in the thought process of the Bengali readers due to this. Examples of the most thought-provoking works however were ‘Fulmoni O Karunar Bibaran’ by Mrs. Molence (1852) and Aalaler Gharer Dulal by Pyarichand Mitra (1858). About Calcutta it is was mentioned it was a city of mosquitoes in the night and flies in the morning.
  • For 22 years Bankim Chandra wrote nearly 14 novels, some of which were Kapalkundala (1866), Bishbriksha (1873), Anandamath (1882), and Debi Choudhurani (1884).
  • The other great author of the times was Rabindranath Tagore whose works included Bowthakuranir Haat (1883), Rajarshi (1887), Chokher Bali (1903), Nowkadubi (1906), Gora (1910), and Ghare Baire (1916). Apart from being interested in these novels people were also getting inspired to revolt against the oppressive British rule existing those days.
  • The relation of the development of printing to the growth of education or dissemination of knowledge Evaluation: Some other works in the same class were Taraknath Bandyopadhyay’s Swarnalata (1874) and Madhusudan Dutta’s Meghnadbadh (1861).
  • Shibnath Shastri’s Ramtanu Lahiri O Tatkalin Bangosamaj (1903) was a work from which we can get a clear picture of the existing Bengali society. Similarly, wordsmith Sarat Chandra Chattopadhyay’s Birajbow (1914) and Grihadaha (1926) are works that throw light on the society of the times.

2. Commercial Initiative Of The Press:

  • From 1780 to 1790 total 19 weekly and 6 monthly magazines were published from various printing presses of Calcutta. Gangakishore Bhattacharya was the first Bengali publisher and bookseller in Calcutta who published the book ‘Annadamangal of Bharatchandra.

In 1800, total number of printed books on Calcutta were 650:

Gradually various types of books were printed and sold. Barnaparichaya of Vidyasagar (1855) was published in 1869 to 1880-a total number of 50,000. In 1885-1886 there were 1094 printing presses in India of which 229 were in Bengal.

  • The commercial initiative of the Bengali Press in the latter half of 19th century was spearheaded by Iswar Chandra Vidyasagar. He had tried to bring about the commercial advantages of the Press in Bengal.
  • It must be said that he had a great influence on the Bengali publication. industry of those days. He along with his friend Madanmohan had established the Sanskrit Press in 1847 at Patoldanga 62, Amherst Street. He became the absolute owner of the press in 1856. From here many copies of his and others works were printed regularly.
  • For instance nearly 50,000 copies of his work Barnaparichay was sold in the year 1856. He also opened the Sanskrit Press Depository the first book shop in College Street. Those days he used to earn a princely sum of three to four thousand rupees every month by just selling his educational books. For this reason, he is considered the first commercial book vendor of modern Bengal.
  • However in transferred the exclusive rights of his bookstore to Brajanath Mukherjee in 1864. In 1885 in the autumn of his life, he opened another book store Kalikata Pustakalay on 24, Sukia Street.
  • His own and other copywriting books were published and sold from this place. For these reasons Vidyasagar is also called Vidyabanik or the commercial educationist.
  • In the second half of the 19th century Serampore Press was printing. books in 34 languages. Here the first Bengali book was printed by William Carey. He was assisted in this work by William Ward and J. C. Marshman. These persons were called “Serampore Trio”.
  • Besides this many low-priced books and photographs for the common man were published by the Battala Publishers (1840-70). The printers were mostly located in Chitpur, Shobha Bazaar, Kumartoli, Jorashankho, Mirzapur, Simla, and Sealdah.
  • Later on in 1912, the ‘Association of Bengali Book Publishers and Book Sellers’ was formed whose General Secretary was Sharat Kumar Lahiri and Chairman was Gurudas. Chattopadhyay. Following the footsteps of Vidyasagar, in the eighties of the 19th century, S. K. Lahiri (1883), Gurudas Chattopadhyay (1885), B. Dasgupta, S. K. Moinuddin (1886), etc. were the new age publishers who took the business initiative to develop the printing industry.
  • S. K. Lahiri & Co., Jogesh Chandra Bannerji’s Canning Library, Gurudas Library, Bengal Medical Library, Dasgupta And Co. (1886), Indian Publishing House (1908), M. C. Sarkar & Sons (1910) etc. were the major printing houses. At the beginning of the 20th century, Allahabad resident Chintamani Ghosh established the Indian Publishing House in Kailash Bose Street.
  • This House was mainly publishing books covering children’s literature, scientific dictionaries, children’s dictionary, etc. The joint efforts by the book publishers and booksellers helped to stabilize the book industry in the pre-modern period and took the industry into the modern period.

WBBSE Class 10 History Notes

3. Upendra Kishore Roy Choudhury And U Roy And Sons Introduction:

  • Upendra Kishore Roy Choudhury (12th March 1863-20th December 1915) was better known as Upendra Kishore Roy. He was a prominent Bengali writer, artist, violin player, and composer and was also an entrepreneur.
  • Though he was born in the Kishorganj district of Bangladesh, his professional life was spent in Calcutta. He was the son-in-law of the author of the book ‘Slave Trade in Assam’, Dwarkanath Ganguly, father of famous writer Sukumar Roy and the grandfather of the eminent Oscar-winning film director Satyajit Roy. He was one of the active members of the Brahmo Samaj. He had very close relations with the. Jorashanko Tagore family.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 5 Alternative Ideas And Initiative Characteristics And Discussions Upendra Kishore Roy Chowdhury

Upendra Kishore Roy Choudhury And U Roy And Sons Incredible Achievements:

The low-quality pointing and printing technology were highly developed under the initiative of Upendra Kishore Roy Choudhuri

  • He introduced the “halftone block” which was a suitable block-making technique for using photographs in the book. Though he used wooden blocks at the evil of time, they gradually modified into metal blocks.
  • He purchased modern equipment colour and chemicals.” from England in 1885, which brought a revolutionary change in the printing press.
    Upendra Kishore Roy.”
  • He was the first person to introduce color printing in Bengal after it was started in Western countries. He was the first to introduce the modern half-tone blocks in South Asia.
  • He had realized that the use of wooden blocks for printing his book Chotoder Ramayan was very outdated. So he went to England and learnt the craft of printing with modern blocks and in came to India and started a successful business of making modern printing blocks.
  • He had written about his knowledge and experience in making modern printing blocks and this was also published in England in “Penrose Annual and was awarded and admired.
  • Upendra Kishore with the help of photography printed pictures, inside the book and cover page, which was called “Process Work”.
  • To develop the printed picture quality in the composed matter, he used the art of process namely the ‘Sixty-degree screen’, ‘diagram method’, ‘screen adjuster machine’, ‘idiotype’, ‘reprint method’, and ‘tint process’ to print properly the color pictures. He was the first and last Indian for these incredible achievements.
  • He founded a studio for drawing pictures parallel with the growth of printing. He founded his own publication house at Sibnarayan Das Lane Kolkata in 1895 namely ‘U. Roy & Sons’ and the advertisement of this company was published first in 1896. He surprised the Western World by reforming ‘The European Engraving Printing Method’. It is very interesting to note that Upendra Kishore’s invention of the Screen Adjester Machine was commercially made in England with the new brand name ‘Roy Screen Adjester Machine’.
  • In 1913 he was the first Bengali in Asia to start coloured printing press named U: Roy and Sons, located in 100, Garpar Road near Maniktala North Calcutta, from where the first children’s magazine ‘Sandesh’ published in 1913 AD. He was also an expert in drawing building plans.
  • His son Sukumar Roy was sent to England in 1911 with the “Guruprasanna Scholarship” from Calcutta University for higher education on printing and as a result, he got his engineering degree in printing technology from the University of Manchester (UK). In 1904-05 he has been mentioned in the Penrose Annual Volume 10, a handbook of British Printing and Technology as ‘Mr. Roy is a successful person in the world of printing.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 5 Alternative Ideas And Initiative Characteristics And Discussions Sukumar Roy

WBBSE Class 10 History Notes

Upendra Kishore Roy Choudhury And U Roy And Sons Evaluation:

  • Upendra Kishore made a stellar contribution to children’s literature. He published books like ‘Goopi Gayen Bagha Bayen’ which was made into a movie by his grandson. Satyajit Roy. Besides this, his other works included ‘Tuntunir Boi’ and ‘Chheleder Ramayan’, ‘Sekaler Katha’ etc. He started the first colored children’s magazine ‘Sandesh’ (1913).
  • Though the publishing house U. Roy & Sons was a business house, many of the creations of Upendra Kishore and his son Sukumar Roy were published from this place.

Alternative Ideas And Initiative Characteristics And Discussions The Progress Of Bengals Science And Technology

  • The progress of science and technology in Bengal started in the latter half of the 19th century. The first college of technology, Bengal College of Civil Engineering was established in 1856. Initially, it started its operations from the Writers Building. Later on in 1857 it was re-christened as Bengal College of Engineering. This was accredited to the Calcutta University.
  • In 1865 this was attached to the Presidency College. In 1880 this was delinked from the Presidency College and shifted to the Bishop College premises in Shibpur. Some other elements which contributed to Bengal’s development in science were Acharya Prafulla Chandra Roy’s ‘Bengal Chemicals’ and Dr. Nil Ratan Sarkar’s ‘National Soap and Medicine’s Factory’.
  • Besides this Sir Roland Ross’s works on the Blood Circulatory System and the discovery of the Kalajar medicine by Upendranath Brahmachari are notable developments in the progress of Bengal’s science. Besides this Sir Jagadish Chandra Bose’s contribution in the development of the radio is noteworthy.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 5 Alternative Ideas And Initiative Characteristics And Discussions Acharya Prafulla Ch Roy

1. Indian Association For Cultivation Of Science Introduction:

On 29th July 1876. Mahendra Lal Sarkar established the Indian Association for Cultivation of Science (IACS). This was India’s first and oldest center for study in the areas of basic science.

This is why Dr. Mahendralal Sarkar is called “The Father of the Study of Modern Science: Professor C. V. Raman was attached to this institute from 1907 to 1933. He received his ‘Nobel Prize’ in 1930 because of his research in light waves called the “Raman Effect’ (1928) from this institute.

Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 5 Notes

Indian Association For Cultivation Of Science Objectives:

This institution was run by contributions from the citizens and was located at 210, Bowbazar Street but now it is situated at Jadavpur.

  • In the 19th century Bengal, this institution contributed immensely to the development of Bengal’s intellectual and cultural faculties. This institution was proud of its solely native and purely national character. The objectives of IACS were
    • To spread the scientific knowledge without government aid,
    • To spread and popularise the scientific movement,
    • To encourage young students the study and research the basic sciences,
    • To make the progress of country science education is needed,
    • Cultivation of science for the welfare of the country in the future. The main goal is research in basic sciences. Even today the IACS is continuing to work with this goal in mind and the object is to make the lives of mankind more comfortable.
  • In the first phase the lecturers at this institution were highly qualified people. They included the likes of Father Eugene Lafont, Jagadish Chandra Basu, Chunilal Bose, Premnath Bose, and Ashutosh Mukherjee.
  • Then in the IACS trusty board luminaries like Vidyasagar and Keshab Chandra Sen were present. In 1912 the first Indian President of IACS was Raja Pyarimohan Mukherjee. His successors included here Dr. Nil Ratan Sarkar, Gyan Chandra Ghosh, and Satyendranath Bose (an eminent physicist).
  • In 1907 with the leadership of Sir C. V. Raman, IACS started developing into a new trajectory. At that time Dr. Mahendralal Sarkar’s son Amritlal Sarkar was the institute’s secretary.
  • He provided leadership to all the research work. Dr. Raman published his papers on physics called the “Raman Effect” in 1928. He was awarded the Nobel Prize for this research. Following Raman’s footsteps many new areas of science were developed from the IACS. Prominent amongst them was K. S. Krishnan who worked on Modern Magnetism and Structural Physics. Similarly prominent scientist K. Banerjee worked on Crystallography.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 5 Alternative Ideas And Initiative Characteristics And Discussions Satyendranath Bose

Indian Association For Cultivation Of Science Evaluation:

Later on, the IACS became India’s premier center for research in material sciences. Today also many students come from various places of India to study and continue. research in the IACS. Some of the eminent scientists who carried out research in the latter years were D. S. Bhagwantam, L. Srinivastav, N. K. Seti, C. Prasad, and Meghnad Saha.

2. Calcutta Science College Introduction:

Sir Ashutosh Mukhopadhyay founded the “Calcutta Science College” or “University College of Science and Technology” on 27th March 1914. He also founded the ‘Calcutta Mathematical Society’.

  • Lawyer and educationist Sir Tarak Nath Palit and Sir Rashbehari Ghosh helped him to establish Calcutta Science College for the purpose of the study of Swadeshi science.

Calcutta Science College Objectives:

They contributed Rs. 37-5 lakhs and land for Calcutta Science College. For these reasons the two main campuses are “Rajabazar Science College” is now known as “Rashbehari Shiksha Prangan” and “Ballygunj Science College” is known as “Taraknath Shiksha Prangan”.

  • Those who came to teach the students of Calcutta Science College were Sir C. V. Raman (Physics), Dr. Sishir Kumar Mitra (Physics), Acharya Prafulla Chandra Roy (Chemistry), etc. Many students of the college (1915) who became scientists in their later life were Satyendra Nath Bose and Meghnad Saha (Physics), Gaganendra Nath Mukherjee, Gyan Chandra Ghosh and’ Priyada Ranjan Roy (Chemistry), Ganesh Prasad and Nikhil Ranjan Sen (Maths).
  • Calcutta was soon made a centre for research in Radio Physics by Shishir Kumar Mitra (28 August 1890-13 August 1963). In spite of the tremendous research being done in the West in the field of Radio Physics, Shishir Kumar Mitra along with his colleagues made a great invention in this area in 1930. Dr. Mitra and his fellow researcher. Dr. P. Shyam took the research of Radio Physics to new height.
  • Dr. Mitra started a separate course in Radio Physics at Calcutta University. This was the first established course in the study of Radio Physics in India. Dr. Mitra followed this up with the opening of the new Department of Radio Physics and Technology at Calcutta University.

Calcutta Science College Evaluation:

‘A lot of research was done about the various layers of the lone sphere. He established the Lonespheric Field Station in Haringhata about 45 kilometers from Calcutta in 1950. He was also India’s first pathfinder for Radio Broadcasting.

  • He was the founding member of the National Institute of Sciences in Calcutta. He was also the President of the Asiatic Society from 1951 to 1952. Because of his achievements, he was awarded the ‘George V Silver Jubilee Medal’ in 1935.
  • He was also the recipient of other awards like the ‘Joy Kishen Mukherjee Gold Medal’ in 1943 from the Indian Association for the Cultivation of Science and again in 1956 received the ‘Calcutta Science Congress Medal’ from the Asiatic Society.
  • In 1958 he was declared a fellow of the Royal Society in London’. In 1962 he was awarded the ‘Padma Bhushan’.

Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 5 Notes

Meghnad Saha (6.10.1893-16.2.1956):

Meghnad Saha was a space scientist and in 1916 he joined the Applied Mathematics department of the University College of Sciences.

  • After getting many accolades both nationally and in the international arena, he established the Institute of Nuclear Physics in Calcutta, which later on was renamed Saha Institute of Nuclear Physics.
  • After establishing the National Institute of Sciences advised the then Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru on the development of industry and national planning. Because of his efforts the Indian Institute for the Cultivation of Science and Glass and Ceramic Research Institute were established.
  • Meghnad Saha was born into a very poor family but rose to great heights because of his efforts and brilliance. He died in a road accident while on his way to attend the Planning Commission meeting at the Rashtrapati Bhawan in New Delhi.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 5 Alternative Ideas And Initiative Characteristics And Discussions Meghnad Saha

Prasanta Chandra Mahalanabis (21.6.1893-28.6.1972):

Prasanta Chandra Mahalanabis was the nephew of Dr. Nil Ratan Sarkar and after finishing his studies in Mathematics and Statistics from Cambridge had joined the Indian Education Service.

  • He established the Indian Institute of Statistical Sciences at Baranagar in 1931. Acharya Prafulla Chandra Ray (1861-1944) established the ‘Bengal Chemical and Pharmaceutical Works Limited. He was the first to initiate a discussion on science and technology in Bengali.
  • The ISI was earlier known as the Statistical Laboratory. This was started as a department in the Presidency College of Calcutta. Mahalanabis had modeled the institute along the lines of the Institute of Statistics in the US. In 1951 the institute was renamed as the Institute of Statistical Sciences by the Indian Parliament.

3. Bose Institute of Sciences 1917 Foundation:

On 30th November 1917, Acharya Jagadish Chandra Bose established the ‘Bose Institute of Sciences’. He resigned from the physics department of the Presidency College on 30th November 1915.

Bose Institute of Sciences 1917 Objectives: The objectives of the foundation of this institute were

  • To study both life and non-life sciences. From his early life, he was associated with many weird researchers.
  • He was fascinated by electromagnetism and did a lot of research and experiments on the subject.
  • According to physicist J. J. Thomson, Basu had heralded the scientific culture in India. Influenced by his research Dr. D. M. Bose and Dr. Bibha Choudhury did research on sound motion tracks.
  • Bose also contributed to the research on paramagnetic compounds.
  • The Bose Institute of Sciences focused on six areas of research-Material Sciences, Chemistry, Botany, Micro-Biology, Bio-Chemistry, and Bio-Physics. Apart from these Physics, Physiology, Environment Science, etc. are also studied and researched.
  • A very important contribution by the Bose institute of Sciences was the invention of the vaccination for cholera. Prof S. N. Dey was the main architect of this project. The study of modern biology was started at the Bose Institute.
  • Prof B. B. Biswas and his team of scientists were able to invent the Phosphate Cycle in plants.
  • About 600 staff and students continue to study and research in three of the campuses of the Bose Institute of Sciences. The main campus of this interdisciplinary research institute is situated at the former residence of Jagadish Chandra Bose nearby Raja Bazar. Science College, Kolkata. Prof S. N. Dey invented vaccination of cholera from Bose Institute of Science. Jagadish Ch. Bose invented the ‘Crescograph machine’ to prove the life of tree.
  • In 1920 he was elected as a member of ‘The Royal Society of London’ and his research was recognized. Located on the main campus is the J. C. Bose Museum. Many of his handwritten documents, his instruments and machines that he designed, and also many of his personal items have been preserved here.
  • The ‘National Information System for Science & Technology’ (NISSAT) has mentioned about the unparalleled contribution and influence the Bose institute of Sciences has made on the research in the field of biology and microbiology in India.

Bose Institute of Sciences 1917 Evaluation:

This multifaceted institution is one of the fountain heads of research in India. In the 9th Planning Commission, the institute was granted funds to the tune of thirty crore rupees to ensure continuation of research in key areas.

  • Here national and international researchers of all areas of science are recognized and awarded prizes for excellent work in their respective fields. Many of the accomplished scientists from this institution have received awards like the “S. S. Bhatnagar “and the “Homi Jehangir Bhava Fellowships”. The young scientists receive the young scientists DST, DBT, and INSA awards.

4. National Council of Education 1906 Background:

By passing the ‘Indian University Act. of 1904’ Lord Curzon encroached upon the autonomy of Calcutta University. It dissatisfied the educated people of Bengal.

  • The Land Holders Society of Calcutta had a meeting on 16th November 1905 in Park Street. Some of the noteworthy personalities among the 1500 people present were Brajendranath Ray Choudhury, Aurobindo Ghosh, Raja Subodh Chandra Mullick, and Rajendra Kishore Roy Choudhuri.
  • Then at the behest of the Chairman of the Meeting Barrister Satyendra Nath Thakur, it was decided to form the National Council of Education. The NCE was established on 15th August 1906.

Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 5 Notes

National Council of Education 1906 Purposes:

The contemporary nationalists of Bengal thought about establishing the National Council of Education (NCE) for some purposes like

  • To set up an education system controlled by Indians in place of British dominance,
  • To create national consciousness;
  • To challenge British control over the country’s education system,
  • To keep peoples’ education in the hands of concerned people,
  • To offer education to the masses of Bengal on “National line and national control” under NCE,
  • To draw up a curriculum for three-year primary, seven-year secondary, and four-year collegiate courses,
  • To arrange for literary, scientific, and technical education under the control of NCE. The role of the National Council of Education (NCE) in development of the technical education in Bengal is noteworthy. Following this S. C. Mullick agreed to donate one lakh rupees for the creation of the National University.
  • The creation of this University was a challenge to the education system of the British government. Rashbehari Ghosh was appointed the first President of the NCE. The NCE was set up in defiance of the existing University Law instituted by Curzon (1904).

National Council of Education 1906 Evaluation:

  • The Bengal National College and The Bengal Technical Institute was set up during this period. The National School was also set up during this time.
  • This constituted of 25 high schools and 300 primary schools. But the National Council of Education’s activities were limited to Calcutta. The districts and villages were not covered by the NCE. From the records of 1908 it is quite evident that out of a total budget of 1,25,000 rupees only 12,000 rupees was allocated for the development of schools in the districts.

5. Bengal Technical Institute:

  • The Bengal Technical Institute (BTI) was set up by a Bengali engineer Taraknath Palit on 25th July 1906. The main objective was to provide technical manpower to the Swadeshi (native) engineering projects. This institute was set up almost at the same time as the NCE. Today this institute is known as the Jadavpur Engineering College.
  • During the foundation of BTI Dr. Palit also founded SPTE. In 1910 the Society for the Promotion of Technical Education (SPTE) was entrusted with the work of controlling the Bengal Technical Institute. Bengal National College was merged with the Bengal Technical Institute in the year 1910. The first Principal of the Bengal National College was Arabindo Ghosh.
  • In 1924 Bengal Technical Institute was shifted to Jadavpur. The study of ‘Chemical Engineering’ started first in 1921 in the Bengal Technical Institute (BTI). Later on this institute was re-christened 1928 as the “College of Engineering and Technology”. The institute was deeply connected to the National Council of Education. The students of this institute published a paper named ‘Tech”.
  • The NCE from 1940 got the status of a University. On 24th December 1955 the Government of India through an act of the Parliament converted this council to the Jadavpur University. But it is to be noted that the first Mayor of Calcutta Deshbandhu Chittaranjan Das had provided leased land to the engineering college.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 5 Alternative Ideas And Initiative Characteristics And Discussions Deshbandhu Chittaranjan Das

Alternative Ideas And Initiative Characteristics And Discussions Criticism of the Colonial System Of Education

The existing or established education system during British rule in India was colonial. In this system,

  1. Strict discipline was enforced by the teacher,
  2. There was always a fear of failing the exams and
  3. The students were usually confined to their classes. Therefore, Rabindranath was not at all in favor of this system of education. He was a rabid opponent of the existing system of education in the country, though he was influenced by Western education and studied at London University.

Class 10 History And Environment Study Material

As a critique, Rabindranath criticized the colonial ideas of education for many reasons

  • He was not ready to accept the methods adopted by his teachers during his school days. He had himself admitted that he was more of a school dropout.
  • The fact was the children never enjoyed the strict discipline employed by their teachers. For Rabindranath, a school was necessarily a tool or a factory for providing education to children. The teacher was just a part of this factory.
  • The factory was necessarily opened by ringing the bell at 10:30 in the morning and again closed by ringing the bell again at 4 in the evening.
  • Opposing this colonial mode of education, according to Rabindranath, education should be such that it enables and promotes the students to think and evaluate. Only then education will lead to the all-round development of the thought process of the mind and a child will not simply grow but evolve into a complete man with an ideal character.
  • This type of education has to be imparted to students from their childhood. The European kind of education was not able to provide this freedom for the development of the mind.
  • In his work Rabindra Rachanabali 14th volume he has dwelt on the problem of education existing in the country. He had commented, “We have studied in English schools, where only the English ideals are visible.
  • This education ignores our country’s history and culture. Commenting on the colonial system of education he has stated that this was more like a chain that was forcibly ensuring that we remain in bondage. There is no development of the mind in this system of education.
  • He thought that the Gurukul system of education existing in ancient India was far more effective for the development of the Indian mind. According to him contrary to the colonial education system the Gurukul system allowed the mind to evolve and develop on its own.

According to him the joy of education and going to school was missing in the colonial form of education. First, the child should learn through traditional methods in his mother tongue and after his mental faculties are developed he should enter into the world of education.

  • Colonial education was imparted through the medium of English language which was alien to the Primary and Secondary level of Indian children.
  • Moreover, the course and the thoughts were also foreign. This was more like that education had to be swallowed by the child. The alien language was creating a deep chasm between education and the real life.
  • To maintain a balance between education and life the mother language had to be an integral part of the education system.
  • In colonial education, there is no glory of Indian cultural legacy of past or feeling national heritage of the country. Besides English medium and english words are very obscure and lifeless to the learners.
  • So they lose their link with the core of life and their living world and therefore quality of life and teaching is impossible through colonial ideas of education. According to Rabindranath, the fundamental purpose of education is not “to enrich ourselves through the fullness of knowledge”, the bond of love is equally important. He also thought that humanist creative education within natural environment must promote inner harmony between nature, man, and god.
  • Rabindranath felt that in the name of education, there was oppression on the students. He advocated that the students should themselves be able to evolve on their own, decide and analyze their own performance and in case of failures should be able to stand up to the punishments on their own.
  • From these thoughts, Rabindranath was able to create his education system in form of the creation of the institute of Shantiniketan.

1. Rabindranath And The Ideals Of Shantiniketan:

  • The ideals of Rabindranath’s education system had two sides-theory and practical. The. theoretical side of his views on education has been described by him in numerous writings, speeches, and discussions. These views he had put into practice by the creation of Shantiniketan, Sriniketan, and Visvabharati. And this he did in the harsh lands (khowai) of Shantiniketan.
  • For this, he had not asked for any moral or economic support from his countrymen. Maharshi Debendranath Tagore had set up a small ashram named Shantiniketan on nearly twenty bighas of land in Bolepur.
  • The Maharshi had been able to rest his tired’ body, replenish his soul from the natural surroundings, and had a very mind-fulfilling stay at the ashram. That’s why he had named it Shantiniketan. His son Rabindranath had first visited this place at the age of twelve.
  • Later on this became the place where Rabindranath was able to set up the educational institute of his dreams and gave birth to today’s Visvaniketan.
    The first school of Shantiniketan was set up in 22nd December 1901. This school was known as Path Bhavan. Brahmabandhav Upadhyay one Christian gentleman had helped Rabindranath greatly in this project.
  • The country had awarded him the title Raj Chakraborty for his efforts. However, it must be said that the original idea for setting up school here was that of Bolendranath Thakur, the elder brother of the poet. However, on his sudden demise, Rabindranath took it upon himself to fructify the dreams of his brother.
  • Rabindranath started the school with just five students. He had laid down strict rules of conduct for them. The morning was to start with prayers after the ablutions. Then this was to.. be followed by recitation of the Vedic mantras and paying respects to the teachers. They were then made to go barefoot in saffron attires without any umbrella and sit for lessons under a tree. The food served to them was purely vegetarian. Other than cooking, almost all the work including drawing water from the well was to be done by them.
  • The last forty years of Rabindranath Tagore were centered in Shantiniketan. The great poet had shifted permanently to Shantiniketan in September 1901. At that time he was the editor of Bangadarshan. The very next year on 23 November 1902 his wife Mrinalini Debi died in the ashram. However, all obstacles and tragedies could not keep the bard from realizing his dreams.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 5 Alternative Ideas And Initiative Characteristics And Discussions Shantiniketan

Class 10 History And Environment Study Material

2. Initiative For the Creation Of Visvabharati:

  • Gurudev Rabindranath at the age of 57 took the initiative for the creation of Visvabharati. He shared his ideas first to some Gujrati businessmen. Then he used the word Visvabharati for the first time in magazine Shantiniketan.
  • Finally in 1918, on 23rd December he established Visvabharati. The actual work for the institution started in 18th July 1919. He was helped in his efforts by Charles Frear Andrews. Also, he was influenced by Madras based National University which was set up by Annie Besant.
  • After touring Europe and America in 1921, Rabindranath Tagore formed the Visvabharati Council and the Association for Creation of Visvabharati. Then in December of the same year with Pandit Brajendranath Sil as the Chancellor and 10 students the Visvabharati University was formed.
  • The first Principal of the college was Bidhusekhar Bhattacharya, Without him the idea of Visvabharati would not have fructified. He took Rabindranath’s idea of the Visvabharati’ forward by resorting to the following ideals.
    • The entire world’s combined knowledge to be studied here.
    • Visvabharati will be the home for the students from all over the world.
    • It will be a residence for the entire world’s knowledgeable personalities who will congregate here to discuss and evaluate their knowledge.
    • The ideals of Rabindranath and the entire world will merge at Visvabharati.
  • With the encouragement of Rabindranath Tagore many foreign teachers had gained admittance in the university. Some of them were Marc Clarke from Germany, M. Bonoya and Silvat Levi from France, Others were Lesin from Prague, Winternitz and Tucci Fermici from Italy, Casanova from Russia, the Bakes couple from England, Casahara and Tan Yun Sun from Japan, and Dr. Harry Timber and Mrs. Timber from the USA.
  • The idea of Shantiniketan was to merge the thoughts and philosophies of all countries of the world with that of India’s. The University came up in the Bolepur district of Bengal and it was established a month after the end of the First World War. The war had a great influence on the poet and he wanted to create an institution that valued world peace.
  • Brajendranath Sil tried to describe the endeavour of creating the University, in his words as ‘the whole world. should come to India (Shantiniketan), the people who come here will be educated in Indian ethos and culture, will adopt Indian thoughts and ways of life, and this will inspire the locals (Indians) to understand their own values and culture.
  • Simply searching an identity for oneself in the world is not enough, the objectives of Visvabharati are far wider. It is essential to not only realize oneself, but it is also to feel oneself. through others also.
  • Man will achieve salvation here through interaction with other men. These ideals were the basis of the formation of Visvabharati. Born out of Colonialism, Shantiniketan is a historic name in the annals of history.
  • Ten years after Rabindranath’s death, Visvabharati was given the status of a Central University and its first Chancellor was Jawaharlal Nehru and the first Vice-Chancellor was Rathindranath Tagore, the poet’s son.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 5 Alternative Ideas And Initiative Characteristics And Discussions Visvabharati

Srinikatan:

  • The poet has said that the education in every country gives way to the ways of life in.that country. In India he said that the current education ensures that a person will become a clerk or a daroga (head constable). Modern education is very difficult to introduce in a country full of tillers and potters.
  • In no other educated country this is possible. From this concept of vocational education Rabindranath Tagore founded the second campus of Shantiniketan in Surul village of Birbhum named Sriniketan in 1922-23 AD. Its first director was Sir Leonard Elmheirst. Its main objectives and activities are
    • Agriculture training,
    • Training in the dairy firm,
    • Poultry firm,
    • Pisciculture,
    • Set up of charitable dispensary-“Palli Mangal”,
    • Weaving textile,
    • Rural reconstruction,
    • Training in art and craft, etc.
  • An ideal school according to Rabindranath should be a place where economics, agricultural science, and health. sciences and all other practical sciences should be taught which will help in making the lives of his countrymen more easy.
  • This school should be a place that studies subjects that the average Indian usually deals in like-cow rearing, cloth weaving, existing economic systems, and even the lives of the Adivasis in the country.

3. The Fusion Of Man Nature And Education:

  • Rabindranath was not only a poet, novelist, dramatist, artist or a literary figure, he was also an educationist. He believed that a child not only grows in the arms of nature.
  • According to him for the child, nature is the ideal teacher. This is possible only in a Gurukul-like atmosphere. Only then man, nature, and education can be fused together. Rabindranath was aware of the difficulties that such an education system will face in future.
  • He said, ‘Even the most ignorant person cannot deny the necessity of open air, skies, and green vegetation for the proper development of a child. When the child’s heart is new and untouched when his mind is full of curiosity, all his senses are sharp, then one should allow him to play under the sun and the clouds, we should not lock them up in the classrooms.
  • Simple way of life and love for nature had influenced Rabindranath to a great extent which he put into practice in envisaging Shantiniketan’s environment.
  • In his childhood days while studying in ‘Norman School’ he had missed the open skies and fresh air, as the marble floors, and brick walls of the school had stared down at him. He realized that a child’s mind always longed for outdoor activities and that nature have an important role in developing the mind and the body of a child.
  • The poet’s mind resided in the open environment of Shantiniketan. The greens of nature were the best teacher for the children. Probably the poet himself took the first class of the children under a blueberry tree.
  • The education philosophy of Rabindranath Tagore was related to his philosophy of life. It is difficult to make understand his education philosophy through a definition. As an idealist he realized that education is needed only for the man of soil of this earth; not for any spiritual world.
  • The thought of education philosophy of Rabindranath had been explained in his 23 essays on education written during 44 years. Some of these articles are very important and relevant in this connection.
  • Theoritical and practical aspects of education in reference of Brahma Charia Ashram Vidyalaya, Visvabharati, and Sriniketan of Santiniketan have been discussed in the articles named ‘Siksher Herpher’ (1893) and ‘Chatra Sambhasan’ (1937) without experiment and practical proper education is not possible.
  • Rabindranath wanted the ‘gurukul system’ of Vedic Ashramik education in modern life. It help to grow up the cognitive development of the children. Vernacular language rather than English language is the best way of teaching. In the colonial education system medium of English for primary and secondary level students in very difficult than Bengali.

WBBSE History And Environment Notes Chapter 5

Rabindranath thought that it will never promote national sentiment amongst learners. So English may be a language of working it could hardly evoke any joy of impression in the heart of Bengali knowing learner.”

  • In the education philosophy of Tagore, he planned for an education system to be a perfect and complete man. The fundamental purpose of education is not to enrich ourselves through the fulfillment of knowledge, but to establish bond of love, humanity, and hearty relationship with others.
  • His idea of education was related to the growth of knowledge as well as physical, mental, and spiritual growth and development. For an inner harmony between man, nature, and god these are necessary.
  • A village welfare program was included to his education philosophy. He founded the “Welfare fund” for village welfare, village reconstruction, and the foundation of a school- Madrassa-Mosjid-Temple, etc. In Shilaidaha he founded ‘Maharshi charitable Hospital’ and sent his son Rathindranath and his son-in-law Nagendranath Ganguly to America for higher study in agriculture.
  • He preferred creative learning for learners in the lap of nature. He believed that by staying in harmony with nature, learners must be able to create their natural creativity. Nature and lonely place is the best ideal education.
  • It encouraged him to establish ‘Panchabati’ in 1925. In the article ‘Aranyadevata’ he advocated aforestation and heated the policy of deforestation. In his another article ‘Siksha Samasya’ he suggested a peaceful, lonely, and greeny place for the foundation of school with natural and beautiful scenery.
  • Rabindranath was in favor full freedom for child education. Teachers must be “friend, philosophers, and guides” to the students. The must understand the child and help to improve curiosity in the mind of the learners. The aims of his philosophy of education were
    • To leave laxyry and gain brahmacharya,
    • To learn Indian culture to students,
    • To develop universal mental outlook,
    • To arrange for all round development of the learners.
    • To him the aim of education is “Sunthesize knowledge and feeling”. The article ‘Sikshar Milan’ (1921) he wrote that Indians must obtained the western knowledge and Western philosophy to synthesize east and west. In the essay ‘Siksha’ he wrote “Our true education is possible only in the forest, through intimate contace with nature and purifying austere pursuits.”

WBBSE History And Environment Chapter 5 Alternative Ideas And Initiative Characteristics And Discussions Very Short Answers

Question 1. What was the first Bengali newspaper?
Answer: Sambad Prabhakar.

Question 2. When was linotype used for the first time?
Answer: Linotype was first used in Ananda Bazar Patrika in 1935.

Question 3. Who was the author of ‘Alaler Ghorer Dulal’?
Answer: Pyarichand Mitra.

Question 4. Which press was set up by Vidyasagar and his friend Madanmohan?
Answer: Vidyasagar along, with his friend Madanmohan set up the Sanskrit Press in 1847 at Patoldanga, 62 Amherst Street.

Question 5. Who was the pioneer of coloured printing press in Asia?
Answer: Upendra Kishore Roy Choudhury.

Question 6. What was the first college of technology in Bengal?
Answer: Bengal College of Civil Engineering established in 1856.

Question 7. Which institution was established by Mahendralal Sarkar in 1876?
Answer: Indian Association for the Cultivation of Science.

Question 8. Who were the founders of Rajabazar Science College?
Answer: Taraknath Palit and Sir Rashbehari Ghosh.

Question 9. What was the objective of the Bengal Technical Institute?
Answer: The main objective of Bengal Technical Institute was to provide technical manpower to the Swadeshi engineering projects.

WBBSE History And Environment Notes Chapter 5

WBBSE History And Environment Chapter 5 Alternative Ideas And Initiative Characteristics And Discussions True Or False

Question 1. ‘Bengal Chemical’ was set up by Jagadish Chandra Bose.
Answer: False

Question 2. Prof. C. V. Raman was associated with Calcutta Science College.
Answer: False

Question 3. Rabindranath Tagore was apposed to the colonial system of education.
Answer: True

WBBSE History And Environment Chapter 5 Alternative Ideas And Initiative Characteristics And Discussions Fill In The Blanks

Question 1. _______ declared freedom of press in the year 1835.
Answer: Charles Metcalfe

Question 2. ________ was the first English newspaper in Bengal.
Answer: Bengal Gazette

Question 3. The readers could have easy access to knowledge because of ______
Answer: Printing press

Question 4. The university set up by Rabindranath Tagore was called _______
Answer: Visvabharati

Question 5. ________ established the Indian Institute of Statistical Sciences at Baranagar.
Answer: Prasanta Kumar Mahalanabis

WBBSE History And Environment Chapter 5 Alternative Ideas And Initiative Characteristics And Discussions Short And And Answers

Question 1. What was the contribution of Upendra Kishore Roy Chowdhury in the field of printing press?
Answer:

The contribution of Upendra Kishore Roy Chowdhury in the field of printing press

He was the first person to introduce modern halftone blocks in South Asia, which he learned from England. He was also the first person to start a colored printing press located at Garpar Road and named it U. Roy and Sons.

Question 2. What was the contribution of Meghnad Saha in the field of science?
Answer:

The contribution of Meghnad Saha in the field of science

Dr. Meghnad Saha was a space scientist and joined the Applied Mathematics Department of the University College of Science. He established the Institute of Nuclear Physics in Calcutta, which, later came to be known as the Saha Institute of Nuclear Physics.

Question 3. What were the ideals on which Visvabharati was established?
Answer:

The ideals of Visvabharati were:

The entire world’s combined knowledge to be studied there; it would be the home for students all over the world; it would be a congregation of academics from all over the world and the entire world would merge at Visvabharati.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 4 Early Stages Of Collective Action

Early Stages Of Collective Action Introduction

  • “United we stand”-thus goes the proverbial saying. This power develops through collective action. Numerous institutions and organizations have been formed for the development of united and collective power.
  • Initially, it was the rich and socially higher classes of people, influenced by Western education, who took the initiative for some united movement. Later on, the movement became universal among people irrespective of their race, caste, or creed This initiative was mostly against the British power, against superstitions and to promote nationalism.

Read and Learn More WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 4 Early Stages Of Collective Action

The Characteristics Of The Revolt Of 1857 And Its Nature

The first argument about the characteristics and nature of the Sepoy Mutiny of 1857 started in 1858. J. B. Norton, in his book ‘Topics for Indian Statesmen’, says that it was not just a revolt by the. soldiers, but gradually took the form of a mass uprising.

The Characteristics Of The Revolt Of 1857 And Its Nature Introduction:

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 Geography And EnvironmentWBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment
WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 Life ScienceWBBSE Class 10 Life Science Multiple Choice Questions
WBBSE Solutions for Class 10 MathsWBBSE Class 10 Maths Multiple Choice Questions
WBBSE Notes For Class 10 Physical Science And Environment

 

  • The historians greatly differ about the characteristics of the revolt. Some say that it is a fight between the ‘black and white’, while others call it people’s response to Feudalism and its ‘dying pangs’.
  • Some call it the Sepoy Mutiny, while some call it the National Uprising. Again, others prefer to call this India’s first National Movement. The British Indian Association, Mohammedan Association, and Sir Syed Ahmed of Calcutta preferred to publicize the movement as Sepoy Mutiny.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 4 Early Stages Of Collective Action Sepoys Of Bahadur Shah 2 In Delhi

National Revolt: The nationalist historian, Rajanikanta Gupta in his book, Sipahi Juddher Itihash (The History of the Sepoy. War), has said, almost one lakh soldiers, inspired by the spirit of nationalism, wanted an end to British rule.

  • Dr. Sashibhushan Chowdhury in his book, Civil Rebellion in Indian Mutiny, has not only called the Sepoy Mutiny a national war, but also described it as an unconscious machine of nationalism”.
  • Promod Sen Gupta in his book ‘Bharatiya Mahabidroho’ (The Great Indian Mutiny) says mass uprisings in places like Lucknow, Ayodhya, and Bihar gave birth to strong nationalist feelings among people. The debate does not stop here.
  • In July 1857, the Tory leader Disreily named this great revolt a National Revolt. English thinkers like Alexander Duff and Outram have also called this a national revolt V.A. Smith too agreed and called it a national revolt.
  • Karl Marx accepted the national character of the movement. Though it started as a revolt among the soldiers, it developed a national character over time. The reason was, the revolting soldiers wanted to end. the foreign rule and proclaimed Bahadur Shah the Second as the emperor of India.

WBBSE Class 10 History Notes

Sepoy Mutiny: Among the people who named this revolt as Sepoy Mutiny, the names that are worth mentioning are Charles Reikes, Earl Roberts, John Silly, John Laurence, John Kae, etc.

  • People like Al Stanley, Charles Bol, H. T. R. Holmes, G. W. Forrest, and Maleson also called the uprising of 1857 Sepoy Mutiny. Contemporary Indians who called this great revolt of 1857 as Sepoy Mutiny are Ishwar Chandra Gupta, Sambhu Chandra Mukherjee, Harish Chandra Mukherjee, Akshay Kumar Dutta, Durgadas Banerjee, Syed Ahmed Khan, Rajnarayan Basu and Dadabhai Nauraji among others.
  • These people felt that since it was the soldiers who were active in this revolt from the beginning till the end, it should be apt to call it a Sepoy Mutiny. Hence the question of development of national feeling does not arise.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 4 Early Stages Of Collective Action The Spread Of Mutiny Of 1857

War of Independence: The revolutionary and nationalist leader Vinayak Damodar Savarkar, in his book ‘Indian War of Independence’ said that the revolt of 1857 was the ‘first war of Independence of India’.

  • Historian Ashoke Mehta also supported this view. But, Ramesh Chandra Majumdar in his book ‘The Sepoy Mutiny and the Revolt of 1857’ was critical of this opinion and said, “The revolt of 1857 can be called neither national nor war of Independence.” Dr. Majumdar opined that people at that time had not yet understood the full meaning of nationalism.
  • Hence, this was nothing but a revolt by the soldiers. However, historian Surendranath Sen in his book ‘Eighteen Fifty-Seven’ commented that the revolt of 1857 can be called a National movement.
  • He was against Dr. Majumdar’s view and maintained that although it started as a revolt of the soldiers, it grew with the support of the masses. A mere rumor helped to bring the Hindu and Muslim communities together.
  • Many Hindu soldiers were forbidden to wear a tilak (sacred mark on the forehead) or sport a turban. Prisoners in jail were often offered freedom if they accepted to be converted to Christianity. At the recommendations of the Inam Commission of Lord Dalhousie, large properties of both Hindus and Muslims were confiscated.
  • This action angered both the Hindus and the Muslims alike. On 17th November 1857, Commissioner Harvey of Agra informed that the resentment among the Hindus and the Muslims gave rise to the revolt of the soldiers.
  • Traveling thinks that Indians across all social strata wanted an improvement in the political condition and desperately wanted the re-establishment of a national government. From that perspective, it can be considered to be the first war of independence.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 4 Early Stages Of Collective Action Revolt Of Meerut

Feudal Revolt: Marxist historian Rajanipalme Dutta has called this revolt a military uprise against the Feudal and conservative powers. Jawaharlal Nehru in his book ‘Discovery of India’ has called this revolt reactionary.

  • However, did not want to call it a ‘feudal revolt. P. C. Joshi in his book 1857 in Our History called it a National struggle directed by Feudal lords. Historian Hirendranath Mukherjee also held the same opinion.
  • Communist leader E.M.S.Namboodripad, in his book ‘A History of Freedom Struggle’, has called this revolt a military uprising. Subaltern historians like Dr. Ranajit Guha and Gautam Bhadra feel that without the huge participation of the common man, this revolt would never have been such a great success.
  • C. A. Baily, a Cambridge historian has said that from the onset of the mutiny, the revolt of the civilian masses and the military uprising have fuelled each other.
  • As a result, nationalist feelings started developing among all, starting from artisans, daily laborers, and offended policemen to city dwellers.

WBBSE Class 10 History Notes

The Characteristics Of The Revolt Of 1857 And Its Nature Attitude Of The Educated Bengali Society Towards The Revolt Of 1857

  • Educated Bengali Society did not support the Revolt of 1857. They thought that the leaders of the revolt of 1857 wanted to reestablish mediavel feudal society and state system in place of modern education and reforms of British.
  • If we study contemporary papers and journals, we must see that educated Bengali society hated the mutineers, but paid their respect and homage to the British administration. Iswar Chandra Gupta disliked Laxmibai, Tantia Tope, Nana Saheb, etc. leaders.
  • The icon of so-called educated Bengali society like Iswar Chandra Gupta, Sambhu Chandra Mukherjee, Akshay Kumar Dutta, Durga Das Banerjee, Rajnarayan Basu, Iswar Chandra Vidyasagar, Bankim Chandra Chattopadhyay, etc. compared the British rule in India as the blessings of God.
  • Durgadas Banerjee in the book ‘Bidrohe Bengall directly underestimated the sepoys who started the revolt of 1857 in a large part of north India.
  • Harish Chandra Mukherjee editor of the ‘Hindu Patriot’ said that during sepoy mutiny. soft-minded Lord Canning was gentle and kind-hearted to Indians. He wrote.
  • “The loyalty”.” Bankim Chandra Chattopadhyay, “the father of Indian Nationalism,” thought the revolt of 1857 was epidemic dangerous, and harmful. By supporting ‘British Raj’ he said, we have to be ruled many years under British’.
  • So he advised, it would be better to cooperate with the British and to be respectful to them with bended knees. Iswar Chandra Gupta editor of ‘Sambad Prabhakar’ criticized the sepoys as ‘arrogant, ungrateful and unlawful and therefore he prayed for “the victory of British in India forever”.
  • Gouri Sankar Bhattacharya (1799-1859) editor ‘Of Sambad Bhaskar’ advised to dance with joy after the failure of the sepoys.
  • Girish Chandra Ghosh had apathy towards the sepoys. He said, “A simple strike among the army has been magnified into national rebellion”. Kaliprasanna Singha, Harachandra Ghosh, and Kamalkrishna Bahadur convended a sabha at Metropoliton School, where they hated the sepoy mutiny.
  • In the drama ‘Malati Madhab’ Kaliprasanna prayed for destruction of the sepoys. Jadunath Sarbadhikari, author of the first book on tourism written in the Bengali language ‘Tirthabharaman’ described the sepoys as ‘indisciplined and oppressive by nature’.
  • Thus the educated Bengali Society had negative reactions towards the revolt of 1857.

The Characteristics Of The Revolt Of 1857 And Its Nature Proclamation Of The Queen

After the end of the revolt of 1857, ‘An Act for the Better Government of India’ was passed on 2nd August 1858, by which English East India Company’s rule in India was ended and Viceroy’s (royal representative) rule was introduced. Lord Canning after being appointed as the first viceroy of India, representing Victoria (1837-1901), the Queen of England, organised a formal court in Allahabad.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 4 Early Stages Of Collective Action Queen Victoria

In this court, on 1st November 1858, he read out a proclamation on behalf of the Queen. This came to be known as “The Proclamation of the Queen”. In this proclamation, several promises were made for the benefit of India. For example,

  1. Indigenous kings without a son were allowed to adopt a son.
  2. Abolition of Title will no longer be a valid law.
  3. The British Government will not extend its empire on Indian soil anymore.
  4. Indians will be employed in the Government according to their qualifications.
  5. All Indians will be given, equal importance, irrespective of their race, religion, or caste.
  6. The Government will be bound to honor any agreement or treaty signed with the Company. Historian Bipan Chandra has called this a “political bluff’, and Dr. R. C. Majumder remarked it was “an era of broken pledges” because Queen wanted just to appease the people of India to gain political mileage. These benefits were not fulfilled, but yet Queen Victoria was given the title “Empress of India” on 1st January 1877.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 4 Early Stages Of Collective Action Lord Canning

Class 10 History Important Questions WBBSE

The Age Of Associations Characteristics And Analysis

  • Political consciousness was a direct outcome of nationalism that developed in the nineteenth century. The main purpose of organizing meetings was to inculcate political consciousness and spread its activities and also to discuss various socio-political issues.
  • Several organizations were formed during the period from 1828 to 1830. The Academic Association formed by Derozio was open to all independent discussions, In Calcutta, the Society for the Acquisition of General Knowledge was formed by Pyarichand Mitra, Debendranath Tagore, and two hundred other like-minded people.

Age of Association:

  1. The whole of the nineteenth century has seen the formation and development of many such associations. So, Cambridge historian Dr. Anil Sil, in his book ‘The Emergence of Indian Nationalism: Competition and Collaboration in the Late Nineteenth Century’, has called “this period an age of associations”. Because
  2. In the second half of the nineteenth century, a large number of political organizations emerged.
  3. They were instrumental in the development of political consciousness.

Some of the well-known political organizations were: ‘Puna Sarbojonik Sabha’ of Gopal Hari Deshmukh (1867), ‘Madras Mahajan Sabha’ (1884), ‘Madras Native Association’ (1852) and ‘East India Association, London’ of Dadabhai Naoroji and K. R. Cama (1866).

  1. In 1871 a branch of East India Association was formed in Bombay. Rangaiyya Naidu, the President of Mahajana Sabha (1884), spread the popularity of his association among small towns and villages.
  2. In 1885, Firoz Shah Mehta, Badruddin Tayebji, and Kashinath Trimbak Telang formed ‘The Bombay Presidency Association’. In 1886 Rajnarayan Basu formed a ‘Secret Samity’ in Midnapore and Jyotirindra Nath Tagore formed ‘Sanjeebani Sabha’. The ‘Indian Reform Society’ and ‘London Indian Society’ (1865) were formed. through foreign initiatives.

The Age Of Associations Characteristics And Analysis Bangabhasha Prakashika Sabha 1836

  • Bangabhasha Prakashika Sabha was formed on 8th December 1836. Kalinath Ray Chowdhury, the zamindar of Taki, Prasanna Kumar Tagore, Dwarkanath Tagore, and some followers of Rammohan Roy formed this association.
  • The first meeting of this association was convened under the first presidentship of Gaurishankar (Tarkabagish) Bhattacharya and the first secretary was Durgamohan Tarkabagish. The association vehemently opposed the imposition of taxes on non-taxable land.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 4 Early Stages Of Collective Action Dwarkanath Tagore.

The main objectives and activities of Bangabhasa Prakashika Sabha were

  1. To create political consciousness in Bengal for the organization of a permanent political movement,
  2. To convene a meeting every Thursday to discuss religious, political, and philosophical matters,
  3. To oppose the tax on rent-free lands adopted by British Govt.
  4. Four-five thousand people signed a memorandum opposing government living tax,
  5. To pave the way for establishing organised political activities. But yet Bangabhasa Prakashika Sabha did not servive due to “lack of unity” (Dr. R. C: Majumder).
  6. The Secretary, poet Iswar Chandra Gupta, commented in the journal ‘Sambad Prabhakar (2-3-1852)-“Bangabhasha Prakashika Sabha was the first association among those that were formed to discuss matters. of the state”. Researcher Jogesh Chandra Bagol also said, ‘Bangabhasha Prakashika Sabha was the first political association, not only in Bengal but also in the whole of India’.

Class 10 History Important Questions WBBSE

The Age Of Associations Characteristics And Analysis Jamidar Sabha or Landholders’ Society 1837

  • On 12th November 1837, zamindar Radhakanta Deb, Dwarkanath Tagore, and Prasanna Kumar Tagore, a disciple of Rammohan Roy met at the Hindu College and formed the Jamidar Sabha or Land Holders’ Association.
  • Then its president was Radhakanta Deb and its secretary was Prasanna Kumar Tagore. In April 1838 the name of Zamindari Sabha was changed to the ‘Zamindari Association’. The latter name. was suggested by Dwarkanath Tagore.
  • At this time Ramkamal Sen and Bhabani Charan Mitra were also associated with this society. The orientalist, Rajendra Lal Mitra, said, ‘This society was the pioneer of the freedom movement in this country’.
  • He felt that this association looked after the interests of the landlord and tenants alike. Its main objectives were
    • To oppose Regulation 3,
    • To protect the interests of the zamindars of Bengal, Bihar, and Orissa,
    • To bring the British bureaucracy in favor of zamindars,
    • To spread the Permanent Settlement (1793) Act over India and
    • To reform the Department of Police, judiciary, and Revenue. To become a member of this association, initially one had to pay Rs. 5/- and later a yearly subscription of Rs. 20/- had to be paid.
  • They set up branches in different parts of India to fulfill the expectations of the people. On the recommendations of this association, the Government earmarked some non-taxable land in every village.
  • The British rulers and Indian Zamindars could meet and come together under the banner of this association. Pyarichand Mitra said that this association had branches in England and Scotland. In July 1839 William Adam, a friend of Rammohan Roy, formed the British India Society.
  • The members of the Land Holders’ Society assured to help the British India Society of London in different ways. In 1851, the educated Bengali middle class earnestly wanted to set up the largest political association.
  • Hence, Land Holders’ Society and Bengal British India Society were combined together and the British Indian Association was formed in 1851. Zamindar Radhakanta Deb was its first President and Dwarkanath Tagore was the first secretary.
  • This association opened branches in Madras and Puna with the initiative of Dendranath Tagore. It had branches in Bombay and Ayodhya too. MacPherson, a member of ‘The Carr Tagore Company’, placed several philanthropic proposals in the House of Commons, London, on behalf of the British Indian Association.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 4 Early Stages Of Collective Action Prasanna Kumar Tagore

The Age Of Associations Characteristics And Analysis Bharat Sabha or Indian Association 1876

  • Many people believe that the Indian League of Sisir Kumar Ghosh (1875) was merged with Bharat Sabha. Bharat Sabha or Indian Association was the largest political institution in the pre-Congress era.
  • The movement organized by Bharatsabha was like a rehearsal for the organized freedom movement in this country. On 26th July 1876, Surendranath Banerjee formed the Bharat Sabha or Indian Association.
  • In front of the huge congregation in Calcutta Albert Hall, he said that he considered the formation of the Bharat Sabha as a symbol of people’s expectations.
  • Krishna Mohan Bandopadhyay was the first president and Ananda Mohan Basu was the first secretary of the Indian Association. Eminent people like Sibnath Sastry and Dwarakanath Gangopadhyay supported Surendranath.
  • Bharat Sabha had four aims-First, to unite people of all races, religions, and communities for political purposes. Secondly, to develop strong public opinion throughout the country.
  • Thirdly, to involve people in the mass movement, and fourthly, to unite the Hindus and Muslims together. Surendranath delivered a number of speeches in places like Meerut, Lucknow, and Lahore, where the main topics were unity of India, emergence of the Sikh community, etc.
  • In his speeches, he mentioned the names of patriots like Cavour and Maccini who had led the Italian unity movement. Henry Cotton feels that the Bengali educated class, from Peshawar to Chattagram, became active in developing public opinion. Surendranath, the name itself, motivated the youth from Dhaka to Multan and inspired patriotic feelings among them.
  • The Bharatsabha had an important role to play in the movement against the Ilbert Bill, bringing down the age of Indian ICS examinees from 21 to 19 years. The journal, The Bengalee, edited by Surendranath, as a front of Bharat Sabha was active in inculcating the spirit of nationalism. It provided a platform to develop a pan-Indian movement at large.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 4 Early Stages Of Collective Action Surendranath Banerjee

Class 10 History Important Questions WBBSE

The Age Of Associations Characteristics And Analysis Hindu Mela 1867 To 1880

Hindu Mela 1867 To 1880 Origin: Rajnarayan Basu (1826-1899), who was a favorite of the Bramho Movement leader Debendranath Tagore, and Nabogopal Mitra (1840-1894) were instrumental in regenerating Hinduism.

  • Nabogopal Mitra had an important role to play in establishing the tradition and excellence of the Hindu religion. He established Jatiyo Mela in 1867. In 1870 it was renamed as Hindumela. Nabogopal Mitra was eternally indebted to Rajnarayan Basu (Grand Father of Indian Nationalism) for planning and setting up the Hindumela.
  • The main purpose of Hindumela was to re-establish the dignity of the ancient Hindu religion and inspire people in the ideal of patriotism and freedom movement. In 1880 the Hindumela ceased to exist. In 1887 Swami Satyanand Agnihotri formed the Dev Samaj and continued the movement. Hindumela was also known as “Chaitramela”.
  • From the writing of Satyendranath Tagore it has been known that Gonendranath Tagore was the first secretary and Nabagopal Mitra was. the first assistant secretary, of the Hindumela.
  • Rajnarayan Bose’s organization ‘Sabha’ and Nabagopal Mitra’s ‘The National Paper’ (1865) helped to form Hindumela on 12th April 1867. However, Dwijendra Nath Tagore, Girish Chandra Ghosh, Pinaki Sarkar, etc. were involved in it.

Hindu Mela 1867 To 1880 Objective and Importance: Hindu Mela had some limitations like

  • This mela was organized once in a year,
  • It had no role in promoting strong Hindu-Muslim unity.
  • There was a communal feeling among the Hindus,
  • The Hindu nationalists only were the conveners of the mela,
  • Besides this mela raised only Hindu nationalism, Hindu awakening, and unity only in India.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 4 Early Stages Of Collective Action Rajnarayan Basu

Hindu Mela 1867 To 1880 Objectives: The main objectives of the Hindumela were

  1. To spread the glory of the ancient Hindu religion among the educated youths,
  2. To develop the country with their effort,
  3. To encourage the study of native language and education,
  4. To respect our national emblems,
  5. To protect the educated youths of India from the hands of moral degradation and lavish Westernization,
  6. To raise the glory of India,
  7. To encourage the youths with physical education and physical training,
  8. To exhibit and sell the products of Indigenous industries,

To spread the ideal of patriotism and social welfare activities. Thus Hindumela had become jatiya or national mela for national development. Dr. Ramesh Chandra Majumder. raised three main objectives of the Hindumela, such as

  1. To spread nationalism,
  2. To create patriotism and
  3. To form the attitude of self-dependency among the Hindus.

Hindu Mela 1867 To 1880 Importance: The Hindumela had some limitations firstly, it was held only once a year, secondly, the remote villagers were not so encouraged with it and thirdly, it helped to spread Hindu awakening and Hindu nationalism only, but at the same time it was clear that the Hindumela was not the organization of Hindu religion. It greatly helped

  • To spread the growth of nationalism and economic nationalism in India.
  • In favour of the ideal of Hindumela Nabagopal Mitra founded ‘National Gymnasium’ etc.
  • However, the ‘National Theatre’ was founded due to the influence of the Hindumela.
  • Rabindranath Tagore said that the Hindumela helped to realize “India is our Swadesh”,
  • The covert purpose of Hindumela was to inspire the Hindu youth to develop revolutionary ideals,
  • Gaganendranath Tagore made the following observations-“This congregation of ours is not for religious ceremonies, for material benefits or fun and enjoyment-it is for our country, Bharat”.

WBBSE Class 10 History Syllabus

Expression Of Nationalism In Literature And Art

  • There are numerous examples to prove that it is possible to develop nationalism through literature and art. However it should be noted that all literary works and art are not capable of developing this feeling. Mainly humanist and realist literature and art can help in this matter.
  • If a literary work or piece of art does not uphold patriotism or sing the praise of the country and the race, it would be impossible for the same to help in the growth of nationalism. It would be extremely difficult for fictive imagination and ‘art for art’s sake’ to inspire nationalism unless there is a humanist touch.
  • So, ‘some writers and artists try to add a human touch to their creations to bring about a true awakening of the nation and its people. It is not done for self-satisfaction alone; art and literature have important roles to play in the development of nationalist emotion.
  • Old and Occidental literature, ‘no doubt, left a prominent mark on Indian art and literature. Books such as ‘Pamela’ by Samuel Richardson, ‘Hard Times (1858) and ‘Oliver Twist’ (1838) by Charles Dickens (1812-1870), ‘Germinal’ (1885) by Emil Zola, ‘Mayor of Casterbridge’ by Thomas Hardy, and ‘Robinson Crusoe’ (1917) by Daniel Defoe have influenced. Indian literature and hence helped in the growth of nationalist feelings.
  • The first Malayalam novel ‘Indulekha’ is considered to be the best work of Chandu Menon (1847-1899). Similarly, books like ‘Rajshekhar Charitam’ by the eminent Telugu writer Kandukari Birshalingam (1848-1919), ‘Sebasadan’ (1916) by the famous Hindi writer Munshi Premchand, ‘Anguri Binimoy (1857), the first historical novel in Bengali by Bhudeb Mukhopadhyay and ‘Anandamath’ (1882) by Bankim Chandra Chattopadhyay were instrumental in developing nationalist feelings. Street plays (Jatra) and poetic duels (Kabir larai) also played an important part in this regard.
  • Most of the literary works and art of the nineteenth century focussed on colonialism and the shortcomings of society: The message was mostly reformation and call for collective action.
  • Injustice, superstition, exploitation, oppression, etc. became popular themes of art and literature. This trend was predominant in the writings of the Bengali writer Sarat Chandra Chattopadhyay (1876-1938) and the Oriya writer Fakir Mohan Senapati (1843-1918).
  • Books like ‘Padmaraag’ by Rokeya Hossain (1880-1932), ‘Neeldarpan’ (1860) by Dinabandhu Mitra, ‘Gora’ (1910), and ‘Ghorey Bairey’ (1916) by Rabindranath Tagore were not mere literature, but strong nationalist feelings were deeply ingrained in them.
  • Paintings of the Malabar artist Raja Rabi Barma (1848-1898) were quite inspiring. ‘Bharat Mata’ by Abanindranath Tagore and paintings of Nandalal Basu had their own. social implications.

Expression Of Nationalism In Literature And Art Anandamath 1882

  • The great writer Bankim Chandra Chattopadhyay (1838-1898) helped in the development of militant nationalism in India through his essays and novels. His essay ‘Krishnacharitra’ stressed the need to establish the kingdom of Krishna in India.
  • This emotion was further enhanced in his novel ‘Anandamath’ written in 1882. This was the first historical novel of Bankim Chandra. He dedicated this novel to the memory of Dinabandhu Mitra of ‘Neel Darpan’. ‘Debi Chowdhurani’ written in 1884 was second in the line of such novels.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 4 Early Stages Of Collective Action Anandamath

Anandamath 1882 Importance aspects:

  1. In ‘Anandamath’ Bankim Chandra promoted nationalism, because he has portrayed the self sacrifice of a group of patriots.
  2. This book influenced the youth to develop patriotism and groom them in militant nationalism. Barrister Promothonath Mitra used the term ‘Anushilon. Samiti’ (1902) from this book.
  3. For the revolutionaries of the ‘Anushilon Samiti’, ‘Anandamath’ was like a nationalist. Bible. In this novel the two characters of ‘Shanti’ and ‘Bhabananda’ shows exceptional strength. of mind.
  4. At the request of Surendranath Banerjee, Bankim Chandra composed the song ‘Bande Mataram’ in 1875, which was later included in ‘Anandamath’ as a guiding force. Through the song ‘Bande Mataram’ in this novel, Bankim Chandra portrayed a real life picture of India, our motherland. So, ‘Anandamath’ is considered to be an immortal creation of Bankim Chandra.
  5. Bankim Chandra wrote another novel, “Rajsingha’, in the same year, that is 1882. However, it did not receive the same accolade as ‘Anandamath’. Revolutionary Aurobindo Ghosh was greatly inspired by Bankim Chandra’s ideals and called him a teacher of nationalism.
  6. In this novel, Bankim Chandra drew a parallel between Hinduism and Nationalism. Since he was a great supporter of Hinduism, his thought is considered to be religious and conservative. But it is not entirely true, because, although ‘Anandamath’ was created by following the tradition of Hinduism.
  7. It had successfully inspired the spirit of nationalism among the. pan-Indian, irrespective of their religion, caste, or creed. In 1872 Bankim Chandra published his journal “Bangadarshan’. Though a number of essays and novels were published there, ‘Anandamath was not. Yet, the novel received unparalleled publicity.
  8. ‘Anandamath’ was written on the background of great famine of Bengal in 1770 (1176 Bengali era) and the Sannyasi revolt. (1760-1800). He requested countrymen to be united against British despotism. The novel had active role in awakening patriotism. For these reason government banned the novel.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 4 Early Stages Of Collective Action Bangadarshan

Anandamath 1882 Evaluation: Rabindranath Tagore felt that the three books that had important roles to play in India’s freedom movement were: ‘Gita’ by Lord Krishna, writings of Swami Vivekananda, and ‘Anandamath’ by Bankim Chandra. In ‘Anandamath’ Bankim Chandra sent this message to the people of India-“Motherland is your mother, patriotism is your religion, and serving the country is your worship”.

WBBSE Class 10 History Syllabus

Expression Of Nationalism In Literature And Art Bartaman Bharat 1905

  • The individual’s life is in the life of the whole; the individual’s happiness is in the happiness of the whole; apart from the whole, the individual existence is inconceivable-this is an eternal truth and is the bed-rock on which the universe is built.-Bartaman Bharat or Modern India’ (2004, June) by Swami Vivekananda.
  • The Hindu Indian sage, Swami Vivekananda (1863-1902), wrote a book named “Bartaman Bharat’ in Bengali, which was an essay. It was published in March 1899 from ‘Udbodhan’, the only Bengali publishing house of Ramkrishna Math and Ramkrishna Mission. Later in 1905, Swami Suddhananda published ‘Bartaman Bharat in the form of a book.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 4 Early Stages Of Collective Action Bartaman Bharat

Bartaman Bharat 1905 Importance aspects:

  • In this essay, Swamiji has discussed Indian history in a concise form. He had predicted that there would be a mass uprising in India in the near. future when the lower caste people will rule Indian society. In ‘Bartaman Bharat’, not only did he talk about the awakening of lower caste people, he thought deeply about the poor and the downtrodden people. He implored people to remove the caste barrier and consider every Indian as a “brother”.
  • He started writing essays-Bharat Katha, Bartaman Bharat, Paribrajak, and Prachyo o Pashchatyo for this journal. Among these, Bartaman Bharat is a remarkable piece. In this essay, he iterated that in ancient India the Vaidik Brahmins ruled the land with the backing of the kings. But they lost their control in the course of time and the Vaishyas or the trading class started wielding more power. Then, as per Swamiji’s prediction, it was time for the rule of the lower caste.
  • Swamiji pointed out that we should never forget that Sita, Savitri, and Damayanti are the ideals of all Indian women. He said, ‘The soil of India is my heaven; India’s well-being is my well-being’. In ‘Bartaman Bharat’ he also wrote that it would be foolish to blindly follow the Western culture.
  • Swami Jitatmananda feels that in ‘Bartaman Bharat’ Swamiji is expected to live to witness the awakening of India. Srivastav, the author of ‘Teacher in Emerging Indian Society’, has written that through his essay Swamiji expressed his expectation that India should have an education system that will inspire people to be of service to humanity.
  • ‘Patriotic saint’ Swami Vivekananda of India had a deep love for his motherland. His essay ‘Bartaman Bharat’ or ‘Modern India’ is the history of the real soul of India. The real history of a country is not the history of fights and battles, invasions and conquests, not even the record of the rise and the fall of dynasties, but it is the history of the evolution of the inner national life. So Modern India in this perspective, is very helpful for the growth of nationalism.
  • In the beginning of the book Swamiji said about the power of the Vedic priests. He described the rise of kings and royal dynastics and the background of the importance of the Buddhist revolution. He raised the rise of Muslim royal powers, establishment of the British Raj, emergence of capitalist, imperialism, power of the Vaishyas, and finally the awakening of the Sudras.
  • The conflict between east and West was also expressed in the book. At the end of ‘Bartaman Bharat’ Swamiji wrote in “Swadesh mantra”, “I am an Indian, every Indian is my brother. The ignorant Indian, the poor and destitute Indian, the Brahmin Indian, the Parish Indian, is my brother”.

Bartaman Bharat 1905 Evaluation: He said ‘India’s gods and goddesses are my God. India’s society is the cradle of my infancy, the pleasure garden of my youth, the sacred heaven, the Varanasi of my old age. O India! Forget not that the ideal of thy womanhood is Sita, Savitri, Damayanti.’

  • At the end of Bartaman Bharat Swamiji also said, ‘Say, brother; the soil of India is my highest heaven, the good of India is my good. Mother of Strength, take away my weakness, take away my unmanliness, and make me a man.’

Class 10 History Environment Book Pdf

Expression Of Nationalism In Literature And Art Gora 1910

  • Rabindranath Tagore (1861-1941) wrote three controversial novels. They are ‘Gora’ (1910), ‘Ghare Baire’ (1916), and ‘Char Adhyay’ (1938). Gora, written at the beginning of the twentieth century, dealt with doubts and conflicts in the minds of the Bengalis about social, moral, and national issues.
  • The beginning of the twentieth century saw the emergence of a narrow-minded, proud nationalism among the educated Bengali society to promote militant political movements. In ‘Gora’ Tagore successfully promoted larger humanism having condemned the narrow-minded arrogance.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 4 Early Stages Of Collective Action Ghare Baire

Gora 1910 Importance aspects:

  1. While Gora was preparing himself to fight an all-out war to uphold Hinduism, he came to know that he was not an Indian at all, but an Irishman by birth. This revelation destroyed his narrow-minded arrogance and brought him back to the ideals of a caste-less and liberal Indian society.
  2. Gora is set on a larger canvas of an epic; showing deep-rooted consciousness in the pursuit of truth in Indian society. The diverse ideals, leading to ultimate truth have made ‘Gora’ a wonder in its own value. The word Gora means fair complexioned. Gora is an Irishman. Like Nibedita or Annie Besant, his love for India brought him to this country.
  3. The novel ‘Gora’ by Rabindranath Tagore is more than a hundred years old. ‘Gora’ was written before ‘Gitanjali’. ‘Gora’ is the only novel of Rabindranath Tagore where the character Gora is the main protagonist. This is not to be found in any of his other novels. Through, the character of Gora, the writer has expressed his opinion that rebellion does not exist in the outside world, but lies within one’s self.
  4. However, the novel is not about fine analysis of Bengali language and Bengali people, but there is more to it. India is a diverse land with multiple races, languages, and ideals and in Gora we find a unification of all these diverse forces. Gora was written when the writer’s age was 47 to 49 years. The wonderful reminiscences of Jibonsmriti have not been written then.
  5. The easygoing style of writing brought out the spirit of Gora in a wonderful way. In the novel ‘Gora’, the helplessness and traditional beliefs of the Hindu religion have come to the forefront. time and again. At a later stage, it was revealed that Gora was born a westerner. His father had to give up ‘ritualistic practices because of Gora’s staunch beliefs.
  6. In the novel ‘Gora’ Rabindranath Tagore extremely highlighted the concept of nationalism. As a leader of the Anti-Partition Movement Rabindranath wanted complete development of the lifestyle of the Bengali and Indians. He never supported aggressive nationalism in place of patriotism. It was the political background of the novel ‘Gora’.
  7. Its central character was Gora himself, who was a man of principle and high personality. He was Irish by birth, but after the death of her foreign mother just after his birth, Gora was brought by Krishnadayalbabu and Anandamoyi. They thought of Gora as their son.
  8. Rabindranath drew the character Gora as an aggressive Hindu nationalist. When Gora knew that he was Irish, not Indian; then and there his pride in Hindutva was broken. Gora was mentally changed by the vast Indianness in his mind. Gora said, ‘Today I am Indian. There is no conflict in my mind about Hindu-Muslim-Christian. Today all races of India are my race. and their food is my food.
  9. Rabindranath through his novel ‘Gora’ tried to express the message of liberal, universal, and integrated national patriotism in place of blind and egoistic nationalism. In a specific era of Hindu nationalism conflict between man and society, society and religion, religion and humanism gave birth to many questions, from which the character. came out.
  10. The background of this novel was the conflict between neo-Hindu nationalism and Hindus of the Brahmo religion, where Gora was a national liberal character who after abolishing Hindu-Brahmo differences got married to Sucharita. As the symbol of secular nationalism Gora fully involved himself in the welfare activities of the country. For this reason, the novel “‘Gora’ is so important for us.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 4 Early Stages Of Collective Action Gora.

Gora 1910 Evaluation: Again, we find, that the same Gora preferred to take a holy dip at the confluence of the three rivers instead of the holy Ganges. It is written in the novel, “I am yours and you are mine”.

  • Gora thinks, ‘Undifferentiated Brahman can also be found in particular. He is infinite, at the same time undifferentiated; he who is infinite is also formless. No faithful Indian will ever deny that God has surpassed even the infinite! Gora is a traveler.
  • He is bound to move forward towards the future having expressed himself in this way. Many thinkers feel that Gora is none other than Rabindranath himself.

WBBSE Class 10 History Sample Papers

Expression Of Nationalism In Literature And Art Bharatmata Painting 1905

Abanindranath Tagore (1871-1951), nephew of Rabindranath was both an artist and a writer. What he created with his brush’ is painting and what he created with his words is literature. Abanindranath is called the father of modern Bengali art. His student Nandalal Basu kept this art trend alive.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 4 Early Stages Of Collective Action Abanindranath Tagore

Bharatmata Painting 1905 Importance aspects:

  1. In 1905 he created Bharatmata, which is considered to be an immortal creation of Abanindranath. This creation in watercolor is a world-renowned painting. It was painted at a time when the country was in a turmoil fighting the partition of Bengal.
  2. The specialty of Bharatmata is that it is Bangamata (Bengal as a mother). Through the brushes of the painter, mother India was portrayed as a Goddess of prosperity. She looks like a hermit; she is in fact Mother India herself. She is Indian tradition personified as Mother India.
  3. Abanindranath’s Bharatmata has four hands. A special characteristic of this painting is that a nationalist spirit flows through it. She wears saffron clothes and appears as a Hindu nun. On her two left hands, she holds a book and a bunch of paddy. On the two right hands, we find a pair of white clothing and a string of Rudraksha (sacred beads). It means Bharatmata gives us food, clothes, knowledge, and religion.
  4. The most important characteristic of Bharatmata is that she is a combination of all the gods and goddesses worshipped in India. Above all, she is Devi Durga. She is often seen as a lady on the back of a lion, in saffron clothing, and sporting the Indian national flag. In the second half of the Nineteenth Century, Kiran Chandra Banerjee wrote a play called ‘Bharat Mata’ in 1873.
  5. The famous painting Bharatmata by Abanindranath is of great historical importance because it is not just an artwork. It expresses the concept of the eternal mother. Motherland has been personified as a lady in this picture. Jayanta Sengupta, secretary and curator of the Victoria Memorial Hall, says ‘In this way the mother is seeking liberation through her sons.
  6. Among all the paintings of Abanindranath, this one is regarded as an icon and the most important among them all. The painting ‘Bharatmata’ is on display at Victoria Memorial Hall for viewing by the general public. Rabindra Bharati Society is also quite active in this matter.
  7. Sister Nivedita (Margaret Elizabeth Nobel) was a great patron of ‘Bharatmata’. She wanted the painting to be carried all over India, from Kashmir to Kanyakumari, thereby promoting the spirit of nationalism among all Indians.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 4 Early Stages Of Collective Action Bharatmata

Bharatmata Painting 1905 Evaluation: Abanindranath himself made this picture the main logo of Bengal School of Art. Hence he is considered to be the father of Modern Indian art. Of the 123 paintings of Abanindranath, Bharatmata holds the top position. He was influenced by modern western art, but still, he was a reformer of the Mughal and Rajput style of painting and should be considered as an inventor of a new style of art.

Expression Of Nationalism In Literature And Art The Cartoons Of Gaganendranath Tagore:

Gaganendranath Tagore (1867-1938) was the elder brother of Abanindranath Tagore (1871-1951). He learned painting from a Japanese artist and a Bengali artist. However, unlike Abanindranath, he did not follow indigenous tradition; instead we find the influence of French Cubism in his drawings.

The Cartoons Of Gaganendranath Tagore Importance aspects:

  1. Through his cartoons, he criticized colonialism in contemporary society. He criticized certain sections of the British Indian colonialist society and the ‘babu culture’ of Western-educated people through his cartoons and was able to enhance the fondness for traditional Indian culture among the Bengali gentry.
  2. His cartoons should not be taken at face value, because they inspired nationalism among all sections of society. Gaganendranath emerged as a cartoonist in the second half of the nineteenth century.
  3. His cartoons made a mockery, satire, and caricature of the then-British rule and helped to inspire nationalism. Montague Chemsford’s reforms were criticized by a cartoon as a weak rule. This is why. Lord Chelmsford became angry to see the Cartoon of Gaganendranath Tagore. He compared the Western education system in India with the factory.
  4. By the cartoons, Gaganendranath Tagore critisised the foreign rulers in one hand, and on the other hand he criticised the swadeshi leaders including his uncle Rabindranath Tagore. His cartoons on the inventions of Jagadish Chandra Bose and Prafulla Chandra Ray, Rabindranath’s first riding of the airplane, the acceptance of the ministership of Surendranath Banerjee, and on Sir Ashutosh Mukherjee are valuable deeds of history.
  5. In the book ‘Bidrupbajra’ of Gaganendranath Tagore, first cartoon is ‘Shankar Jater Bangali’. He expressed the character of new English stylished Bengali babus.
  6. His other cartoons named ‘Puchcha Paribartan’, ‘China Putul”, “Nirlajjya Ukil’, ‘University Machine, (Calcutta University is called “golddigger gymkhana” said by Brahamabandhab Upadhyay) ‘Sabar Urdhe Charka’, he criticized the weak points of the Bengalis, Bengali Ukils, Calcutta University and the Charka of Gandhiji, the symbol of Non-Co-operation Movement. He thought that ‘Chakra’ is not the solution of all. Apart from cartoons Gaganendranath also founded ‘The Indian Society for Oriental Art’ (1907) and ‘The Bengal Home Industries Association (1916).

The Cartoons Of Gaganendranath Tagore Evaluation: All of his book ‘Reform Screams’ published in 1922. His cartoons were published in ‘Prabasi’ and ‘Modern Review’ edited by Ramananda Chattopadhyay. The single-coloured or bi-coloured cartoons mirrored the Bengali society of that time.

  • It was not just in Bengal, but the importance of Indian cartoons increased manifold under Gaganendranath. Hence, he is often called the father of modern nationalist Bengali cartoons.
  • Bengali cartoons became very popular in illustrated magazines like ‘Panchananda’, ‘Bibhor’, ‘Bangabashi’, ‘Sachitra Bharat’, etc. Rabindranath Tagore was the inspiration for Bengali cartoonists like Jatindranath Sen, Rebati Bhushan, Chandi Lahiri, Debashish Deb, and Amal Chakraborty.

WBBSE Class 10 History Sample Papers

WBBSE Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 4 Early Stages Of Collective Action Very Short Question And Answers

Question 1. Name a few English people who called the Sepoy Mutiny a National Revolt.
Answer:

Tory leader Disreily and English thinkers like J.B. Norton, Alexander Duff, Maleson, Bol, James, Outram, and Holmes.

Question 2. Who formed the Society for the Acquisition of General Knowledge?
Answer:

Pyarichand Mitra, Debendranath Tagore, and two hundred other like-minded people.

Question 3. What was the name of the society formed by Kalinath Chowdhury, Prasanna Kumar Tagore, and Dwarkanath Tagore?
Answer:

Bangabhasha Prakashika Sabha.

Question 4. Which was the largest political institution in the pre-Congress era?
Answer:

Bharat Sabha or Indian Association.

Question 5. Name a few old, occidental literature that helped in the growth of nationalist feelings by influencing Indian Literature.
Answer:

‘Pamela’ by Samuel Richardson, ‘Hard Times’ and ‘Oliver Twist” by Charles Dickens, ‘Germinal’ by Emil Zola, ‘Mayor of Casterbridge’ by Thomas Hardy, and ‘Robinson Crusoe’ by Daniel Defoe.

Question 6. Name the famous painting by Abanindranath Tagore which greatly inspired nationalist feelings among the people.
Answer:

Bharat Mata

Question 7. Who wrote ‘Anandamath’?
Answer:

Bankim Chandra Chattopadhyay

Question 8. Who said these words: the soil of India is my heaven, India’s well-being is my well-being?
Answer:

Swami Vivekananda.

Question 9. Who was called the father of modern nationalist Bengali cartoons?
Answer:

Gaganendranath Tagore.

WBBSE Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 4 Early Stages Of Collective Action True Or False

Question 1. The Sepoy Mutiny was an uprising of the soldiers.
Answer: True

Question 2. On 1st December, 1877 Queen Victoria was proclaimed the Empress of India.
Answer: False

Question 3. The British rulers and Indian Zamindars could come together under the banner of Bharat Sabha.
Answer: False

WBBSE Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 4 Early Stages Of Collective Action Fill In The Blanks

Question 1. The Indian League of ________ was merged with Bharat Sabha. (Sisir Kumar Ghosh).
Answer: Sisir Kumar Ghosh

Question 2. Jatiyo Mela, set up by Rajnarayan Basu and Nabagopal Mitra was later renamed as _______
Answer: Hindu Mela

Question 3. The song Vande Mataram was composed by _________
Answer: Bankimchandra Chattopadhyay

Question 4. ‘Gora’ was written by __________(Rabindranath Tagore)
Answer: Rabindranath Tagore

Question 5. The first modern cartoon was published in ________
Answer: Amrita Bazar Patrika

WBBSE Class 10 History Sample Papers

WBBSE Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 4 Early Stages Of Collective Action Short Question And Answers

Question 1. What was the ‘Proclamation of the Queen’?
Answer:

‘Proclamation of the Queen’

On 1st November 1858 Lord Canning, as a representative of Queen Victoria, held a special court in Allahabad. In this proclamation a number of promises were made for the benefit of India and its people. This came to be known as ‘Proclamation of the Queen’.

Question 2. What were the aims of Bharat Sabha?
Answer:

The aims of Bharat Sabha

The aims of Bharat Sabha were to unite people of all races, religions, and communities; to develop strong public opinion throughout the country; to involve people in the mass movement, and to unite Hindus and Muslims.

Question 3. What was the significance of ‘Anandamath’ in developing nationalist feelings?
Answer:

The significance of ‘Anandamath’ in developing nationalist feelings

‘Anandamath’ had helped to develop militant nationalism in India. It portrayed” the self-sacrifice of a group of young patriots and influenced the youth to develop strong patriotism. In this novel, the two characters ‘Shanti’ and ‘Bhabananada’ show exceptional strength of mind.”

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 2 Culture Characteristics And Discussions

Nineteenth-Century Bengal Magazines Newspapers And Literature As Reflections Of Culture Introduction

  • The culture of nineteenth-century Bengal was best reflected through magazines, newspapers, and other literary activities. Now we shall examine the nature of magazines being published in those days.
  • Like present-day magazines the nineteenth century were also published regularly in equal intervals. The magazines or journals were published with a specific directive in mind or maybe just for the sake of reading pleasure.
  • The newspaper was a daily or periodical which focused on news items. Like the present times both were a medium for publication of stories, poems, essays, and serial novels. The three (magazines, newspapers, and literature) are an important source of our knowledge of the societies existing in those times.

Read and Learn More WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 2 Culture Characteristics And Discussions

Nineteenth-Century Bengal Magazines Newspapers And Literature As Reflections Of Culture Bengal Bamabodhini 1863

Bamabodhini (1863) Origin:  In the nineteenth century amongst the magazines in Bengal which focused on women’s issues-Bamabodhini was the most popular. This monthly periodical was published first in August 1863 and continued for sixty years till the publication of the last issue in 1922.

  • The first editor of the magazine was Umesh Chandra Dutta (1840-1907) of Mazilpur, Jayanagar, 24 Pgs (S) who the ‘Bamabodhini Sabha’ a society that was devoted to the emancipation of women.
  • He was the first Principal of the City College, Calcutta and at that time he published a weekly newspaper ‘Bharat Samskar’. In fact, the Bamabodhini was the mouthpiece of this society.
  • Bamabodhini is actually a fusion of two words in Bengali, ‘Bama’ meaning women, and Bodhini meaning an ode to the woman. During the start of the publication of this periodical, Umesh Chandra Dutta was assisted in his work, especially by Kshetra Mohan Dutta and Basanta Kumar Dutta.
WBBSE Notes For Class 10 Geography And EnvironmentWBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment
WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 Life ScienceWBBSE Class 10 Life Science Multiple Choice Questions
WBBSE Solutions for Class 10 MathsWBBSE Class 10 Maths Multiple Choice Questions
WBBSE Notes For Class 10 Physical Science And Environment

 

  • After continuous editing of the magazine for 44 years by Umesh Chandra Dutta, the work was carried forward by other luminaries the prominent amongst them being Sukumar Dutta, Tarakumar Kabiratna, Surya Kumar Chattopadhyay and Kshetra Gopal Mukhopadhyay.

WBBSE Class 10 History Notes

  • The last editor of this magazine was Ananada Kumar Dutta and the Bamabodhini lasted for total 60 years. Its best writer was Mankumari Basu.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 2 Culture Characteristics And Discussions Bamabodhini Sabha

Bamabodhini (1863) Impacts: Usually the progressive luminaries contributed in form of writings to the Bamabodhini magazine.

  1. The topics usually dwelt on the existing issues of the then society and covered discussions on religions, laws, science, history, traditional medicines, child care, women’s education, etc.
  2. One of the primary goals of the magazine was to educate the housewife and bring to force their importance in the progress of the society.
  3. Bamabodhini without any qualms protested regularly against oppression of women in the society.
  4. The magazine stressed the only way to ensure progress of the society, was to ensure progress of the woman in the family and it was tried to understand that by educating a woman in the family, meant educating the whole family.
  5. Like Bamabodhini, Pyarichand Mitra (author of ‘Alaler Ghorer Dulal’) and Radhanath Sikdar also published the magazine ‘Monthly Paper’ in 1858, but this could run for only four years. Along with Umesh Chandra Dutta, two other members from the ‘Bamabodhini Society’, Ashutosh Ghosh and Santosh Kumar Dutta were part of the editorial board of the magazine.  The main office of the magazine was located at 16, Raghunath Street, Simulia, Calcutta.
  6. The magazine catered to finding solutions to women’s problems. The main focus was the removal of ignorance and superstitious dogmas prevalent in society those days.
  7. This was evident from the first issue of the magazine itself where in the very beginning it was written, ‘Bamabodhini will cover the topics of language, geography, history, life’s character, science, health, law and justice, country, poem, home remedies, child care, skills, and home development. The essays published in the ‘Bamabodhini’ were codified by Pyarichand Mitra and Shibchandra Deb, in the book ‘Women Education’ (“Nari Shiksha”).

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 2 Culture Characteristics And Discussions Pyarichand Mitra

Bamabodhini (1863) Evaluation:

  • In the second issue, the following lines were published-‘God is the father of all the people and his mercy is applicable equally to man and woman. He has bestowed the mind of men and women equally with the power to acquire knowledge, then why should you women who have eyes remain blind?
  • In another one of its later issues, it had stressed the need for caring of the girl child and ensuring the need for her proper education. It had stated that if the light of education is not allowed to enter the mind of the woman, then mankind will not be benefited.
  • The magazine went on to identify the main hindrances to woman’s education-paucity of time, lack of interest, and disinterest shown by teachers.

WBBSE Class 10 History Notes

  • Hence the Bamabodhini took it upon itself to remove fear, ignorance, and superstitious dogmas from the mind of the women and replace these with the glowing light of knowledge, truth, power to analyse and most important identify the weaknesses and eradicate them completely.
  • The efforts by this magazine had to a great extent been instrumental in converting the nineteenth-century Bengali woman in bondage into a modern free woman.

Nineteenth-Century Bengal Magazines Newspapers And Literature As Reflections Of Culture Hindu Patriot 1853

Hindu Patriot (1853) Origin:

  • The Hindu Patriot was a weekly newspaper. It was a mouthpiece of the ‘British Indian Association’ (1851). It was started publishing on 6th January 1853. The first proprietor of this news paper was Madhusudhan Ray and the first managing editor of the paper (1849). was Girish Chandra Ghosh.
  • In 1855 the proprietorship of the periodical changed hands and Haran chandra Mukherjee the elder brother of Harish Chandra Mukherjee (1824-1861) became its new owner and first editor. Basically, the latter was got associated with the editorial work of the newspaper along with his elder brother

Hindu Patriot (1853) Importance:

  1. As the first editor Harish Chandra played an important role during the Indigo Revolt (1860) and also the Sepoy Mutiny (1857). The Indigo Revolt was in reaction to the Indigo Tax imposed on the poor farmers along with the oppression by their British landlords. This was extensively covered by Harish Chandra in the Hindu Patriot. The newspaper was able to fire up the imagination of the people against the British oppressive rule on the poor farmers.
  2. Hindu Patriot also threw a lot of light on women’s education and widow remarriage. This newspaper encourages people to follow the path of John Elliot Drinkwater Bethune who had started the Bethune School for Girls in 1841
  3. Many advantages of widow remarriage were highlighted in this newspaper. Hindu Patriot also opposed the Hindu Divorce Law, oppression on the Santhal revolt (1855), and oppression of the European Indigo planters on the poor Indigo cultivators.
  4. This newspaper was highly critical of the British misrule in India. Everyone wanted the publication to be liberal. Harishchandra always advised the public through this paper to rise in revolt or movement whenever the British administration or Parliament failed to meet the aspirations of the people:
  5. However, he didn’t consider the British rule in India as an imperial rule. In fact he advised the people to learn from the British and their rule and become more enlightened in the process. This has been described in detail in the 11th October 1855 issue of the Hindu Patriot
  6. During the Sepoy Mutiny of 1857, the Act 15 of banning Hindu Intelligence was however not criticized in the newspaper. Ramgopal Sanyal commented that the newspaper had been even sympathetic to the British during these turbulent days. For this reason, Lord Canning and the contemporary British parliamentarian Lord Grenwill had been very impressed with the editorial of the newspaper.

Hindu Patriot (1853) Evaluation: The Hindu Patriot though popular was an expensive newspaper. This is the reason its circulation gradually went down. Coupled with this the sudden demise of

  • Harishchandra Mukherjee almost sounded the death knell for the newspaper. Whatever efforts made by the subsequent editors Krishna Pada Pal from 1861 to 1884 and Sambhu Chandra Mukherjee all were in vain and the newspaper was soon closed down. In March 1892 the Hindu Patriot became a daily newspaper.
  • Nineteenth Century Bengal Hutum Pyanchar Naksha 1862

Class 10 History Important Questions WBBSE

Nineteenth-Century Bengal Magazines Newspapers And Literature As Reflections Of Culture Hutum Pyanchar Naksha 1862

Background: Pandit Kaliprasanna Singha (23rd February 1841 to 24th July 1870) was famous for two brilliant works,

  • Translation of the mammoth epic ‘Mahabharat’ to Bengali with the help of 10 scholars and.
  • ‘Hutum Pyanchar Naksha’ in 1862, The translation took him several years (1858 to 1866), but his other works were plays ‘Babu’ (1858), ‘Bikramabarshi’ (1857), ‘Sabitri Satyavan’ (1858) and ‘Malati Madhab’ (1859). His disguised name was ‘Hutum Pyancha’ taken in 1861.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 2 Culture Characteristics And Discussions Kaliprasanna Singha

Hutum Pyanchar Naksha 1862 Importance:

  1. We are able to understand a lot about the society existing in nineteenth-century Bengal, through the Hutum Pyanchar Naksha. Though he was born in the rich Jora.. Shankha, Zamindar family, we can get the picture of the ordinary man on the streets, from this novel.
  2. Having an incredible memory, Kaliprasanna Singha’s multi-faceted talents were visible from his early childhood. Hutum Pyanchar Naksha is a remarkable timeless novel in which Calcutta’s Babu culture has been described eloquently. The Babu culture was evident mostly in Calcutta’s rich landlords, traders, rich alcoholics, and the unscrupulous rich. Bankim Chandra has described this class of people as one of the world’s ten avatars.
  3. In the book ‘Hutum Pyanchar Naksha’ Kaliprasanna ‘criticized
    • Attitude of english educated middle class,
    • Rich and prosperous babus and their social and moral degradation,
    • Contemporary city-dwellers of Kolkata were divided by him into three types like
      • Blind followers english culture,
      • English educated new rational class,
      • Orthodox hindu society without knowing English were dishonest and cheaters,
    • Picture of ordinary Calcutta, where Kaliprasanna discussed charak, barware festivals, boy-kidnapper, flying Nilkantha Pakshi, Durgapuja, Rathyatra, and Ramlila festivals, etc.
  4. Kaliprasanna has described this in disciplined class in detail. In recent times writer Sunil Gangopadhyay has re-written this novel in a new format, ‘Sei Samay. Like the earlier writing this novel also tries to capture the society of the present day youth.
  5. On one hand Kaliprasanna was a writer, editor, and publisher on the other hand he was an accomplished social worker. On the publishing of his novel Hutum Pyanchar Naksha, in 1862, he started getting accolades from all corners. In this novel, he has criticized the middle class of the existing times.
  6. The novel throws light on the existing interpersonal behavior, religious occasions and festivities, and the various social groupings and societies of that time. This was the first Bengali book which was written in the colloquial language in a total of 140 pages. As it was very critical of certain classes of society, many feathers were ruffled by this novel. In retaliation two or three other novels were also published which tried to present a contradictory picture to the public.

Hutum Pyanchar Naksha 1862 Evaluation:

  1. Hutum Pyanchar Naksha was a very popular novel in Bengal in the nineteenth century. Till date innumerable editions of this book have been published.
  2. Bankim Chandra Chattopadhyay had compared this book of Charles Dickens’s ‘Sketches By Boz’. According to him this book in a very strong language has described all stratas of the society existing in the latter half of nineteenth century Bengal.
  3. This book like many others at that time has described vividly the dance of the nautch girls in the farm houses of the zamindars of Bengal.
  4. Even forty years before the publishing of this book Bhavani Charan Bandhopadhya in his book ‘Kolikata Kamalaloy (1823) had mentioned about similar trends in the society.
  5. Besides, this ‘Nabababubilas’ (1825) and ‘Babubilas’ (1831), Pyarichand Mitra’s ‘Aalaler Gharer Dulal’, Michael Madhusudhan Dutta’s ‘Ekei ki Bole Sabhyata’ and Dinabandhu Mitra’s ‘Sadhabar Ekadoshi’ all had described the nineteenth century Bengal society which find reflection in the book ‘Hutum Pyanchar Naksha’. Kaliprasanna also gave financial help to ‘Tatwabodhini’, ‘Somprakash’, ‘Bengalee’, ‘Hindu Patriot’ and ‘Mukherjee’s magazine’.

Class 10 History Important Questions WBBSE

Nineteenth-Century Bengal Magazines Newspapers And Literature As Reflections Of Culture Nil Darpan 1860

Famous writer and dramatist, Dinabandhu Mitra (1829-1873) composed the drama Nil Darpan in 1860. The real name of Dinabandhu Mitra was Gandharbanarayan with the pseudonym, ‘Kenchit Pathikenavipranitam’ (coffee) Dinabandhu wrote the. drama ‘Nil Darpan’, who was a staff of Postal department under British Government.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 2 Culture Characteristics And Discussions Dinabandhu Mitra

Importance aspects of Nil Darpan were

  1. This drama was based on the Indigo Revolt of 1859-60.
  2. The drama highlighted the oppression of the poor indigo farmers by the British landlords and money lenders.
  3. The analysis of the movement in the work is noteworthy. On 7th December, 1872 the drama was played for the first time in theaters.
  4. In this drama, the playwright had very aptly. projected the picture of the English gentleman Roghses. While viewing this play at Calcutta’s Great National Theatre, Vidyasagar got so worked up with the character of Roxes, played by Ardhendu Sekhar Mustafi that he threw a shoe at the actor.
  5. The christian clergy James. Long who was a great admirer of Dinabandhu Mitra wanted Michael Madhusudan Dutta to translate the drama into English. The British Government did not like this effort by the priest and ordered him to be put behind bars for three months. On request. of christian clergy Reverend James Long the drama ‘Nil Darpan’ was translated by Michael Madhusudan Dutta in English. For this reason Long Saheb was sent to jail and had to pay Rs. 20,000 as fine.
  6. It made reaction among the people of India. Nil Darpan was the first Bengali play to be translated into English. Bankim Chandra had compared the Nil Darpan, to Harriet Beecher Stowe’s Uncle Tom’s Cabin.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 2 Culture Characteristics And Discussions Nil Darpan

Nineteenth-Century Bengal Magazines Newspapers And Literature As Reflections Of Culture Grambarta Prakashika 1863

Grambarta Prakashika 1863 Origin: Grambarta was an important and exceptional periodical of nineteenth-century Bengal published first in April 1863. Its editor was a rural journalist ‘Kangal Harinath Mazumdar’ (1833-1896). He was a headmaster of Kumarkhali Bangla Pathsala of Bangladesh.

Grambarta Prakashika 1863 Importance:

  1. Only 19 episodes of his periodical ‘Grambarta’ was published by Jessor. As this periodical highlighted the life and condition of the villagers, and villages of Santipur, Meherpur Chakdaha, etc. its name had been “Grambarta. Prakashika”
  2. Its objective was to inform the whereabouts of the villagers to British Government for immediate action. So the name ‘Grambarta’, was meaningful no doubt.
  3. In 1864 (June- July months) this became a fortnightly magazine and in 1871 (April-May months) it got converted to a weekly magazine. First, this was printed in the Girish Bidyaratna Press and later on the magazine was published from Maturanath Press of Kumrakhali village in Pabna district (Present day Nadia).
  4. Kangal Harinath was helped many ways by Mathuranath Maitra. The magazine usually focused on culture, philosophy, and science. Rabindranath Kangal Harinath Tagore, Mir Musharaf Hossien, and Jalandhar Sen had contributed many essays to this magazine. Kangal Harinath continued to be the editor of this magazine alone for eighteen years.
  5. In this magazine, he had tried to bring forth the progress of Bengal’s education and also its misuse. He also tried to highlight the mistakes committed by the society and the politicians of those times like the oppression by the British, landlords, and money lenders on the indigo farmers have been sharply criticized by the magazine.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 2 Culture Characteristics And Discussions Kangal Harinath

Grambarta Prakashika 1863 Evaluation:

  1. Kangal Harinath did not have formal education, but yet he thought that education is life. Though he was a hindu, he was highly inspired with the ideals of Brahmo leader Bijoy Krishna Goswami and Lalan Fakir.
  2. He composed the Baul Songs for village men by his new name “Kaħgal Fikirchand”. Besides the ‘Sambad Prabhakar’ of Iswar Chandra Gupta had a deep impact in his life.
  3. Harinath’s ‘Grambarta Prakashika’ had highlighted the sorrows and sufferings of the village people. He strictly criticised the oppressive Zamindars, money-lenders, indigo-planters, Zamindars of the Tagore family of Jorasanko.
  4. ‘Grambarta’ was the only literary magazine that supported the rival peasants in the Pubna Revolt (1870).

WBBSE History And Environment Notes PDF 

Nineteenth-Century Bengal Education Culture Characteristics

  • Philosopher Jeremi Bentham (1748-1823), his pupil James Mill (1773-1836), and the latter’s son John Stuart Mill advocated the theory ‘greatest happiness for the greatest number’. This theory was called Hedonism. This western thinking and education, induced a new enthusiasm, energy and enlightened the Indian society and civilization.
  • East India Company as such didn’t encourage the introduction of Western education in India. On the contrary, the company was apprehensive of this and there was a thinking that enlightening Indians with this education will be detrimental for the Company. Warren Hastings on the other hand was a great protagonist of the native education system. He started many endeavors for the encouragement of the learning of Indian languages.
  • In 1781 on the request of the Muslims, Hastings built the Calcutta Madrasa. In 1784 the Judge of Calcutta High Court, Sir William Jones established the Asiatic Society.
  • In 1787, Charles Wilkins created the Bengali alphabet blocks to print Halhed’s Bengali Grammer book. In 1792, Jonathan Duncan established the Sanskrit College in Benaras.
  • To ensure an able administration in India, Company thought that its staff must be educated in Indian languages, traditions, etc, and with this specific purpose, Lord Wellesley established the Fort William College in 1800.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 2 Culture Characteristics And Discussions John Stuart Mill

Nineteenth-Century Bengal Education Culture Characteristics Conflicts Between Oriental And Western Education

  • Famous Orientalist H. H. Wilson in 1821 laid the foundation of the Sanskrit college in Calcutta. The College started functioning on 1st January 1824. The main function of the college was researching Hindu Literature and the influence of Western knowledge.
  • For the growth of education, Lord Amherst instituted the General Committee of Public Instruction (GCPI) in 1823 A.D. This Committee, majority orientalist members like James Princep, W. W. Wilson, H. T. Colbrooke, and Halt Mackenzie had suggested the merger of ancient Indian and modern European science.
  • They tried to spend government money for the growth and development of Indian Science and classical literature and its teaching through Sanskrit, Arabic, and Persian languages. Therefore they patronised the Sanskrit College, and traditional oriental institutes like Tole, Madrasah, etc. But they had also noted that it was essential to know English to study Western science and culture.
  • This was the beginning of the competition between Oriental and Western education. The first evidence of this competition was visible when the Charter Act of 1813 was passed. The reason was that this law ensured the spending of rupees one lakh (Rs. 1,00,000) education-but on which education-Indian or Western.
  • A tug of war ensured between the protagonists of Western and Indian education. This was called the Evangelical Movement. But the progressive-minded middle class wanted the induction of western education in India and that too without any governmental assistance. For this reason, Anglicist Raja Ram Mohan Roy wrote a letter to Lord Amherst in 1823 which reflected his strong views on the uselessness of Sanskrit education.
  • In an essay published in 7th September 1833 in Sudhakar magazine, it was noted that other than the Brahmins no one else will be benefited by Sanskrit education.
  • Favoring western education were the ‘Elphinston Minute’ (16th December 1823), Bombay Governor John Malcolm’s request (1828), the order by the Court of Directory (29th September 1830), and on 2nd February 1835 the ‘Macaulay Minute’.
  • Anglicist Macaulay’s efforts on 7th March 1835 in spreading Western education in India met with very strong criticism from orientalist H. T. Princep, H. H. Wilson, and Brian Hudson.
  • Through this conflict the western education system was followed and as a result the Calcutta Medical College (1835) and the Bombay Elphinston College were established in 1835 along with 14 new institutions.
  • Finally, the ‘Auckland Minute’ of 24th November 1831 put the arguments to rest, when it declared that without disturbing the foundations of Western education, the government will spend an extra rupees thirty-one thousand on native education.
  • Also, the medium of education will be Bengali and English and the students were given the freedom to pursue their studies in any one of the mediums of their desire.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 2 Culture Characteristics And Discussions Calcutta Medical College

Nineteenth-Century Bengal Education Culture Characteristics Spread Of English Education

Spread Of English Education Reasons:

  • In 1803 William Ward commented that almost every village in Bengal had a school. Later on in Adam’s Report it has been stated that there were more than a hundred thousand schools in Bengal.
  • But the conditions of these schools were not at all up to the mark. Historian Dr. Amitabha Mukherjee has also noted in his work Reform and Regeneration in Bengal, that this existing system.of education was ordinary and they had no access to modern education.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 2 Culture Characteristics And Discussions Asiatic Society

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 2 Culture Characteristics And Discussions Hindu College

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 2 Culture Characteristics And Discussions James Long

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 2 Culture Characteristics And Discussions Madhusudan Dutta

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 2 Culture Characteristics And Discussions Sanskrit College

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 2 Culture Characteristics And Discussions Scottish Church College

Spread of English Education Private Efforts: Bengalis were the first to show interest in English education. Dwarkanath Thakur was influenced by the English school opened by a Eurasian named Sherbon in Jorashanko.

  • In Calcutta, another Eurasian was employed as an English tutor in the house of Motilal Shil. Later on with the efforts of Radhakanta Deb, the Hindu College was established in 1817 and later on in 1855 this was renamed as the Presidency College.
  • The prominent students of Hindu College were Bhudeb Mukhopadhya, Madhusudan Dutta, Parichand Mitra, and Rajnarayan Basu. Besides this David Hare opened an English school which today exists by the name of Hare School.
  • In 1800 in Bhawanipore, Calcutta, and in 1824 in Chinsurah two English schools were opened. A new wave of development of schools and school books started taking place after the Calcutta School Book Society (1817) and the Calcutta School Society (1818) were established.
  • The young lecturer in Hindu College Louis Henry Vivian Derozio and some of his students had established six primary schools in Calcutta in 1831. Ram Mohan himself had opened a school in Surikhana in Calcutta. In 1828, Gourmohan Adda had also opened a school by the name of Oriental Seminari.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 2 Culture Characteristics And Discussions Dayid Hare

WBBSE History And Environment Notes PDF 

Spread of English Education The efforts by Missionaries: The missionary groups which had made a lot of efforts in trying to open education institutions in India were the Clapham Group, Church Missionary Society, Calcutta Diocesan Committee, London Missionary Society, Church of Scotland, etc.

  • In 1793, Baptist Missionary William Kerry and his wife Anna Kerry to spread the Christian religion opened a mission in Sreerampore.
  • On Kerry’s instructions, the editor of Samachar Darpan and Dikdarshan, Marshman, and his associated William Ward had established the Sreerampore Baptist Mission. This Mission was able to publish the Bible in 27 Indian languages other than Bengali.
  • They also took the responsibility to publish Bengali and Tamil Grammar books from their publishing house. The Sreerampore Mission went on to establish 126 schools imparting western education which catered to almost 10,000 Indian students.
  • Charles Grant had commented in the book ‘Observations on the state of Society among the Asiatic Subjects of Great Britain’, that to save the people from the negative traits of the Hindu religion it is important to convert them to Christianity.
  • The Mission had stared the Monterial System in which the students of higher classes were required to teach the students of the primary section. This system was started by Andrew Bell and is also known as the Bell System.
  • Robert May of the London Missionary Society had established nearly 36 schools. The Church Missionary Society in 1799 had set up a few schools in Bengal and South India.
  • The other establishments set up by the Missionaries were Bishos College, Shibpur (1820), Christian College, Madras (1837), Wilson College, Bombay, and ‘Belgium’s Jesuit Missionaries had set up the Lorreto House College and St. Xavier’s College.
  • In 1830 Alexander Duff established the General Assemblies Institution. Later on this came to be known as the Scottish Church College. In fact, the period from 1830 to 1857, is known as the “Duff’s era”.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 2 Culture Characteristics And Discussions William Kerry

Spread of English Education Government Efforts: The first request to the East India Company to promote western education was made by two educationists Charles Grant and William Wilbur Force. The Company after passing of the Charter Act in 1813 had agreed to spend one lakh rupees for the promotion of education in India. The Charter of laissez faire’ in 1833 gave a new. direction to the promotion of education systems in India.

  • The Education Secretary, Thomas Babington Edward Macaulay, was the Chairman of the General Committee of Public Instructions. He took up the work of spreading western education in India. But he had to face the resistance in his work by orientalists Princep and Wilsons.
  • After many obstacles he presented his Minutes to the. Governor General. He stated in his Minutes that Oriental education is unscientific and narrow-minded. A single shelf of a good European Library was worth the whole native literature of India and Arabia.
  • Lord William Bentinck was of the opinion that western education should be allowed to filter down into the masses. On receiving the Macaulay Minutes, lord Bentinck decided that western education should be imparted in English.
  • Bentinck established the Calcutta Medical College, Madras University High School, Thomson Engineering College, and Bombay Elphinstone Institution in 1835. He felt that except the blood and the colour of the skin of the Indians everything else amongst them should be Indian.
  • The great objective of the British Government ought to be the promotion of European literature and science among the native of India. In his times 14 schools were opened by the Government. This went up to 48 in a short span of two years.
  • In Chandannagar one English school was opened. To promote western education in 1842 the Council of Education was formed. In 1844 Lord Hardinge in his ‘Educational Dispatch’ mentioned the need of English language skills for government employees and this language was also recognised as official language in the same year. Following this every Indian wanted to learn English for a bright future.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 2 Culture Characteristics And Discussions Charles Wood

The Chairman for the Board of Controller, Charles Wood in his Wood’s Dispatch in 1854 had mentioned that

  1. There, was a synchronize the higher education in India to its primary education facilities.
  2. The need for promotion of English education in India through ‘Wood’s Despatch’ was very important for which it is known as “Magna Carta”.
  3. The immediate need was felt to establish three Universities in Calcutta, Bombay, and Madras Presidencies. Sir James William Colvile was the first vice chancellor of the Calcutta University.
  4. The other needs were the establishment of a separate education department (D.P.I.).
  5. Training facilities for training of teachers.
  6. It was also felt that a regular maintenance of the government schools was required and also a need for institution of grant-in-aid facilities for the non-governmental schools.
  7. It was also said that there was a need for middle schools and vastly increase the number of government primary schools.
  • Under Lord Rippon, the first education commission was chaired by Sir William Hunter in 1882. This was known as the “Hunter Commission”. The commission espoused that more primary schools need to be established.
  • The number of secondary schools also needs to be increased. Even the number of Universities was set to increase under the directives of the commission. Also scholarships needed to be instituted for the deserving students.

Conclusion: According to Dr. Judith, Brown, other than the Brahmins and other people of the higher strata of the society no one else benefited from the spurt in western education. In 1821 the illiterates consisted of nearly 14% of the population. Amongst the women illiteracy was nearly 18%.

WBBSE History And Environment Notes PDF 

Nineteenth-Century Bengal Education Culture Characteristics Women’s Education And Iswarchandra Vidyasagar 1820 To1891

  • In this era not only there was a spread in English education, but also there was a spurt in education of women. The main protagonists for the women’s education were Ram Mohan Roy, Radha Kanta Deb, David Hare, and Vidyasagar.
  • In 1819 the Female Juvenile Society was established. This society published. Gourmohan Bidyalankar’s “Sri-Sikhya Bishayak” which expounded the need for women’s education.
  • In 1828 the chief of this society Miss Cook established the ‘Calcutta Female School’. With the help of Vidyasagar and Dakshina Ranjan Mukherjee, ‘Bethun Saheb’ changed its name as Bethun School. In 1825 the Ladies Association was established.
  • In 1845 the British Indian Society and Uttarpara’s zamindar Joy Krishna Mukherjee had set up a ‘Balika Bidyalaya’ and in 1847 Pyarichand Mitra had established a ‘Balika Bidyalaya’ in Barasat where role of Vidyasagar is remembered with honour.
  • With the help of John Elliot Drinkwater Bethune, Vidyasagar established the Bethune School on 7th May 1849 and College in 1879 for Women In the Wood’s Despatch (1854) women education was included which encouraged Vidyasagar.
  • After being appointed as assistant inspector of Bengali medium schools in South Bengal in 1855, Vidyasagar individually founded some girl schools and arranged for govt. aids for its in May 1857.
  • The govt. approved two girls schools in Hooghly and Burdwan which inspired him to establish 40 girl schools in which total number of girls increased to 1348 in between November. 1857 to June 1848. Vidyasagar spent 3,400.
  • Unfortunately in the later period govt. aids were given but schools were not affiliated. On the memory of his mother Bhagabati. Dévi Vidyasagar founded ‘Bhagabati Vidyalaya’ (1890) in his native village Birsingha, Midnapur.
  • With the help of Miss Mari Karpenter, Annet Acroaid and Keshab Ch. Shene founded ‘Normal School’ for girls in 1872. In the spread of female education his friend Madan Mohan Tarkalankar (1817-1858) supported Vidyasagar and admitted two of his daughters Bhubanmala and Kundanmala to the Bethun School. Due to his inspiration, Kalikrishna Mitra founded the first girl school at Barasat, North 24 Parganas.
  • After being the secretary of Bethun School in 1850 Vidyasagar became more advance in founding female schools. Vidyasagar founded “Stri-Siksha Bidhayani Sammilani” in many districts for spread of female education.
  • He himself carried the cost of 3400 for 1300 girl students of 35 girl school, as govt disliked to pay any aid for them. Vidyasagar wrote “TTER ” i.e. ‘like son daughters are to be cared for and given education’ by the side of the carriage of the girls of the Bethun School.
  • Vidyasagar opened nearly 35 schools, exclusively for the education of the girl child. Some of literary works included Barnoparichay (1855), Bodhodoy, Kathamala, Sitar Bonobas and Bhranti Bilas. Vidyasagar was in favour of the western education in India.
  • He considered the British colonial occupation of India as blessing for the Indians. For this reason he never joined the numerous freedom movements against the British rule.
  • It needs to be noted here that in 1870, when the Lt. Governor of Bengal, George Campbell scared with the youth of Bengal’s enthusiasm to undergo western education; to bring down the number of colleges in semi-towns, then a spontaneous movement was started against British.
  • Vidyasagar instead of taking part in the protests quietly set up the Metropolitan Institution with his own money. Today this college goes by the name of Vidyasagar College. Vidyasagar kept his cultural ethos intact, in spite of taking up western education.
  • That is why Professor Amalesh Tripathy had called him a ‘Traditional Modernizer’. Michael Madhusudan Dutta remarked about Vidyasagar, “He has the genious and wisdom of an ancient sage, the energy of an Englishman and the heart of a Bengali mother”.-Vidyasagar and Bengali Society by Binay Ghosh.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 2 Culture Characteristics And Discussions Iswarchandra Vidyasagar

Nineteenth-Century Bengal Education Culture Characteristics Efforts To Spread Western Education Raja Ram Mohan Roy And Radha Kanta Deb

Both Raja Ram Mohan Roy and Radha Kanta Deb had played an equal role in the spread of western education in India. But their approach to the issue was quite different. While the former was more aggressive in his approach the latter had adopted a slow and steady approach to the problem of spreading western education.

WBBSE Class 10 Chapter 2 Summary

Nineteenth-Century Bengal Education Culture Characteristics Raja Ram Mohan Roy 1772 To1833

  • Raja Ram Mohan Roy was like an angel who delivered Indian society into the modern world. Through the prism of western education he could see that the Bengali religious world was not only very. complex but also very inclusive.
  • To get into the essence of religion he read the Upanishads in Sanskrit, Koran in Arabic, New Testament in Greek, and in Hebrew he read the Talmud and the Old Testament. On reading these he came to the conclusion that all the religious dogmas are meaningless.
  • He had gained literacy in twelve worldwide languages. On being impressed by the preachers of the New Testament he wrote the book The Percepts of Jesus. Kishori Chand Mitra has for this reason named him as Religious Benthamite.
  • Ram Mohan was vehemently opposed to polygamy and child marriage of the girls. Ram Mohan (1772-1833) was very impressed with western education and the development of science in the west. The work plan that Ram Mohan adopted against primitive dogmas prevalent in the society, included the emancipation of women in India.
  • He challenged the mouthpiece of the old school of thought, the Samachar Chandrika through his own Samachar Darpan, Sambad Kumudi, Calcutta Journal, Indian Gazette, and the Friends of India. When in 1829 Bentinck banned the Sati practice through Regulation-17, Ram Mohan had sent him a congratulatory letter. Ram Mohan was highly impressed with western education.
  • He had a special role to play in the establishment of the Hindu College in 1817. He gave special attention to Western science, philosophy, law, economics, and political science. He wrote a letter to Lord Amherst in 1823 demanding the introduction of western education and the study of Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry, and Anatomy.
  • It was not enacted. Rammohan supported Scottish Missionary Alexander Duff of set up ‘General Assemblies Institution’ in 1830 A.D. Rammohan himself founded an English medium school at Sunrikhana, Kolkata. For the spread of english education, Rammohan himself founded ‘Pataldangha Anglo.
  • Hindu School’. He helped David Hare to established ‘Hare School’ in 1818 A.D. Its early name was ‘Pataldangha Institution’. He had started a movement against the Press Act of 1826 and the Jury Act in 1827.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 2 Culture Characteristics And Discussions Raja Ram Mohan Roy

Raja-Ram Mohan Roy (1772-1833) Evaluation: Ram Mohan died in Bristol, London in 1833. He was laid to engrave or Samadhi in London itself. But Ram Mohan had his limitations and for this he had been criticized extensively.

  • Firstly, though he stood up against some of the primordial customs existing in the society, he never made in comments against the caste system existing in the country. Also though he had raised his voice against the barbaric custom of sati, he did it only after his sister in law was sacrificed in this act. In his Brahma Samaj, he didn’t allow anyone other than a Brahmin to become an Acharya.
  • Secondly, though he was a votary of the western education he was not able to clearly move away from his oriental-leanings.
  • Thirdly, though he was against the Doctrine of Lapse and the Permanent Settlement Bill, he never fully protested against the zamindari system.
  • According to historian Salauddin Ahmed, Ram Mohan was instead of an aggressive agent of change was more of a careful reformer. Dr. Ramesh Chandra Mazumdar remarked and compared him with famous muslim reformer Sir Syed Ahmed Khan. Rabindranath Tagore called Rammohan ‘the pioneer of modern India’ and ‘the father of modern India’.

Nineteenth-Century Bengal Education Culture Characteristics Radhakanta Deb

  • Radhakanta belonged to the aristocratic family of Shobhabażar. The aristocracy was established by his grandfather Munshi Nabakrishna.
  • Radhakanta had his primary education in Calcutta Academy. He had learnt both Sanskrit and French languages.
  • After his father Gour Mohan’s demise he got associated to the managing council of the Hindu College in 1818. He continued to ‘do this for the next 32 years of his life and in this period contributed extensively towards the shaping of the college’s rules and regulations.
  • He would help -college stúdents to pursue higher University education and also if necessary provide financial help for this purpose.
  • Radhakanta wrote a scientific essay on the agricultural activities of the district of 24 Parganas. In 1832 he had translated a French book Horticultural into English and sent it to the Royal Horticultural Society in London. He received many accolades for this act. He had died in Brindavan, Mathura.
  • Radhakanta was the first person to. stress the need for an engineering and agricultural college with the medium of instruction being Bengali.
  • He was very enthusiastic for the spread of women’s education. Through his magazine Tatwabodhini, and his Hindu Charitable Institution had tried to break the influence of the Christian missionary activities.
  • When he was at loggerheads with the government regarding the running of the Hindu College he resigned from its management council in 1850. But Radhakanta’s interest in the spread of Western education was not diminished due to this incident.
  • In 1853 along with help from Debendranath Tagore, Motilal Shil, and Rajendra Lal Dutta he established the Metropolitan College. This was the first national college fully owned by Indians. However, due to the paucity of funds this college was later converted to a school.
  • Radhakanta Deb (10.3.1783-19.4.1867) Evaluation: His book Shabdakalpadrum which ran into 8 volumes is highly appreciable. This huge work took work. The British government awarded him the title of ‘Raj Bahadur’ for this monumental piece of work. He was a member of the Zamindar Sabha and the Bengal British Society. The general idea prevalent in Britain is that Radhakanta was the first Hindu who had changed with times and was a great votary of women’s education.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 2 Culture Characteristics And Discussions Radhakanta Deb

Nineteenth-Century Bengal Education Culture Characteristics David Hare

David Hare was a Scott and had come to India to set up a business of watches in 1800 in Calcutta. After running this business for eighteen years he handed it over to his partner Grey and started involving himself in the education activity in India.

While in the business he had come across numerous classes of people and realized that the society in India was deeply affected by superstitions and primitive and often barbaric customs. He understood that the only way to free the Indians from these primitive dogmas was to expose them to the western education which was more scientific in nature. On his death David Hare was accused as an antagonist of the Bible and hence his body was refused burial at the Christian graveyard. For this reason he was buried at College Square.

  1. In 1816, through the Dewan Baidyanath Mukhopadhyay, he had sent a proposal to Justice Sir Edward Hyde East, to start a new educational institution. The result was the establishment of the Hindu College on 20th January 1817. In 1855 this was renamed as the Presidency College.
  2. Because of Hare’s initiative the ‘School Book Society’ and the ‘Indian School Society’ came up in the years 1817 and 1818 respectively. The three main objectives were first, to spread the western education, second, to open the distribution channels for English books and third, spread of the Christian religion through the Bibles.
  3. He was the chairman of the School Book Society and took care of the students of Hindu College who excelled in their studies. David Hare’s ‘Pataldanga Institution’ is now known as “Hare School”.
  4. To ensure regular attendance of the students at his schools ‘Arpuli Free Vernacular School’ and ‘Patoldanga English School’ and at his ‘Hindu College’, Hare used to institute many prizes.
  5. On 18th November 1828 he wrote a letter to the students who are able to see the light of modern education, will be responsible to spread modern education in the country. In 1825 he became the Director of the Management Committee of the Hindu College.
  6. In his whole life whatever income he was making was being spent on spread of modern education in Bengal. When the main funding agent for the School Society, ‘Barito and Company’ was found to be bankrupt then he himself started funding the School Society.
  7. But once ‘Macintosh and Co. closed down all his schools were shut down because of paucity of funds. ‘Arpuli Free Vernacular School’ and ‘Patoldanga English School’ were merged into one new entity known as Hare School.
  8. David Hare had contributed to the creation of the Calcutta Medical College on 1st June 1835. Being a member of the College’s management council he would encourage the students to learn how to dissect a dead body. Besides this he would try to give free medicines to the patients. He was against the students getting converted to Christianity in spite of him being a Christian. He was against the Jury Act and the Press Act. Even today he is held in very high esteem in the Bengali Society.

Nineteenth-Century Bengal Education Culture Characteristics John Elliot Drinkwater Bethune

  • Bethune was proficient in English, Bengali, Greek and Latin, German, French, and Italian languages. In 1837 he was appointed as a law advisor in the British Commonwealth Office.
  • In 1848 he was appointed as the Law Minister to Governor General Lord Canning. On coming to India he became the Chairman of the Council of Education. With his initiative and the help of Dakshinarjan Mukherjee, Madanmohan Tarkalankar, and Vidyasagar the Native Female School was established with 21 female students on 7th May 1849.
  • Presently this goes by the name of Bethune School. Later on the Bethune College was also formed for women. It was the first female college in Asia. He had donated his entire wealth for setting up these institutions. Besides this he had established the Female Juvenile Society and Calcutta Public Library. Bethun Saheb arranged the carriage for the girls to go to his school and college.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 2 Culture Characteristics And Discussions Bethune

Nineteenth-Century Bengal Education Culture Characteristics The Development of Medical Research and Calcutta Medical College 1835

  • With the initiative of Lord William Bentinck, on 28th January 1835 the Calcutta Medical College was established in Calcutta. In Asia this is supposed to be the second medical college established by the Europeans.
  • The first one was Ecole De Medicine, Pondicherry. On 2nd February, 1835 this Madras. Medical College was established. After studying here for nearly five and half years the students were awarded the degree of Bachelor of Medicine and the Bachelor of Surgery (MBBS). The first principal of the college was M. J. Bramley (1835-1837).
  • He was followed by David Hare (1837-1841), F. J. Mouat (1841-1851), and H. Goodway (1851- 1856). The first batch of 100 students were drawn from young boys in the age group of 14 to 20 years of age after a preliminary test.
  • The first batch started its classes on 20th February 1835 in different venues like Hindu College, Hare School, or at the Scottish Church College. Every student was given a stipend of one rupee.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 2 Culture Characteristics And Discussions Sir Ashutosh Mukherjee

  1. After completion of studies in four to six years they were called Native Doctors. These doctors were then sent for general public service at a pay of ₹ 30 per month. Later on this salary was increased to 40 after seven years and to 50 after 14 years.
  2. The first batch of students included, Umacharan Seth, Rajkrishna Dey, Dwarkanath Gupta, and Nabin Chandra Mitra. On 29th June 1883, the first woman Kadambini Ganguly was admitted to the college. Next year Bidhumukhi Bose was admitted to the college. They were given a stipend of 20 every month.
  3. After the foundation of the Medical College its two famous Indian physicians were Madhusudan Gupta (1800-1856) and Dr. Surya Kumar Chakraborty (1824-1874). In his later life Surya Kumar got MD degree from foreign country and also passed the I.M.F. in the first position. Then he join the Medical College as a professor.
  4. Development of higher education and Calcutta University (1857): Sir Charles Wood the chairman of Board of control in his educational despatch named ‘Wood Despatch’ published on 19th July 1854 announced to establish the Calcutta University.
  5. The Calcutta University Act was passed on 24th January 1857 and the University started its functioning with 41 members of the Senet, a chancellor, and a Vice-Chancellor. At that time all the members of the governing were british government officials.
  6. Calcutta University came up under Lord Dalhousie on 24th January 1857. Based on the lines of Oxford University this is the first multi-disciplinary and secular Western-style university in Asia. Presently this University is considered 2nd in rank in India, 143rd in Asia, and 601st in the world. But in 2001 this.
  7. University got the credit of being a Five Star University. Four Nobel Laureates Ronal Ross, Rabindranath Tagore, CV Raman, and Amartya Sen are associated with this University. In the entire country, the maximum number of students study in the Calcutta University. This University has presently 14 campuses in Kolkata.
  8. The first Chancellor of it was Lord Canning. The first Vice Chancellor of the University was Sir James William Colvile (1857 to 1859). The next Vice-Chancellor was Sir William Richie (1857-1862).
  9. The first Bengali Vice-Chancellor was Sir Gurudas Banerji (1890-1892) and the next Bengali Vice-Chancellor was Sir Ashutosh Mukherjee (1906-1918). The first two women graduates who passed from this University 1882 were Kadambini Ganguli and Chandramukhi Basu and the first two male graduate passed in 1858 were was Bankim Chandra Chattopadhyay and Jadunath Bose.
  10. Calcutta University was founded as a role model of London University. In 1925 a famous educationist Henry Sharp proudly remarked, ‘the higher education from the Calcutta University is the passport to paradise in life’.

WBBSE History And Environment Chapter 2 

Nineteenth-Century Bengal Social Reforms Characteristics

  • With Western education, there was a rise in awareness which led to a revolution in the society which led to its reformation and development. The main characteristics of this reformation of society were first, the influence of Western education on society.
  • Secondly, the active participation of the middle class in this, change.
  • Thirdly, the rise of voices and movements against primitive and often barbaric customs and practices.
  • Fourthly, the protests against the practices of the caste system, untouchability, child marriage, polygamy, Sati the drowning of children in Ganga Sagar, etc.
  • Fifthly, the reformation of the male-dominated society.
  • Sixthly, the creation of a new social structure over the decaying society ridden with primitive customs and practices.
  • Seventhly, the reformation of the society through humane values, logic, nationalism, and scientific values.
  • Eighthly, inspiring all the men and women in the society to rise against the customs that mainly existed for oppression and domination of sections of society.
  • Ninthly, inspire the society to accept modern ideas like the widow. remarriage.
  • Finally, the reformation of the society would not have been possible without the active participation of the Government, missionaries, and intellectuals.

Nineteenth-Century Bengal Social Reforms Characteristics Initiative By Brahmo Samaj

  • In the nineteenth century Bengal based on the new thought process, induced by the western education Brahmo Samaj came into being. The Samaj based on the basic tenets of the Vedas. The Atmiya Sabha in 1815 and Brahmo Sabha in 1828 founded by Raja Ram Mohan Roy were converted to the Brahmo Samaj in 1830. After the death of Rammohan in 1833 Debendranath Tagore join the Brahmo Samaj in 1843.
  • This was called the ‘Adi Brahmo Samaj’ and this existed till 1866. This Samaj was vehemently opposed to the customs like child marriage, Sati, polygamy, and the caste system.
  • But Radhakanta Deb a votary of the old school of thought was against the outright banning of the custom of Sati. This led to a tussle between him and the members of Brahmo Samaj.
  • Also, Debendranath Tagore though being at the helm of the affairs of Brahmo Samaj was not able to shed off his old beliefs and become a complete liberal. He was not fully reconciled to the new thoughts of the young leader Akshaya Kumar Dutta.
  • Keshab Sen, in his speech Destiny of Human Life had said that the untouchability in Indian society was a disease. ‘Keshab ch. Sen joined the Brahmo Samaj in 1857 and developed prayer as means of spiritual illumination and substance. After studying the writings of Theodor Parker Kerhab founded a society named “Good Will Fraternity”.
  • In 1859 he set up “Brahmo School” where weekly lectures were delivered and was greatly popular with the rising generation. In 1860 he published tracts of new Brahmoism and the first chapter was called “Young Bengal, this is for you!” The “Sangat Sabha” (1860) was founded by Keshab which was really a society of fellow believers to promote mutual spiritual intercourse among its members. It also served the famine striken people of Bengal.
  • On 13th April 1962 Debendranath elevated Keshab to the post of Acharya of Brahmo Samaj. He established the Brahmo Bandhu Sabha with the sole purpose of Keshab Chandra Sen (1838-1884) emphasizing on women’s power and help in spread of women’s education. For this purpose Keshab Chandra Sen was given the title of “Brahmanananda” by Debendra Nath Tagore.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 2 Culture Characteristics And Discussions Brahmo Sabha

On 15th November 1866 AD, Keshab established the Indian Brahmo Samaj, which could have members belonging to all religions of India. The tenets of “Indian Brahmo Samaj” were

  1. The vast universe is the temple of God,
  2. Wisdom is the pure land of pilgrimage,
  3. Truth is the everlasting scripture,
  4. Faith is the root of religion,
  5. Love is the true spiritual culture,
  6. Destruction of selfishness is true as criticism. He encouraged widow remarriage, education for women, and even established evening schools for them. He was strongly against child marriage, polygamy, and the purdah system.

In spite of being against such regressive customs like child marriage, he gave his own eleven years old, but as per rumour fourteen years old daughter Suniti Devi in married to 14 years, but as per rumour eighteen years old prince Nripendra Narayan of Cooch Behar.

  • There was a strong rumour of child marriage in 1877, but Dr. David Kopf said that the marriage was not consummated until 1880 when Nripendra Narayan and Suniti were 18 and 16 respectively. He had broken the ‘Act-III of 1872’, which banned child marriage. In this act, minimum age for marriage was fixed in at least 14 years for females.
  • Unsatisfied with this act of Keshab Sen, the prominent members Shibnath Shastri and Ananda Mohan Basu resigned membership of the ‘Indian Brahmo Samaj’ After coming out they convened a meeting at Town Hall and established the ‘Sadharan or Ordinary Brahmo Samaj’ on 15 May 1878 AD. Isolated in his own Brahamo Samaj, Keshab left it and formed the Nababidhan Brahmo Samaj in 1880 AD.
  • In 1857 AD, on taking over the leadership of Brahmo Samaj, Keshab Chandra Sen* started movements against many social evils apart from child marriage. Under his stewardship, 54 branches of the Brahmo Samaj were set up in various places in, the country.
  • Amongst them, fifty were in Bengal, two in United Province, and- one each in Madras and Punjab. Keshab Sen founded ‘Indian Reforms Association’ in 1870 for the spread of reform movement.
  • He also introduced the ‘Brahmo Marriage Act’ popularly called Act-3 (1872) and Victoria College for female education. Act 3 mainly. based on the popularity of widow marriage and intercaste marriage and the prohibition of child marriage.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 2 Culture Characteristics And Discussions Keshab Chandra Sen

WBBSE History And Environment Chapter 2 

Nineteenth-Century Bengal Social Reforms Characteristics Movement Against Sati 1829

Phases of the anti-sati movement were as

  1. The Christian Missionaries were the first to impress upon the British Government in India the need to ban the barbaric custom of Sati. In 1799, the Baptist Missionary from. Serampore, William Kerry was the first to start the movement against the evil custom. In 1802 he started research on this subject.
  2. In 1803, Carey arranged for a debate in the subject in the Fort William College. According to him this custom was not propagated by the Hindu religion.
  3. The main issue of Sati was the live cremation of the widow on the funeral pyre of her dead husband. Almost for 15 years, William Carey continued his movement against this cruel custom. Due to the stiff opposition by the fundamentalist Hindus the efforts by William Carey were in vain.
  4. Ram Mohan Roy on permanently settling down in Calcutta in 1814, started discussions on this matter with the Missionaries of Serampore. After this in 1817, he formally requested the British government to start an investigation in the subject. He started a movement against the custom through the press. Friend of India-now The Statesman and the Samachar Darpan but the ‘Samachar Chandrika’ Patrika of the fanatic hindu brahmins challanged against it.
  5. Two complaints were lodged against the custom to William Bentinck in May 1829 AD. On that basis on 4th December 1829, the anti-Sati act was passed in form of the Regulation 17.
  6. Though William Carey and the Serampore Missionaries had raised their voices against the custom as also protests were made by government employees Ramram Basu (1804) and Mritunjay Bidyalankar (1817). The main credit for this goes to Ram Mohan Roy because of his sustained campaign against the custom.
  7. No doubt the western educated ‘society of Calcutta which included Dwarkanath Tagore assisted Rammohan in this objective. The fundamentalist Hindus made an application against the Act in the Privy Council of the British Parliament in 11th July 1831 but Ram Mohan Roy went to England and debated in the Parliament against it. The request of the orthodox hindus was then rejected by the British Parliament.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 2 Culture Characteristics And Discussions Sati Movement

Nineteenth-Century Bengal Social Reforms Characteristics Young Bengal

  • The Young Bengal Association was started by Henry Louis Vivian Derozio (1809-31) as a movement against the social evils existing in India. After studying for some days in Bhagalpur, he came to Calcutta to join the Hindu College as a teacher of English language and History in 1826 AD. He was not only a teacher but also a friend of his students who formed, the main section of his followers. These followers came to be known as Derozians.
  • The Derozians were mostly students of Hindu College. Some of his followers included Pyarichand Mitra, Radhanath Shikdar, Lalbehari Dey, Krishnamohan Banerjee, Ramtanu Lahiri, Ramgopal Ghosh, Rashik Krishna Mallick, and Dakshinaranjan Mukhapadhya. They formed the crux of the Young Bengal Association. Derozio died at the young age of 23 years.
  • Several people had raised their voices against the activities of the Young Bengal Association. They mostly belonged to the conservative and fundamentalist sections of society. The reason was that the association was involved in activities against the Hindu customs of casteism, untouchability, and the superiority of the higher classes. But given his zeal in reforming the society he had himself succumbed to the bad habits of consumption of alcohol and beef.
  • In spite of this he continued his campaign through the magazines, Parthenan, Hesaperus, Calcutta Literary Gazette, Calcutta Magazine, Indian Magazine, Bengal Annual, Kaleidoscope, Enquirer, and Gyananeshan. Derozio founded the ‘Academic Association’ in 1828, just to protect against castism, superstition, idol worshipping, etc. He was inspired with the book ‘Age of Reason’ by Thomas Paine which was the bible to the Ceroziaus.
  • Derozio’s patriotic feeling was expressed in the book ‘Fakir of Jhungibeer’ written by him. He was highly inspired with the ideal of the French Revolution-equality, liberty, and fraternity. After his death, the Derozians founded the ‘Sadharan Jnanaryan Sabha’ in 1838. But a large number of Hindus criticised the radical reform movement of the Young Bengal.

Nineteenth-Century Bengal Social Reforms Characteristics Movement Favouring Widow Remarriage 1856

  • In Indian society after the death of husband if his wife is not remarried then she is called a ‘widow’. Widows were neglected in India in the early times. The upper caste hindu widows specially had a suffer severely in the orthodox society as on the words of Prof.
  • Alka Ranjan, they are an “inauspicious dependent society”. Therefore widow marry and wodow remarriage were smoothly considered as a socie-religious taboo in India society. Women’s property right was not reconquered.
  • They were fully commoditized in the patriarchal society. “Dudra case and the (so-called) ‘Un-couthcable’-who represented approximately 80 percent of the Hindu population neither practice child marriage nor prohibited the remarriage of widows”-Lycy Carroll (1983).
  • For the re-establishment through remarriage of widows attempts were made many times in the 18th century. Vidyasagar wrote an article ‘Balya Bibahayer Dosh’ (faults of child marriage) in the “Sarbasuvankari Patrika’ in 1850 to raise the measurable condition of the windows.
  • He also wrote an article in support of widow remarriage to create public openion. in 1853. Vidyasagar wrote a booklet one “Widow Remarriage” (Bidhaba Bibaha Prachalita Hoa Uchit-Athat Bisayak Mantabya”). He also explained the “Parashar Samhita” in favour of widow marriage.
  • It was opposed by Radhakanta Deb of Sovabazar. North Calcutta and Maharaja Krishna Chandra and his advisers of Nadia. The conservative society of Bengal rose in open protest against Vidyasagar.
  • Radhakanta also submitted a letter with the signatures of 36,763 conservative people to British Government to stop Vidyasagar. On the other hand Vidyasagar sent a letter with the signatures of 987 influential persons to Lord Canning requesting him for passing the ‘Widow REmarriage Act’.
  • Attempts were made for hindu widow remarriage by Raja Rajballav, Kalikrishna Mitra, and Nilkamal Bondopadhyay before Vidyasagar, but were in vain Western educated Indians, ‘British India Society’ and ‘Calcutta Press club’ jointly started a campaign advocating widow marriage.
  • Akshay kumar Dutta, Joykrishna Mukherjee, and Ramnarayan Tarkaratna were famous supporters of the widow remarriage. East India Company’s government and christian missionaries of Serampur took steps in mitigating the sorrows and sufferings of the Hindu widows.
  • ‘Jananveshan Patrika of the Young Bengal highly appreciated the positive role of Haldhar Mallik and Motilal Sil in the popularity of Hindu widow remarriage. Another journal ‘Bengal Spectator’ predicted that in near future all prejudices regarding widow marriage would be removed from society. Not only widow marriage, but Vidyasagar also wanted to provide economic support of the poor widows by founding the Hindy Family Annuity Fund (1872).
  • Gradually widow remarriage was started among the lower castes. The wodow remarriage movement spread in Madras and Maharashtra. Pandita RAmabai founded ‘Widow Anociation’ (1870). The ‘Prarthana Samaj’ established ‘Wodow Marriage Association in 1883 and arranged the first wodow marriage in Maharashtra (1883).
  • On the word historian Binoy Ghosh “In the history of 19th centyry social reform movement Vidyasagar’s widow marriage movement was the first all India movement”. The main protagonist of widow remarriage was Pandit Iswar Chandra Vidyasagar (1820- 91). He first declared his intention of starting.. a movement favouring the widow remarriage was when he was just 21 years of age.
  • He also wrote a book outlining the necessity for the widow remarriage. After analyzing the ancient Hindu scriptures he came to the conclusion that
  • There was no religious binding amongst the Hindus to stop a widow from getting remarried and
  • The widow had absolute rights over her dead husband’s property. After consulting experts and collecting the witness signatures of 987 Pandits, he submitted an application to Lord Canning to legalize widow remarriage.
  • Lord Canning was agreed to pass the ‘Widow Remarriage Act’ on 26th July 1856 through ‘And regulation-15’ was passed which legalize the remarrying of widows. With this act, the hereditary laws regarding transfer of properties to the widow as per the Hindu Act was also put into place.
  • To set an example Vidyasagar had his son Narayan Chandra to marry a widow named Bhabasundari and this was the second ever widow remarriage to happen in the province of Bengal, The first campaign favoring the widow remarriage was Nilkanta Bandhopadhya. Some of the people who had supported Vidysagar in this movement included Maharaja of Burdwan and Keshab Chandra Sen.
  • Historians Agarwal and Dandekar have stated that in the days of Vidyasagar, out of the age of 0-4 years married girls nearly 30 to 40 out of every 1000 girls became widows. In the age group of 10 about 40 to 60 were widowed. In the age group of 10 to 14 about 20-40 became widows and in the age group of 50-55 years, the number went up to 550.
  • The first remarriage of widow took place on 7th December 1856 when Vidyasagar helped another widow eleven years old Kalimoti Mukhopadhya daughter of Brahmananda Mukhopadhyay to marry the professor of Sanskrit College, Srish Chandra Vidyaratna (Bandhopadhya). Vidyasagar donated nearly eighty thousand rupees (Rs. 80,000) to help nearly 62 widows to get remarried and start a new life.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 2 Culture Characteristics And Discussions Widow Remarriage

WBBSE History And Environment Chapter 2 

Nineteenth-Century Bengal Religious Reforms Characteristics And Observations

Side by side with the onset of the social reforms in Bengal the religious reforms also started in the nineteenth century. The main characteristics of the religious culture in this period were religious ceremonies, yagnas, and animal sacrifice, idol worship, etc.

Complex religious practices and the dictates by the orthodox priests were never really tolerated by the masses. People wanted the religious rules to be made more simpler so that they could be followed easily.

Nineteenth-Century Bengal Religious Reforms Characteristics And Observations Brahmo Samaj Evolution Division Characteristics And Conclusion

  • With the advent of western education the society was evolving into a new modern dimension and during this times many groups were formed, the first and the most prominent amongst which was the Brahmo Samaj. Impressed by the Christian religion’s unitarian rules, Raja Rammohan Roy took on rent Kamal Basu’s residence and primarily established the base of Brahmo Samaj on 20th August 1824 AD.
  • The Sabha used to take place every Saturday with the recitation of ‘Bhagwat Brahmo Sangeet’ and the Upanishads, followed by discussions on these subjects. In 1830 the name of the Brahmo Samaj was changed to ‘Calcutta Brahmo Samaj’.
  • This name continued till 1866. But during the course of its evolution the Brahmo Samaj had undergone many changes and even division. This was primarily due to different opinions which were often at loggerheads with each other amongst the members of the Samaj.
  • On 23rd January 1830 the Brahmo Samaj had its permanent location in Chitpore. The orthodox Hindus, meanwhile had created the Dharma Sabha (Chairman-Bhavani Charan Bandyopadhya & Secretary Radhakanta Deb) to oppose the reformation activities of the Brahmo Samaj.
  • The orthodox Hindus had their main mouthpiece in the form of the newspaper ‘Samachar Chandrika’ which was in direct opposition to the periodical ‘Sambad- Koumudi’ published by Ram Mohan Roy.
  • In the Chitpore location of Brahmo Samaj all people from all walks of life and following diverse religions were welcome and were allowed to have prayer meetings. After Rammohan Roy left for England in 1833 and his subsequent death the Brahmo Samaj started getting divided into different organizations.
  • In 1839 AD, inspired by the thoughts and ideals of the Brahamo Samaj, Debendra Nath Tagore the eldest son of Dwarkanath Tagore (who was one of the founder members of Rammohan’s Brahmo Samaj) formed the ‘Tatwabodhini Sabha’ (1839) with its mouthpiece being the periodical ‘Tatwabodhini Patrika’ (1843).
  • The editor of this periodical was Akshay Kumar Dutta. The main idea behind this magazine was the spread of the ideals of the Upanishads and carry out research in religious doctrines. Subsequently with twenty disciples. Debendra Nath Tagore converted to the Brahmo faith in 1843 AD. In 1845, Alexander Duff’s Hindu pupil Umesh Chandra Sarkar forcefully converted his wife to Christianity.
  • This was vehemently opposed by the Brahmo Samaj. Duff. then in his work India and ‘Indian Mirror’ criticized the Hindu religion and culture. After these episodes it was felt that the Upanishad should be made the primary religious book for the Brahmo Samaj.
  • In 1841 Maharshi Debendranath Tagore to rejuvenate the activities of the Brahmo Samaj, instituted the school Tatwabodhini Pathshala to impart education on the tenets of the Brahmo Samaj. The teacher in this school was Akshay Kumar Dutta.

Characteristics and Division: Between 1850 to 1856 is supposed to be the period when Brahmo Samaj itself went through many changes. Some of the changes led to the division of the Samaj later. The primary changes were:

  1. Under the leadership of Akhay Kumar Dutta the Brahmo Samaj started doing social work for the general public and started looking at social problems.
  2. There was in a way a movement within the intellectuals of Brahmo Samaj.
  3. A new strength to the movement was visible with the initiatives of Raj Narain Basu.
  4. To keep the Samaj vibrant various reform works in the society was undertaken.
  5. Under the influence of the intellectuals, women’s education and widow remarriage was encouraged and the evils like polygamy and alcohol consumption were vehemently opposed.
  6. However, with new more radical thoughts and opinions being voiced within the Samaj, Debendranath was not very happy with the evolving situation.
  7. In this period the Brahmo Samaj movement started taking shape of a social movement.
  • After some time one of the Acharyas of the Brahmo Samaj, Keshab Chandra Sen started voicing opposition to the existing casteism, idol worship, etc which didn’t go down well with Debendra Nath Tagore. The latter then expelled Keshab Sen from the Samaj.
  • This led Keshab Sen to form his own Bharatiya Brahmo Samaj in 1866 AD. To strike a balance between the mandir, church, and the masjid he formed the Bharatiya Brahmo Mandir.
  • With his efforts in 1872 AD three laws were passed. These were the laws that were concerned with widow remarriage; inter caste marriage and banning of child marriages.
  • Thus the Brahmo Samaj got divided into two institutions, the Aadi (old) Brahmo Samaj led by Debendra Nath Tagore and the Bharatiya Brahmo Samaj led by Keshab Chandra Sen. But there was a division of thoughts within the Bharatiya Brahmo Samaj regarding child marriage and two of its prominent members
  • Shibnath Shastri and Ananda Mohan Basu resigned from its membership and formed the new Sadharan (ordinary) Brahmo Samaj (1878). Two years later Keshab Chandra Sen came up with a completely new association the Nababidhan Samaj (1880).

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 2 Culture Characteristics And Discussions Ramakrishna Paramhansha

Evaluation: The Brahmo Samaj movement for nearly fifty years made a deep influence on Bengali and Indian society, religion, and culture. This could be viewed as firstly, it was instrumental in creating awareness in the Bengali society.

  • Secondly, though there were certain limitations to the movement it was still successful in removing orthodox ideas from the minds of the people.
  • Thirdly, from the time of Keshab Sen the movement had also influenced the formation of the nation-state.
  • Fourthly, the values which was preached by the Brahmo Samaj didn’t give precedence to idol worship, animal sacrifice, and religious ceremonies. Lastly, we have to consider the yeoman service done to the nation by the Samaj in spread of western education.

WBBSE Class 10 History Notes

Nineteenth-Century Bengal Religious Reforms Characteristics And Observations Equality Of All Religions Sarbo Dharma Samanyay As Preached By Ramakrishna

  • Sri Ramakrishna Paramhansha Deb (1836-1886) had a primary role in reforming the Indian culture. His ideal of “Sarba-dharma-samonnya” is simply the concept of religious harmony. His opposition to social and religious orthodoxy and his teachings on the equality of all religions greatly influenced Indian society. The society was enlightened by his simple and liberal thoughts on religious matters.
  • He was able to give the right direction to the people in their search for the eternal truth. Ramakrishna preached god was Omnipotent, and was called by various names like Krishna, Christ, and Allah.
  • The faith and path for attaining God may be different but the objective was the same across all religions. Mahatma Gandhi had written about Ramakrishna Paramhansha and the latter’s life story itself gives us an idea of visualizing God directly. He was an icon for all religions.
  • Swami Vivekananda was his most important disciple. Besides this Keshab Chandra Sen, Girish Ghosh, Vidyasagar, Noti Binodini were amongst other people who gained from his wisdom. Even Max Mueller had played glowing tributes to him.
  • According to Ramakrishna Paramahansa, one can attain God by devotion or attaining knowledge or by simple devotion. to his work. One need not renounce his family or work to attain God.
  • In 1875 Keshab Chandra Sen while meeting Ramakrishna for the first time had changed. his own outlook. After his meeting, Keshab Chandra Sen focused in his work more to attain God.
  • Bijoy Krishna Goswami, Balaram Basu, Girish Chandra Ghosh, and Mahendranath Gupta were the prominent people who were influenced by Ramakrishna Paramahansa.
  • People were able to see the simplicity of religion, the path to truth, new hope and aspirations when they met Ramakrishna. About all religions, he had commented “Jata Math, Tata Path” which literally means the more different the faiths more pathways are established for the attainment of God. He said “Yatra Jeeb Tatra Shib”.
  • Bal Gangadhar Tilak commented if Ramakrishna was a living Veda then Swami Vivekananda was its mouthpiece. In his first biography, the writer Ramchandra Dutta has called him a sage of the middle classes.

Nineteenth-Century Bengal Religious Reforms Characteristics And Observations Swami Vivekananda’s Religious Culture

  • Nababedanta- Characteristics and Conclusion.
  • Swami Vivekananda is one of the most popular sages of modern India. He had used the scientific analysis of Hinduism to oppose the orthodox values of the religion. Vivekananda (1863-1902) devoted his life for the betterment of his country and its people. He changed the entire religious discourse to the ideals of the Nababedanta.
  • He had highlighted the evils of the Man-Making Religion i.e. he used to espouse that all religious dogmas were created by men themselves. That’s why he stressed on liberation of religions and practical Vedanta.
  • Though he was a spiritual person, still he was impressed with the philosophical works of Mill, Bentham, and Hubert Spencer. He believed that the religions which could not wipe the tears off a widow’s eyes was no religion at all.
  • On September 11th, 1893 he addressed the World Religious Conference in the Columbus Hall of Chicago as the only representative of the Hindus.
  • He was a brilliant orator and in a very simple and precise language he had explained the tenets of the oriental culture and its. importance to the world. He had tried to bring down the walls between the oriental and the western cultures and had tried to bring out the tenets of a global culture. Jawaharlal Nehru had commented that he tried to fuse the eastern philosophy with the West’s objective quests.
  • Swamiji dreamt of an equal India, errespective of all religions, castes, regional and class imbalances. That’s why The first Parliament of World’s Religions, held in Chicago in 1893, some experts feel that he was India’s first social reformer which was very much evident in his thoughts and ideas. This was all the more clear when he said, ‘let there be the awakening of the new India.
  • Let it awake through plough and the hut of the tiller, let it awake through the huts of the fishermen, cobbler, and sweeper, let it awake through the shop of the grocer and the factory floor, let it awake through the markets and let India awake through its bushes forests and mountains’.
  • Swamiji orchestrated the idea that to ensure service for the poor and the needy one has to be devoted to his country and his society. He advised ‘God resides in those who serve other people’.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 2 Culture Characteristics And Discussions Swami Vivekananda

Evaluation: Swamiji not only wanted the people to serve others but also dreamt of an awakened India through devotion to one’s country and advising all to be proud of their culture. As the main disciple of Ramakrishna Paramahansha, he established the Ramakrishna Mission on May 1st, 1897 AD. The objective was to serve many through many people. On 9th December 1898 AD he established the Ramakrishna Math in Belur.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 2 Culture Characteristics And Discussions The First Parliament Of World's Religions Held In Chicago In 1893

Nature And Assessment Of the Bengal Renaissance

Nature And Assessment Of Bengal Renaissance Nature:

  1. Some feel that the Renaissance in Bengal was more intense and revolutionary than that in Europe.
  2. The Renaissance was visible in every sphere of life- literature, culture, society and also politics.
  3. The main nature of this Renaissance was the opposition and dismantling of ideas and customs pertaining to the middle ages. This resulted in a set of intellectuals, poets, artists, literary figures, and philosophers taking center stage for Bengal’s renaissance.
  4. The main awakenings and need for change was brought about through the writings of Pyarichand Mitra, Kishori Chand Mitra, Rajnarayan Basu, Bankim Chandra, and Rabindranath Tagore.
  5. The renaissance did of course create a rift between the Hindus and the Brahmo Samajis. According to Ramesh Chandra Majumdar the 18th century India was the darkest period of Indian history as many customs and conventions were not highlighted and enlighted till then.
  6. It is to be noted that at this time a liberal Europe had already started taking shape. It was the English who brought this positivism to India through the spread of Western education.
  7. Jawaharlal Nehru pointed out that due to the colonial rule it was only the upper classes of Hindus in Bengal who were benefited most with the Renaissance.
  8. Other classes continued to dwell in the darkness. In fact the leadership didn’t bother about the changes required in the lower strata of the society.

Debates regarding the Usage of the Concept of Renaissance in. relation to 19th Century Bengal:

  • Nineteenth Century society in Bengal went through a rapid change due to the influence of colonial rule and Western education. This is also known as the Bengal Renaissance. But whether this change has to be defined as a renaissance is a matter of great debate amongst historians.
  • Pandit Ashok Mitra was the first person to point out this change as a so-called Renaissance in 1951. He said that some landowners who had amassed huge wealth by oppressing landless laborers, had settled down in Calcutta and used their ill-earned wealth in the spread of Western education.
  • The British helped them in this matter as it was in their self-interest. The common man had nothing to do with these changes in the upper strata of society. Binay Ghosh has that’s why said this has nothing to do with the concept of Renaissance. In fact he called this a myth and “a historical hoax”.
  • Many historians like Broomfield said that the change in the society was limited to the Bengali middle Class which was an English creation. This gentry had no connections to the thousands of poor and unlettered people of the villages and cities.
  • This was limited to the middle classes in their own island of change. The so-called renaissance was brought about by the persons who had benefited from firstly, Dalhousie’s Doctrine of Lapse. Secondly, the English East India Company’s selfish business interests had helped this class of people and lastly, the some chosen few who got Government jobs under British rule had adopted the changes.
  • So it is debatable that the Renaissance as claimed in Bengal may not have been inclusive as that was in Europe. The protagonists of change in the Bengal society were building institutions and temples for showing off their philanthropic sides rather than in real interests in bringing change to the rank and file of the society.
  • The leadership in this renaissance had its limitations as some progressive socio-economic leaders were not available to ensure that change percolates to the grass root levels.
  • Even a social reformer like Vidyasagar had spent huge money for providing lunch to Brahmins during his Mother’s funeral. The english educated intellectuals of the urban areas were the forerunner Renaissance.
  • These intellectual middle-class people gave birth to the socio-religious movement in 19 century Bengal. The emergence of this new awakening was known rebirth or renaissance of Bengal. It enlightened Bengal with western knowledge, literature, art and science. From Bengal, the rising tide of the renaissance spread all over India.
  • This renaissance led the foundation of modern livelihood on the ruins of medieval thoughts and culture. As a result, equality and secularity along with the consciousness nationalism and internationalism became very popular. So the Bengal Renaissance in the nineteenth century was no doubt a historical event. It highlighted the glorious cultural life of Bengal.
  • Though the widespread impacts of Renaissance is accepted, but the nature of the Renaissance is debatable. Some say that this awakening of Bengal was a result of Brahmo Movement.
  • Another group of scholars remarked in a Hindu awakening. Some scholars gave importance on the role of Ramakrishna-Vivekananda in the Hindu awakening rather than the Brahmo Samaj. Historian Dr. Ramesh Chandra Majumder said that narrow Hindu nationalism a keen impact in the Bengal Renaissance.
  • Marxist Historian, Dr. Rajani Palme Dutta in his book ‘India Today’, had however praised the reformers of 19th-century Bengal. Many feel that the reformers were not able to convert their institutions to productive enterprises.
  • This probably was due to their dependence on the British rulers. American historian Dr. Kopf has not accepted the role played by Ram Mohan and Derozio in renaissance primarily because of the lack of percolation of their thoughts to the grass root level.
  • Dr. Anil Sil has called the reformers as belonging to the ‘elitist group’ who were agents of their British rulers. Dr. Barun Dey feels it is just an enlightening of the Bengali society and in no way it can be called a Renaissance in Bengal. It was because the city dwellers only had gained from these reforms and the thousands in the rural areas continued to remain in the dark ages.

WBBSE Class 10 History Notes

WBBSE Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 2 Culture Characteristics And Discussions Very Short Questions And Answers

Question 1. Name two important works of Kaliprasanna Singha.
Answer: Hutom Pyanchar Naksha and the translation of Mahabharata.

Question 2. What was Hindu Patriot?
Answer: Hindu Patriot was a weekly newspaper.

Question 3. When did the Sanskrit College start functioning?
Answer: 1st January 1884.

Question 4. Name the school established by Iswar Chandra Vidyasagar.
Answer: Bethune School.

Question 5. Name the first national college fully owned by Indians.
Answer: The Metropolitan College.

Question 6. Which Medical College came into being at the initiative of Lord Bentinck?
Answer: The Calcutta Medical College.

Question 7. Who were the first two women ‘graduates from Calcutta University?
Answer: Kadambini Ganguli and Chandramukhi Basu.

Question 8. Who was primarily responsible for the abolition of Sati system?
Answer: Raja Rammohan Roy.

Question 9. Where did Swami Vivekananda deliver his famous speech as a representative of Hindu Religion?
Answer: In the Columbus Hall in Chicago.

Question 10. Name one organisation. which was set up as a part of religious reform in the 19th- century Bengal.
Answer: Brahmo Samaj.

WBBSE Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 2 Culture Characteristics And Discussions True Or False

Question 1. The Asiatic Society was set up by Radhakanta Deb.
Answer: False

Question 2. After passing of the Charter Act (1813), the Compny agreed to spend one lakh rupees on Indian education.
Answer: False

Question 3. Ecole de Medicine, Pondicherry was the first medical college of India.
Answer: True

Culture Characteristics And Discussions Fill In The Blanks

Question 1. _______ was the most popular Bengali magazine of the 19th century which focussed on women’s issues.
Answer: Bamabodhini

Question 2. _______ belonged to the aristocratic family of Sobhabazar.
Answer: Radhakanta Deb

Question 3. The original name of the Bethune School was _______
Answer: The Native Female School

Question 4. _______ was the first multi-discipline, western-style university in Asia.
Answer: Calcutta

Question 5. The ‘Young Bengal Association was formed by ________
Answer: Henry Louis Vivian Derozio

Class 10 History Important Questions WBBSE 

WBBSE Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 2 Culture Characteristics And Discussions Short Question And Answers

Question 1. What was the role of Raja Rammohan Roy in the emancipation of women?
Answer:

The role of Raja Rammohan Roy in the emancipation of women

He tried to remove the primitive dogmas prevalent in society and spread education among women. He was also instrumental in stopping the practice of Sati or the burning of widows on the funeral pyre of the dead husband.

Question 2. What was the ‘Young Bengal Association’?
Answer:

The ‘Young Bengal Association’

The Young Bengal Association was started by Henry Louis Vivian Derozio as a movement against social evils existing in India. His followers were mostly students of Hindu College.

Question 3. What was Swami Vivekananda’s idea of religious reformation?
Answer:

Swami Vivekananda’s idea of religious reformation

Swami Vivekananda, one of the most popular sages of modern India, used scientific analysis of Hinduism to oppose orthodox values of the religion. He changed the entire religious discourse to the ideals of Naba Vedanta.

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 3 Resistance And Rebellion

Resistance And Rebellion Various Revolts

  • After the battle of Plassey, the British assumed full political control over India. Since then, the British colonial power had resorted to exploitation.
  • A senior British officer wrote, “For the common man, the police was nothing but the whip; their torture and exploitation was the main reason of grievance against our Government”.
  • The first group to rebel were different kinds of monks like naga, giri, grain, and fakir along with the grieving landlords, jobless soldiers, farmers, and other famine-stricken people. For a long period of forty years, this rebellion was called the Sannyasi Rebellion (1763-1800).
  • The Chuar Rebellion (1766-1772,1795- 1799) in the five districts of Bengal and Bihar, viz. Bankura Midnapur, Ghatshila, Dhalbhum and Manbhum, The Rebellion of Abu Torap Choudhury in the island of Sandip(1769), the Peasants’ Rebellion led by Samsher Gazi in Tripura (1776), Rebellion led by the king of Dhalbhum (1767) and also the rebellions in Rangpur and Dinajpur (1783), Bishnupur and Birbhum (1799), Orissa (1804-1817) and Sambalpur (1827-1880) were major source of embarrassment for the British rulers.
WBBSE Notes For Class 10 Geography And EnvironmentWBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment
WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 Life ScienceWBBSE Class 10 Life Science Multiple Choice Questions
WBBSE Solutions for Class 10 MathsWBBSE Class 10 Maths Multiple Choice Questions
WBBSE Notes For Class 10 Physical Science And Environment

 

  • In 1870, the ‘Malangis’ employed in the salt industry in the 24 Parganas along with the landlords and their managers, started armed revolt against the British.
  • During the same period, the King of Vizianagaram started revolting (1794). Mention should be made of the Tamil Paligar Rebellion (1790) and Parlekamedi Rebellion (1813-1814).
  • Similarly, an important mass uprising was the revolt of the oppressed tribal people in Eastern India.
  • The history of the nineteenth century comprises mainly of the mass awakening, mass movement, and mass rebellion of the tribal people, The Chero Rebellion of Palamau (1800), the Ho Rebellion of Singbhum (1821), the Kol Rebellion of Manbhum (1820-1837) and the Santhal Rebellion of Ranchi and Hazaribagh (1855-1856) are worth mentioning.

Read and Learn More WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment

WBBSE Notes For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 3 Resistance And Rebellion

Resistance And Rebellion The Colonial Forest Law And Reactions Of The Adivasi People

Forest laws: When the British started colonising the country, many Adivasi people had to leave their villages to work as laborers in coal mines, tea gardens, or factories. A number of Colonial Forest Laws were formulated to oust those who stayed back.

  1. British Government introduced the first colonial ‘forest act’ in 1865 just to capture and control over forest regions. By this act forest regions were divided into three separate belts, like
    • Reserve forest belt,
    • Subordinate or protected forest belts and
    • Rural belts of forest.
      • Except last two belts reserve forest zones were allowed to collect any type of forest property. It was an important cause of tribal revolt.
  2. From 1870 the British Government, greedy for more taxes, started distributing the arable land in the forest areas to landlords and money-lenders from other places. Because of the Forest Law, many tribal people had to give up their rights to non-taxable lands, which they have been using for a very long time.
  3. The Colonial Forest Law was the principal cause of resentment and reaction of the Adivasi people. This law introduced cooperative farming in the country.
  4. Before the Indigo Rebellion (1860), many land laws were instrumental in causing resentment among the tribal people. Banishment of grazing and shifting cultivation known as “Jhum Cultivation” was an another important bad effect of ‘Forest Act of 1878’.

WBBSE Class 10 History Notes

Reactions: In 1879, the local Mansabdar and the British Government in the Godavari basin came into some land settlement and as a result, the indigenous forest dwellers called the ‘Rumpa Tribe’ had to pay taxes for cutting trees in the forest or grazing their animals in the area. The Rumpa Rebellion was a direct outcome of this arrangement.

  • The rebellion spread like wildfire over an area of 5000 square mile. The Forest Law of 1859 made the Santals lose their “Damin-i-Koh” or ‘God gifted hereditary tax-free land’.
  • The Mundas had to lose their Khutkathi, which was jointly owned land. The Santals and the Mundas revolted against this. When the tribal people wanted to oust the antagonistic outsiders or diku from their area and reclaim their rights over the forest land, the British, the landlords, and the money lenders vehemently opposed them.

Causes of Forest Laws:

  1. From the beginning from the 18th century British Colonial Government was set up in India. From then the establishment of town and construction of the Railway line started in India. This was the cause of capturing forest resources from tribals.
  2. Government control was increased over India forests by the ‘Forest Act’ in 1855.
  3. A separate ‘Forest department’ was built under German Inspector General Dietrich Brandis in 1864.
  4. The first ‘Indian Forest Act was introduced in 1865 and the second Act in 1878. As a result, tribals lost their hereditary rights on the forest. It became the cause of the Kol revolt, Santhal revolt, Munda revolt, etc.
  5. To punish the rival tribes government passed three separate ‘Criminal Tribes Acts’ in 1871, 1911, and 1924.
  6. Dr. Sekhar Bandyapadhyay in his book ‘From Plassey to Partition and After’, said that this act helped to monopoly control of government over Indian forests. By the act of 1905 government reserved 2/3 of the Indian forests.
  7. Besides, jhum cultivation or shifting cultivation, hunting, and use of forest resources by tribals were strictly prohibited by the government. In 1906 ‘Scientific Forest Policy’ was accepted with the foundation of ‘Forest land Research Centre’.

Resistance And Rebellion Rebellion Uprising And Revolution

Etymologically, the three words rebellion, uprising, and revolution have differences in meaning.

  1. Rebellion: When turmoil and unrest accumulate inside people, once it takes the form of ‘rebellion’. For torture, injustice, and oppression over a long period of time people. organised protest and rebellion. A rebellion generally, is started by a particular group of people, in a particular location and for a particular cause. It is just beginning of a larger movement. We can cite the example of the Santhal Rebellion or the Sepoy Mutiny.
  2. Uprising: An uprising took place as the major outcome of a rebellion. Thus, ‘uprising’ and ‘rebellion’ are closely related to each other. For example, the uprising of the western educated middle class of India resulted in National movement on a larger scale.
  3. Revolution: Similarly the word ‘revolution’ means rapid change in Society and thoughts against traditional defective system and society. Its main objective is to change anything for the benefit of man and civilization. Revolution does not become imperative unless a great change takes place through rebellion and uprising. A revolution takes place only after crossing the preliminary stages of rebellion and uprising. For example, the French Revolution, the Industrial Revolution, the Russian Revolution, the Armed Revolution in India, etc. brought changes. Uprising + Rebellion = Revolution.

The Chuar Rebellion

Beginning:

  • The landlords, supported by the British, called some adivasis of Chuar adivasis started the Chuar Rebellion in the northwest of Midnapur and southwest of Bankura from March 1798 to December 1799. In course of time it spread to areas like Dhalbhum, Manbhum, Birbhum, Salboni and. Ghatshila.
  • However, this was not their first rebellion. They first started revolt in 1768-69 at Ghatshila under the leadership of King Jagannath Singh. 50,000 Chuar peasants or paiks (security guards of zaminders) who lost their ‘paikan land’, or tax-free land which was given in place of salary, joined the church revolt.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 3 Resistance And Rebellion Chuar And Rangpur Revolts

Main causes of the Chuar Revolt were

  1. High rate of land revenue’ on them,
  2. Driving out of old zamindars, ijaradars, and chukar peasants,
  3. After losing lands, houses, and forest the chars penetrated into endangered situation,
  4. The government abolished the zamindari right for which “Paikan lands” or tax-free lands of the chuars were out of hand. For this reason, chuar revolt was started by Gobardhan Dikhpati, Lal Singh, and Mohanlal.

WBBSE Class 10 History Notes

Chuar Rebellion Characteristics: The main characteristic features of the Chuar Rebellion were firstly, it was a fight to maintain their rights over the forest. These independent and fearless Chuar tribals revolted to save the forest resources and land given by landlords.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 3 Resistance And Rebellion Lord Cornwalls

  • Secondly, After Lord Cornwallis introduced the Permanent Settlement Act (1793) in Bengal, the landlords started to forcibly take away the lands belonging to the Chuar people.
  • Thirdly, In north-west Medinipur the queen of Karnagarh Rani Shiromoni took the leadership of the revolt. Her three main centres were Shalbani, Bahadur, and Karnagarh. When she started revolt with the help of Paiks and common men, Gobardhan Dighpati helped them.
  • Fourthly, Though Rani Shiromani and her naib were arrested, ultimately they were released and Rani get back her zamindary right from British. Rani Shiromoni was popularly called ‘Rani Laxmibai of Midnapur’.
  • So, Chuar rebels, under the leadership of Durjon Singha, occupied 30 villages of Raipur.
  • Fifthly, They also burned down Government offices in Salboni. Gang dacoity, looting, and mass kiling occured in Raipur, Basudevpur, Balarampur, Ramgarh, Dubagarh, Jaieswar, Tamluk, etc.
  • Another leader of this rebellion, Achal Singha, led the Layek community of Bagri in a guerilla-style revolt. This is the unique characteristic of the Chuar Rebellion.
  • Sixthly, The valiant Chuar Rebellion against the oppression and deprivation by the British was a great inspiration to the freedom movement in India.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 3 Resistance And Rebellion Chuar And Rangpur Revolts

Importance: The forested land inhabited by the Chuar people was named ‘Jangal Mahal’ by the British. The lexical meaning of the word ‘Chuar’ is ‘vagabond and vile people’. They were also called an ‘uncivilized’ tribe.

  • According to the interpretation of an English author, the original, ‘ancient tribals of Bankura, Dhalbhum (Ghatshila), Medinipur and Manbhum are called Chuar. On the other hand, Kora, Mundari, Kurmi, Bhagdi, Majhi, Lodha, etc. tribes who had relations with the plunderers lived in the forest and hilly regions were called ‘Chuar’.
  • The entire Adivasi population of Jangal Mahal united together and fought an unprecedented, bloody war. Police and the army from Medinipur town were dispatched to contain this terrible revolt. The Government adopted a divide-and-rule policy. But some English officials held the Government responsible for the revolt, having accepted the rationality behind the ‘genocide’, ‘cruelty’, and ‘brigandage’ of the Chuar rebels.

WBBSE Class 10 History And Environment Solutions

The Chuar Rebellion The Kol Rebellion 1831 To 32

Beginning:

  • The tribals who started revolting against the landlords, money-lenders, and the British Government were mainly Kol, Koli, Kachari, Tipra, Lusai, Khashi, Garo, Koą, Chakma, Chuar, etc. Among these, the Kol Rebellion was of great importance. The Oraon, Munda, and Ho, belonging to the Kol community, used to live in the Chhotanagpur area of Bihar.
  • After the introduction of the Permanent Settlement Act, when the oppression of the Kol tribals in the hands of the landlords and moneylenders started increasing, they resorted to the path of rebellion.
  • In 1820-21, the Kols were defeated in the Battle of Chaibasa, at the hands of the Zamindar of Porahaat and his English general and were forced to surrender. With their indigenous bows and arrows, spears, etc., they couldn’t cope with the British forces armed with modern firearms.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 3 Resistance And Rebellion Kol Rebellion

Characteristics: The actual Kol Rebellion took place in 1831-32. The main leaders of this rebellion were Buddha Bhagat, Bindrai Manki, Sui, Munda, etc. Features of the revolt were first, an important feature of this rebellion is that it spread quickly over the forested areas of Manbhum, Singbhum, Ranchi, Hazaribagh, Palamau, and Chhotanagpur.

  • Secondly, for two months the rebels aimed their attacks exclusively on the landlords, hoarders, moneylenders, and British officials. They also protested against leasing out the land to Hindu, Muslim, and Sikh moneylenders, who charged exorbitant taxes.
  • Thirdly, another important feature of this rebellion was mass movement and collective action. The Kols used the term diku, meaning enemy, to describe the outsiders.
  • Fourthly, having acquired the lease over the land inhabited by the Kols, the landlords ruthlessly subjugated them. They imposed taxes on liquor, forced the tribals to cultivate opium, made them work as forced laborers, and abducted tribal women. This resulted in Kol Rebellion.
  • Fifthly, if the tribals were unable to pay their taxes, their houses were burned down, and plundered, their womenfolk dishonored and the land was confiscated. The Kol people became vocal against such outrage.
  • Sixthly, while discussing the characteristic features of the Kol rebellion it is observed that the Munda and Oraon people of Ranchi, belonging to the Kol community, started the initial phase of the revolt by playing kara-Takara and madol, their indigenous drums.
  • They went from village to village, distributing bows and arrows and asking people to unite against the three oppressors, namely, moneylenders, leaseholders, and the government.
  • Seventhly, they insisted that whenever people saw a tyrant moneylender, he should be immediately sacrificed to god. Major Sutherland says, “High rate of land tax and introduction of new leasing laws were the main reason of discontent among the Kol tribe”.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 3 Resistance And Rebellion Main Centres Of Kol Rebellion

Importance: Having noticed the warring attitude of the Kols, Warren Hastings instructed British soldiers to be sent from Patna and Danapur. They successfully crushed the rebellion and most of the 10 thousand rebels were killed during this time.

  • Many women, children, and common men also died in the hands of the British soldiers. The rebellion, which lasted for two years (1831-32), did not become successful because of the repressive tactics by the Government.
  • There were incidents of genocide and arson. However, the blacksmiths and the carpenters were spared because weapons and other military equipment were made by these people. Soldiers sent from Calcutta, Patna, Danapur, Sambalpur, and Benaras, under the leadership of Captain Wilkinson and his artillerymen, completely destroyed the Kol resistance who were armed with nothing but bows and arrows.

The four principal reasons for the failure of this revolt are

  1. Absence of proper planning,
  2. Absence of a worthy leader,
  3. Modern weaponry and
  4. Absence of any support from the middle class.
  • By 1833 the intensity of the rebellion was reduced to a great extent, but the heat of their discontent could be felt till 1837. In order to appease the Kol people, the Government created a reserve called South-West Border Agency exclusively for them. British laws were withdrawn and the Kol people were given, the power to formulate their own laws.
  • The dishonest money lenders and leaseholders were evicted from the land which was illegally acquired by them. The Kol Rebellion fell apart because of proper leadership, restriction as a local issue, absence of support from the educated people and absence of proper communication among the rebels.

WBBSE History Chapter 3 Important Questions 

The Chuar Rebellion Santhal Rebellion Or Hool 1855 To 56

Beginning: The Santhal Rebellion was a landmark. unrest which was fallout of the Permanent Settlement. The Santhal Rebellion started in 1855. It started as a demand for their rights over the trees of the forest.

  • Initially, it was restricted to ‘damin I koh’ or foothill lands or their non-taxable lands. This area extended from Purulia to the foothills of Rajmahal Hills 1366 square miles were covered under this area, of which 866 square mile was surrounded by hills and 500 square mile was agricultural land.
  • According to a report (1851), about four years before the Santhal Rebellion, there were 1437 villages in the area with a total Santhal population of 82,715. They were united and a close-knit group by nature. When the zaminders, money lenders, etc. outsiders, or diku, started troubling them, the anger of these simple folks new no bounds.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 3 Resistance And Rebellion Santhal Rebellion

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 3 Resistance And Rebellion Sidhu And Kanu

Characteristics: In 1855 the Santhals, peace-loving forest dwellers who lived in the vast area between Rajmahal in Bihar to Murshidabad in West Bengal, started revolting. Features were

  • The main characteristic feature of this rebellion is that the Santhals united against the oppression of the landlords, the double-crossing of the leaseholders, and the government’s policy to increase taxes.
  • After the implementation of the Permanent Settlement, the Zamindar of Pora Haat acquired a large area’ on lease and as a result, Santhal Tribals living in Bankura, Medinipur, Birbhum, Manbhum, Chhota Nagpur, Palamau, Ranchi, Hazaribagh etc. lost their agricultural land.

Causes

  1. When taxes were imposed on them, they had to borrow from the moneylenders at steep rates of interest.
  2. Being heavily in debt, the Santhal people had to sell off all their worldly possessions to repay their loans.
  3. During this time, the Christian Missionaries tried to convert many of them. The Government employees did not hesitate to dishonor Santhal women. So, the main cause of the Santhal Rebellion was oppression by the landlords and the moneylenders.
  4. Sidhu himself had complained, ‘The money lenders torture us and we have to pay interests at 50% to 500%. He had made it very clear that their protest was not against the Government but against the landlords. Historian William Hunter has written that the poor Santhals did not possess enough land or crops to repay even the basic loans.
  5. Having lost everything in their possession, the Santhals became desperate to revolt against the diku (enemy).
  6. The Santhals used to enjoy tax-free land in the forest area from Rajmahal to Murshidabad. The landlord’s employees went there and indiscriminately chopped down the holy sal trees to increase arable land. It was common practice to enter the Santhal territory and loot them.
  7. The tax-free land used by the Santhals was known as damin i koho and was a peaceful area.
  8. Over time, as the tyranny of the new landlords and money-lenders increased manifolds, almost 20,000 Santhals, under the leadership of Sidhu, Kanu, Chand, and Bhairab congregated in the fields of Bhagna-Dihi. They took an oath to start ‘Hool’ or a revolt (30th June 1855).

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 3 Resistance And Rebellion Santhal And Munda Revolt

Result or Importance: On the instructions of Sidhu and Kanu, the rebellion started on 7th July 1855 and had far-reaching effects

  1. It spread like wildfire to Ranchi, Hazaribag, Birbhum, Chhotanagpur, Medinipur, Purulia, and Bhagalpur. A police inspector named Mahesh and his colleague were killed.
  2. The Santhal rebels went on a rampage, indiscriminately killing moneylenders. During the time of Lord Dalhousie, the English army crushed the revolt with a heavy hand. Commander Jarvis himself admitted, ‘What we engaged in was not a battle but genocide’.
  3. Although the Government restrained the Santhal Rebellion, it had to bow down to the intensity of the revolt and create a separate area called ‘Santhaldihi Paragana’ in the interests of the minority community. Despite the failure of the Santhal Rebellion, it was of great importance for various reasons.
  • Firstly, the British Government had to concede to the demands of the Santhals and create a separate state of Santhal Paragana.
  • Secondly, the Government learned a lesson that even unarmed poor farmers can build up resistance that can turn into large-scale rebellion.
  • Thirdly, the rebellion spread outside Santhal territory among non-tribal people. According to William Hunter, semi-adivasi and very poor lower-caste Hindus participated in this rebellion.
  • Fourthly, in the post-rebellion period, the Government had to create a separate reserve for the Santhals and named it ‘Santhal Paragana’.
  • Fifthly, when the Forest Act was passed in 1859, parts of the forest land were reserved for them. As a result of this law, when the occupancy rights of the Santhal people in some parts of Chhotanagpur were withdrawn, they became resentful.
  • Sixthly, they were dissatisfied when the Government refused to accept the special rights of the ‘Majhi’ and ‘Muliya’ castes in the Santhal society. So, once again, they started to revolt.
  • Seventhly, during 1870-82, this movement was called the Kherwar Movement. It was considered to be ‘senator’ or holy because religious sentiments were involved. Eighthly, despite the failure of the Santhal Rebellion, the anti-British leaning and anti-exploitation attitude had a direct influence on the Noikoda Movement (1868) in Gujarat and the revolt of Rup Singh Gobar.

WBBSE History Chapter 3 Important Questions 

The Chuar Rebellion Munda Rebellion 1899 To 1900

Beginning: The Munda community used to live in Chhotanagpur and its adjoining areas. The word ‘Munda’ means the village headman. They believed that the farmland and residential buildings that their ancestors or khuntoktidar had made by clearing deep forest were forcibly taken away by the diku.

  • The British even ousted the main priest or the Pahan community. The land acquired by traditional khuntoktidar was called khuntokti. The system of collective ownership of the Munda people over this property is called khutkati.
  • When the employees of The Company wanted to put an end to this system and introduce individual ownership, it gave rise to unrest all around.
  • The Munda community had their system of administration, laws, and justice system. When the Government wanted to abolish these and their social customs and replace them with a new system of paying taxes in money, instead of crops, it increased public anger to a great extent.
  • Apart from additional taxes, the Munda people were compelled to forced labor and as a result, they started agitating. In 1845, when the Lutheran, Anglican, and Catholic Missionaries went to preach Christianity, they received stiff resistance.

Causes: Main causes of the Munda Revolt were

  1. ‘Bet-began or forced labour of the Mundas,
  2. No help from Missionaries,
  3. No proper justice from government,
  4. Torture and exploitation from the Dikus and
  5. According historian K. S. Singh religious and cultural devastation of Munda tribe turned them towards the revolt.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 3 Resistance And Rebellion Birsa Munda

  • Under these circumstances, the famous Munda leader Birsa Munda (1875-1900) took up the reins of the revolt in his own hands. He was the son of Sugan Munda, a sharecropper of Ulihatu village in Ranchi. Because of utter poverty, he was forced to live with his maternal uncle’s house for some time and then in the Primary School of his village.
  • Later, at the age of 12, he adopted Christianity and lived in the German Missionary School in Chaibasa. His relationship with the missionaries soured over the years and he went back to his own village to be re-introduced to the traditional religion of his forefathers.
  • He was deeply influenced by the traditions of Hinduism. In 1895, at a young age of 21 years, Birsa developed a new religious philosophy and called himself ‘dharti aba’ or ‘father of the earth’.
  • He worshipped Birsa Munda ‘singbonga’ or the Sun God. He received divine instructions from this God that through moral lifestyle, self-purification, and collective prayers the Munda people would have all their wishes fulfilled.
  • As a result, in the Munda society, Singbonga emerged as the one and only God instead of multiple Gods and Goddesses. Birsa also advised his followers to give up meat and the drinks called Haria and wear the sacred thread in order to lead a moral and holy life.

Features: Most important features of the Munda Revolt were

  • To drive out the dikus and abolish British rule establish Munda rule,
  • To destroy the Zaminders, Jaigirders, Hákim, and Christians,
  • To burn the doll of Raban (British) and Mondadori (British Queen),
  • Munda tribes tried to follow the cultural aspects of the landlords and zamindars,
  • To spread the message of revolt through secret gathering, discussion, and prayer,
  • No antagonism was shown to other subordinate tribal groups and
  • Munda fighters were brave and patriotic against the British.

Spread of Revolt: Once Birsa Munda was released from the Ranchi jail in the January of 1898. He started moving from village to village and holding meetings in the light of fire torches at the dead of night.

  • The Munda Rebellion was formed with only 6000 destitute Munda people. Their covert weapons were bows, arrows, spears, axes, and special battle axes called ‘tangi’.
  • In order to jeopardize the ensuing Christmas celebrations, Birsa wanted to start the rebellion on the night of 24th December 1899. Accordingly, the Munda rebels attacked Churches, Government offices, and police stations in Ranchi and Singbhum. So, having a definite aim was an important feature of this rebellion. On 7th January 1900, the attacks intensified.
  • Armed with spears and bows and arrows, 300 Munda people, attacked the Khunti police station. In order to deal with this rebellion, the Deputy Commissioner of Ranchi took up a position in the Dumari Hills with 2000 soldiers in his command 10 Mundas were killed in this battle.
  • On 9th January Commander Gaya Munda was killed in a fierce battle in Soil Raka Hills. Few hundred Munda leaders also perished. Many of them were either sentenced for life or deported. ‘A total of 450 followers were imprisoned. 87 were presented at the session’s court and only two were hanged.
  • This incident came to be known as Ulgulan or dangerous muddle. In the midst of this situation, Birsa was jailed in Ranchi on 3rd February 1900. On 2nd June, at the age of 26 years, he succumbed to cholera while still in custody. Hence, intensity and comprehensiveness were two important characteristic features of this rebellion.

Result: The rebellion led by Birsa Munda had far-reaching effects

  • In spite of the fact that the rebellion had failed, the Government recognised their system of Khuntakati and passed a bill called Chhotanagpur Law of Tenants’ Rights (1908). But the Dikus had already grabbed 90% of the Khuntakati land from the Munda people.
  • According to the new law, the bet begari system or forced labour and eviction of the Munda people from their land was forbidden.
  • Although an independent Munda State was not established, the rebellion had awakened political consciousness among them.
  • The Oraon community of Chhotanagpur started the Tana Bhagat Movement in 1914 in order to get back their rights over their Bhainyara land. The main demand of this movement was that, the adivasis would not pay any taxes on the cleared land that was once part of the forest.
  • Miloniyal and Messianic movement of the Oraon community was led by a 25 years old man named Jatra Oraon, from Bekarin Owatol village under Bishnupur police station, Gumla District. He was associated with Tana Bhagat Movement.
  • Even after his death, Birsa Munda remained immortal in the hearts of his people. A new group developed which was known as Birsa Community. They worshipped Birsa as their God.

WBBSE History Chapter 3 important Questions 

Sannyasi Fakir Rebellion

Beginning: People from all walks of life, viz. farmers, laborers, weavers, artisans, fishermen, cobblers, cleaners, traders, artists, and the middle class, joined the pan-Indian anti-British protest, albeit intermittently.

  • Between 1763 and 1856 at least 40 rebellions of various scales had taken place all over India, of which the Sannyasi-Fakir revolt is important. We know this revolt from Poems of Majnu written by, Panchanan Das, Rhym of Mahasthangarh by Dwija Gourikanta, and ‘Anandamath’ of Bankim Chandra.

Characteristics: Some features are

  1. The sannyasi-Fakir revolt was purely a peasant revolt.
  2. Many hungry peasants, landless zamindars, and jobless armies were united under Sannyasis and Fakirs.
  3. To attack the company’s Kuthis, treasury, Granary, and Godowns of money lenders and Kacharis of rich zaminders.
  4. The leaders of the revolts were religious-minded, but the revolt was free from religious roles.
  5. The leaders of the revolt introduced guerilla tactics of warfare against the British.
  6. Internal conflict among the leaders was an important feature, for the revolt was weakened.

Spread Sannyasi-Fakir Rebellion was a remarkable event in the history of peasants’ rebellions. Almost 50,000 people participated in this rebellion. The fakirs of North Bengal, belonging to the ‘Madari’ sect and ‘Giri’, ‘Gosain’ and ‘Naga’ sages of North Bengal and Mymensing were the first to lead this rebellion.

  • Later, ousted landlords, jobless soldiers and deported farmers also joined the rebellion. We find the mention of Sannyasi Rebellion in the famous writer Bankim Chandra Chattopdhyay’s novel, ‘Debi Chowdhurani’.
  • The famous leaders of this rebellion were Bhabani Pathak, Debi Chowdhurani, Kripanath, Musha Shah, Majnu Shah, and Paragal Shah. Bhabani Pathak fought valiantly and died in 1787.
  • The principal causes of this rebellion were: sages and fakirs or minstrels, who lived in Bengal and Bihar for a long time, had eventually become farmers.
  • The British kept oppressing them for a long time. They used to go for their annual pilgrimage at a particular time of the year. They became resentful when the British administration intentionally imposed pilgrim taxes on them. During the famine of 1176 Bengali era (1770) having witnessed the diabolic torture meted out by the British, the rebels lost confidence on the administration, moneylenders, and some landlords. The tyranny and looting by the representatives of the Company in the name of collecting taxes. led to the spread of the rebellion all over the area.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 3 Resistance And Rebellion Place Of Fakir Paglapanthi And Sasnnyasi Revolts

Importance: At the onset of the rebellion,

  • The rebels looted the treasury Company and landlords offices and granaries of merchant moneylenders’ houses.
  • The rebellion was at its zenith between 1763 and 1778.
  • The rebellion spread from Rampur and Boaliar in Rajshahi and Dhaka to Rangpur.
  • In the absence of proper leadership, organization, firearms, definite aims, and ideals, the rebellion that lasted for four decades finally fell apart. According to Sirajul Islam, it was a step of the brave and patriotic struggle of mass protest against colonialism, inspite of its religious nature.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 3 Resistance And Rebellion Sannyasi Fakir Rebellion

Sannyasi Fakir Rebellion Farazi Rebellion 1818 To 1905

Haji Shariyatullah (1781-1837) was the pioneer of Farazi movement in India. The Farazi Movement lasted from 1818 to 1906. The word Farazi means ‘mandatory duties as per Islam’.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 3 Resistance And Rebellion Dudhu Miyan

Class 10 History And Environment Study Material 

Characteristics: The Farazi Movement is characterised by these features

  1. To remove all superstitions prevalent in Islam, provide financial independence to people and secure an independent state.
  2. It also aimed at ending tyranny and frustration and introducing hope in. the minds of people for a new life.
  3. The Farazi Movement had started to deal with religious issues, but in course of time, it took a political turn. Many Hindu farmers also joined the movement.
  4. Farazi Movement had a role to play in giving a full revolutionary touch to the freedom movement of India. An independent government, army, and court were established under the leadership of Dudhu Mian.
  5. Shariyatullah wanted to build a society that was based on communism and free of superstitions.
  6. Farazi Movement had a constructive role to play in protesting against the indigo planters and Hindu-Muslim landlords.
  7. The poor farmers, weavers, artisans, labourers, and all, belonging to both communities, in Faridpur, Dhaka, Mymensingh, Barishal, etc. joined this movement. In 1820 he formed a religious sect called “Farazi”.
  8. After the death of Shariyatullah in 1837, his son Dudhu Mian took up the reins of this movement. Dudhu Miyan (1819-62), or Md. Musin converted Farazi movement into a political, economic, and social movement. They raised a slogan that, ‘the land belonged to those who tilled it’ or ‘all lands belong to God.

Importance: The ideology of the Farazi Movement was not contained within Dhaka, Pabna, Bakhargunj, Mymensingh, Noakhali, and Khulna alone, but it spread to Tripura and West Bengal also.

  • After the death of Dudhu Mian (1862), his son Noah Mian again changed the Farazi Movement into a religious movement. Firstly, because of narrow religious principles, the Hindu-Muslim unity did not hold ground.
  • Secondly, the absence of political consciousness, real-life experience, and definite goals failed the movement. Thirdly, when Dudhu Mian was imprisoned, the movement became rudderless without a leader. Finally, the Farazi Movement crumbled under the joint attack of the British landlords and indigo planters.

Wahabi Movement:

  • Wahabi Movement had an important role to play in the revival of Islam. The word Wahabi means regeneration. To reform the Islamic religion from superstitions and immoral practices, Abdul Wahab (1703-87), a devout scholar, started a movement in Saudi Arabia.
  • The Wahabi Movement was named after him. Syed Ahmed (1786-1831) of Rai Beriley, Uttar Pradesh, with the influence of Abdul Aziz, son of Haji Waliullah, popularised the Wahabi Movement in India. His slogan was, ‘go back to the holy Quoran’.

Wahabi Movement Features: The Wahabi Movement had religious, political, economic, and other features. First, it was not a non-communal, national movement; because although the Hindus had joined the movement, it was primarily a movement by the Muslims and for the Muslims. Secondly, many people feel that it was a theocentric, socio-economic movement.

  • Again from a political angle, the Wahabis were communistic. So, although it started as a religious movement, soon it assumed a political and economic character because of the participation of the masses.
  • Thirdly, its religious characteristic was that in the beginning, it started as a fight against religious superstitions. Many lower caste oppressed Hindus joined the movement.
  • Fourthly, politically, the Wahabi Movement was an uninterrupted fight against British rule till 1870. Lord Canning observed, “It was the principle of Islam to revolt against the Queen’s rule”. Fifthly, they called the British-ruled India as ‘land of the enemy’ (dar-ul-harb).
  • In their endeavour to establish the ‘land of piety (dar-ul-Islam), the Wahabis declared jihad. Though the movement started for religious reasons, it got transformed into an economic revolt of the peasants against the landlords.

Sannyasi Fakir Rebellion Role Of Titumir

  • Syed Ahmed had an important role during the golden era of the Wahabi Movement between 1820 and 1850. He set up his head office at Siolo in the North-west corner of India.
  • Having given up the ideals of Hijrat, he moved to Afghanistan, which was not occupied by the British, and to the North West corner of India. In the Battle of Balakot (1831), he declared war against the anti-Muslim landlords of Parbatar and the Government.
  • He was defeated and killed by the Sikh people in 1831. Although Wahabi Movement started as a religious movement, later it took a political form. Otherwise, the movement would have lost its importance long time ago.
  • In the words of the District Superintendent, Reiki, Prosperous and religious zealot farmers took part in the political movement. The boundaries of religion and caste fell apart in the Wahabi farmers’ movement against the landlords in Bengal.
  • But, in spite of the enthusiasm of the people and widespread participation, this movement did not receive national importance. The main reason was that during the half-a-century-long movement, it did not have a Hindu leader. In Bengal, the Barasat Revolt (1831) of Titumir took place for political and religious reasons.
  • Titumir (Mir Nishar Ali 1782-1831) took an active role in spreading the movement in Bengal. During this time, his nephew Commander Golam Masum, colleague Moinuddin and his followers namely ‘Hedayetis’ were his main associates.
  • Many lower-caste Hindus also joined the forces of Titumir. He constructed a bamboo fort or banderilla in a village called Narkelberia, ten kilometers from Baduria police station, and started collecting taxes by ignoring the British Administration.
  • Titumir and his 600 followers defended the fort with green wood apples, brickbats, bows-arrows, spears, etc., but was defeated by the British army, and the bamboo fort was reduced to ruins When Lord Bentinck forbade him to do so, a fierce battle was raised between the two groups.
  • They attacked the British forces from the bamboo fortress on 19th November 1831. At the instructions of Bentinck, they bombarded the bamboo fortress with cannon shells and most of the soldiers perished. This incident came to be known as ‘Barasat Revolt’.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 3 Resistance And Rebellion Titumir

Importance: Wahabi Movement also failed, just like the Farazi Movement. But, the Hindu and Muslim farmers learned to fight together for freedom. Historian Quemuddin Ahmed, while analysing this movement, laid stress on its national and people-oriented aspects. Dr. Abhijit Dutta thought that the abolition of British rule in India was their main aim.

Class 10 History And Environment Study Material 

The Indigo Revolt

Background: The British Government, in order to redress the growing grievances among the Indians, formulated a number of changes in the ruling system; but it was unable to do away totally with the discontent. During 1859-60 nearly 60 lakh indigo farmers révolted against the atrocities of British indigo planters. The indigo planters forced the farmers to cultivate only indigo in their agricultural land.

The Indigo Revolt Causes Of Indigo Revolt

Demand of the Peasants-The indigo planters used two kinds of land for the cultivation of indigo. These two kinds of land were ‘Melaka’ and ‘be-elaka’. The land which was owned by the planters themselves was called elaka land, i.e., belonging to their own territory. Daily laborers were used to cultivating indigo in this land.

  • The ‘be-elaka’ land belonged to the farmer. The farmers were paid an advance or ‘dadan’ of Rs. 2/- per bigha of land. The poor farmers very often fell into this death trap. As a result, the farmers used to become target of utter deprivation.
  • The number of indigo plantations kept growing in places like Nadia, Jessore, Khulna, Dhaka, Pabna and Faridpur, By 1830, there were one thousand indigo plantations in Bengal. The oppression by the indigo planters also kept increasing.

The system of Dadan-The cultivation of indigo was extremely profitable for the planters, but not so for the farmers. The land which was once used for the cultivation of indigo became unsuitable for growing food crops. The plight of the farmers caught in the debt trap of dadan was unimaginable. When the farmers refused to plant indigo in their land, the planters increased their oppression manifolds.

Tormenting the Tenants-The farmers, who refused to plant indigo, were brought to the office of the plantation and whipped with leather bound whips called ‘Shyam Chand’. Their agricultural equipment and livestock were looted. The planters used to plunder the houses of unwilling farmers and set them on fire. Women were regularly dishonored. Not only were the poor farmers affected by the torments, even well-off people and landlords had to suffer in the hands of the indigo planters. The condition of the indigo farmers worsened after 27 indigo planters were appointed as honorary Magistrates in 1857.

Regulation V-In 1830 William Bentinck passed. Regulation V. A as a result any breach of contract between the indigo farmer and the indigo planter was considered to be a criminal offense. Hence, Regulation V was discarded in 1835. However, the planters continued to torment the farmers with the help of police and the Magistrate.

Cooperation of some of the Magistrates- After laws were passed against the oppression of the indigo farmers in 1835, J. H. Manglers (1855), the Joint Magistrate of Barasat and Abdul Latif (1854), Joint Magistrate of Kalaroa sided with the indigo farmers in cases pertaining to indigo cultivation. This gave a boost to the farmers to start a revolt. In 1858, another Joint Magistrate of Barasat, Ashley Eden, announced in a bulletin that it was the prerogative of the farmer to cultivate indigo in his land or not. In 1859, Hemchandra Kar, Deputy Magistrate of Kalaroa told the police that if there was a dispute regarding the indigo farmers, the title of the land would be vested with the farmer and he would be free to cultivate any crop that he wished. Nobody could force him to cultivate indigo.

Role of newspapers and the middle class-The contemporary newspapers had encouraged the revolt of the indigo farmers. In ‘Hindu Patriot’, Harish Chandra Mukhopadhyay gave a vivid description of the oppression by indigo planters and the apathy of the police.

  • Sisir Kumar Ghosh, the editor of ‘Amrita Bazar Patrika’, assumed the pseudonym ‘M.L.L. and wrote a number of letters in ‘Hindu Patriot’ to encourage the farmers. ‘Sangbad Prabhakar’ of Ishwar Gupta and ‘Tatwabodhini Patrika’ of Akshay Kumar Dutta had important roles to play in the background of the Indigo Revolt.
  • Uproar was raised when Madhusudan Dutt translated Deenabandhu Mitra’s play, Nildarpan (1860), in English and published it in the name of Father James Long. When Father Long was fined Rs. 5000/- for going against the British, Kaliprasanna Singha cleared the dues for him. At this time, when the famous lawyer Sambhu Nath Pandit and Prasanna Kumar Tagore insisted that the farmers should declare all-out war against the indigo planters, the situation became turbulent.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 3 Resistance And Rebellion Nil Darpan

The Leaders-In 1859 Bishnucharan Biswas and Digambar Biswas of Chougacha village. in Krishnanagar started the Indigo Revolt. In course of time, people who actively led the revolt in Nadia, Jessore, Khulna, Pabna, Faridpur and Rajshahi were Baidyanath Sardar and Biswanath Sardar (Bishe Dakat) of Banshberia, Rafique Mondal of Malda, Rahimaullah of Sundarban, Zamindar Ramratan Mallick, (Nanasaheb of Bengal), Ramratan Roy and Girish Mullick of Jessore, Mahesh Banerjee of Pabna, Lal Chand Saha and Morad Biswas of Aurangabad, to name a few.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 3 Resistance And Rebellion Nil Kuthi

Class 10 History And Environment Study Material 

Characteristics: The main characteristic feature of Indigo Revolt is that

  1. It was the largest farmers’ revolt in Bengal, where nearly 60 lakh farmers had taken part.
  2. This revolt also received the support of the educated middle class.
  3. Some Englishmen and Christian Missionaries were also found supporting the farmers.
  4. It started after the Sepoy Mutiny and Santhal Rebellion.
  5. The Indigo Revolt was especially important because it was instrumental in mobilizing mass movement on a huge scale.

Results or Importance:

  • Firstly, Formation of the Indigo Commission-Going by the results, Indigo Revolt was a successful farmers’ rebellion. Having felt the intensity of the revolt, J. P. Grant, the Deputy Viceroy of Bengal, constituted the Indigo Commission on 31st December 1860. This five-member commission reported that on principle, the cultivation of indigo was harmful and erroneous. At the recommendations of the Indigo Commission, the price of indigo increased.
  • Secondly, ‘Teen kathiya’, or the system of cultivating indigo in three cottas of land for every bigha, was introduced. There should be no coercion. Luckily, by 1891, Germany started producing synthetic indigo and as a result, the importance of indigo cultivation in India was greatly reduced. The business of natural indigo came to an end.
  • Thirdly, The importance of this revolt was accepted in an article in Calcutta Review and stated that, ‘this was indeed a revolt’-the whole country participated in it. The Indigo Revolt which started two years after the Sepoy Mutiny continued for two long years. Considering its outcome and importance, the Indigo Revolt is very significant.
  • Fourthly, The main objective of the Indigo Revolt was not political, but economic. The poor farmers united with strong determination and started the revolt against economic oppression and wilfulness. Almost 60 lakh farmers of Bengal, without any military training, leaped in to the revolt. Prof Chittabroto Palit feels that in this revolt the peasants, as such, had no role to play. The landlords participated actively and spontaneously in order to safeguard their own interests.
  • Fifthly, The educated middle class of Bengal came forward in the interests of the farmers, to unite the nation against the tyranny of the British rulers. Unlike the Sepoy Mutiny, in the Indigo Rebellion, the middle class had an important role to play. Sixthly, A section of English clergymen and officials were sympathetic towards this revolt. As a result, there was a change among the common men about their outlook towards English well-wishers.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 3 Resistance And Rebellion Time Table

WBBSE Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 3 Resistance And Rebellion Very Short Question And Answers

Question 1. Who were the first group of people to revolt against the oppression of the British Government?
Answer:

The first group of people to revolt were different kinds of monks like naga, fakir, Giri, and grain along with grieving landlords, jobless soldiers, and farmers.

Question 2. Who were mostly affected by the Colonial Forest Laws?
Answer:

The tribal or adivasi people, who were indigenous forest dwellers, were mostly affected by these laws.

Question 3. Who was the leader of the Chuar Rebellion?
Answer:

The leader of the Chuar Rebellion was Durjon Singha.

Question 4. What was the term used by the Kols to describe any outsider?
Answer:

Any outsider was called ‘Diku’.

Question 5. What was the fallout of the Permanent Settlement Act?
Answer:

The Santhal Rebellion was the fallout of the Permanent Settlement Act.

Question 6. Who was the most noted leader of the Munda Rebellion?
Answer:

Birsa Munda was the most noted leader of the Munda Rebellion.

Question 7. Which book was written, on the backdrop of Sannyasi Rebellion?
Answer:

‘Debi Chowdhurani’ by Bankim Chandra Chattopadhyay was written on the backdrop of Sannyasi Rebellion.

WBBSE History Chapter 3 Important Questions

Question 8. Which movement had an important role to play in the revival of Islam?
Answer:

Wahabi Movement had an important role to play in the revival of Islam.

Question 9. What was ‘Shyamichand’?
Answer:

‘Shyamchand’ was a leather-bound whip which was used by the planters on farmers who refused to cultivate indigo.

Question 10. Who was the author of ‘Nildarpan’?
Answer:

Dinabandhu Mitra was the author of Nildarpan.

WBBSE Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 3 Resistance And Rebellion True Or  False

Question 1. Lord Cornwallis introduced the Permanent Settlement Act.
Answer: True

Question 2. The Kol Rebellion took place in 1841-42.
Answer: False

Question 3. Titumir is associated with the ‘Barasat Revolt’.
Answer: True

WBBSE Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 3 Resistance And Rebellion Fill In The Blanks

Question 1. Tariqua i Mohammadia means ________
Answer: Path of Mohammad

Question 2. ______was a tax imposed of Indigo farmers. (Dadan)
Answer: Dadan

Question 3. In the _______ the Kols were defeated in the hands of the Zamindar of Porahaat.
Answer: Battle of Chaibasa

Question 4. The tax-free land used by the santhals was called _______
Answer: Damin i koho

Question 5. The Oraon rebellion was led by a 25-year-old man named __________

Answer: Jatra Oraon

WBBSE History Chapter 3 Important Questions

WBBSE Class 10 History And Environment Chapter 3 Resistance And Rebellion Short Question And Answers

Question 1. What were the main features of the Chuar Rebellion?
Answer:

The independent Chuar tribals revolted to save the forest resources and land from the landlords supported by the British. It was a fight to maintain their rights over the forest.

Question 2. What was the Farazi Rebellion?
Answer:

Farazi Rebellion

Haji Shariyatullah was the pioneer of Farazi Movement (1818-1905). It aimed at removing the religious superstitions of Islam, provide financial independence to people, and secure an independent state.

Question 3. What was the outcome of the Munda Rebellion?
Answer:

The outcome of the Munda Rebellion

The Munda Rebellion led by Birsa Munda had far-reaching implications. The Government recognised their system of khuntakati and passed a bill called Chhotanagpur Law of Tenents’ Rights. Although a separate Munda state was not established, the rebellion had awakened political consciousness among them.